Bild in der Größe 215x70 mm einfügen. Operator s Manual S-Class

Transcription

1 Bld n der röße 215x70 mm enfügen Operator s Manual S-Class

2 Ê6%tCr,Ë Order No Part No USA Edton A 2005

3 S430 S 430 4MATIC S500 S 500 4MATIC S55 AM S600

4 Our company and staff congratulate you on the purchase of your new Mercedes-Benz. Your selecton of our product s a demonstraton of your trust n our company name. Furthermore, t exemplfes your desre to own an automoble that wll be as easy as possble to operate and provde years of servce. Your Mercedes-Benz represents the efforts of many sklled engneers and craftsmen. To help assure your drvng pleasure, and also the safety of you and your passengers, we ask you to make a small nvestment of tme: Please read ths manual carefully, then return t to your vehcle where t wll be handy for your reference. Please follow the recommendatons contaned n ths manual. They are desgned to acquant you wth the operaton of your Mercedes-Benz. Please pay attenton to the warnngs and cautons contaned n ths manual. They are desgned to help mprove the safety of the vehcle operator and occupants. We extend our best wshes for many mles of safe, pleasurable drvng. Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC A DamlerChrysler Company

5 Contents Introducton... 9 Product nformaton... 9 Operator s Manual Servce and warranty nformaton.. 10 Important notce for Calforna retal buyers and lessees of Mercedes-Benz automobles Mantenance Roadsde Assstance Change of address or ownershp Operatng your vehcle outsde the USA or Canada Where to fnd t Symbols Operatng safety Proper use of the vehcle Problems wth your vehcle Reportng safety defects Reportng safety defects Vehcle data recordng Informaton regardng electronc recordng devces At a glance Cockpt Instrument cluster Multfuncton steerng wheel Center console Upper part Lower part Overhead control panel Door control panel ettng started Unlockng Unlockng wth the SmartKey Unlockng wth KEYLESS-O* Starter swtch postons Adjustng Seats Steerng wheel Mrrors Drvng Fastenng the seat belts Startng the engne Swtchng on headlamps Turn sgnals Wndsheld wpers Problems whle drvng Parkng and lockng Parkng brake Swtchng off headlamps Turnng off the engne Lockng Safety and Securty Occupant safety Ar bags Seat belts Preventve occupant safety (PRE-SAFE) Chldren n the vehcle Overrde swtch for rear passenger compartment Panc alarm Actvatng Deactvatng... 79

6 Contents Drvng safety systems ABS BAS ESP Four wheel electronc tracton system (4MATIC) wth the ESP Ant-theft systems Immoblzer Ant-theft alarm system Tow-away alarm Controls n detal Lockng and unlockng SmartKey SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* Openng the doors from the nsde Openng the trunk Closng the trunk Trunk ld emergency release Power closng assst for doors and trunk ld Automatc central lockng Lockng and unlockng from the nsde Seats Easy-entry/ext feature Removng and nstallng front seat head restrants Rear seats Rear seat head restrants Lumbar support Multcontour backrest* Drve-dynamc seat* Seat heatng* Seat ventlaton* Memory functon Storng postons nto memory Recallng postons from memory. 129 Storng exteror rear vew mrror parkng poston Lghtng Exteror lamp swtch Combnaton swtch Hazard warnng flasher Interor lghtng Courtesy lghtng Door entry lamps Trunk lghtng Instrument cluster Instrument cluster llumnaton Coolant temperature gauge Trp odometer Tachometer Outsde temperature ndcator Clock Control system Multfuncton dsplay Multfuncton steerng wheel Menus Standard dsplay menu AUDIO menu CD changer* operatng mode TEL menu* NAVI menu Dstronc* menu Trp computer menu Vehcle status message memory menu Settngs menu

7 Contents Automatc transmsson One-touch gearshftng ear ranges ear selector lever poston Automatc shft program Drvng tps Steerng wheel gearshft control (Speedshft) S 55 AM Manual shft program S 55 AM Emergency operaton (Lmp Home Mode) ood vsblty Headlamp cleanng system* (Standard on S 500, S 600, S 55 AM) Rear vew mrrors Electrcally foldng exteror rear vew mrrors Wndsheld wpers Sun vsors Rear wndow sunshade* Rear door wndow sunshade* Automatc clmate control Settng the temperature Adjustng ar dstrbuton Adjustng ar volume Maxmum coolng MAXCOOL Defrostng Ar recrculaton mode Charcoal flter Rear wndow defroster Deactvatng the clmate control system Ar condtonng Resdual heat and ventlaton Ventlated storage compartment Rear passenger compartment adjustable ar vents Rear passenger compartment clmate control* Power wndows Openng and closng the power wndows Synchronzng the power wndows Summer openng feature Convenence closng feature Power tlt/sldng sunroof Openng and closng the power tlt/sldng sunroof Synchronzng the power tlt/sldng sunroof Drvng systems Cruse control Dstronc* Armatc Actve Body Control (ABC)* Parktronc system* (Parkng assst) Loadng Roof rack* Loadng nstructons Cargo te-down hooks Useful features Vanty mrrors Storage compartments Ashtrays Cgarette lghters Heated steerng wheel* Telephone* Tele Ad arage door opener Infrared reflectng wndsheld

8 Contents Operaton The frst 1000 mles (1500 km) Drvng nstructons Drve sensbly save fuel Drnkng and drvng Pedals Power assstance Brakes Drvng off Parkng Tres Hydroplanng Tre tracton Tre speed ratng Wnter drvng nstructons Standng water Passenger compartment Drvng abroad Control and operaton of rado transmtters Catalytc converter Emsson control Coolant temperature At the gas staton Refuelng Check regularly and before a long trp Engne compartment Hood Engne ol Transmsson flud level Actve Body Control* (ABC*) flud level Coolant level Battery Wndsheld washer system and headlamp cleanng system* Tres and wheels Important gudelnes Tre care and mantenance Drecton of rotaton Loadng the vehcle Recommended tre nflaton pressure Checkng tre nflaton pressure Tre labelng Load dentfcaton DOT, Tre Identfcaton Number (TIN) Maxmum tre load Maxmum tre nflaton pressure Unform Tre Qualty radng Standards (U.S. vehcles) Tre ply materal Tre and loadng termnology Rotatng tres Wnter drvng Wnter tres Block heater (Canada only) Snow chans Mantenance Clearng the mantenance servce ndcator Mantenance servce term exceeded Callng up the mantenance servce ndcator Resettng the mantenance servce ndcator Vehcle care Cleanng and care of vehcle

9 Contents Practcal hnts What to do f? Lamps n nstrument cluster Lamp n center console Vehcle status messages n the multfuncton dsplay Where wll I fnd...? Frst ad kt Vehcle jack, vehcle tool kt, luggage bowl, spare wheel Unlockng/lockng n an emergency Unlockng the vehcle Lockng the vehcle Fuel fller flap Openng/closng n an emergency Tlt/sldng sunroof Replacng SmartKey batteres SmartKey SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* Replacng bulbs Bulbs Replacng bulbs for front lamps Replacng bulbs for rear lamps Replacng wper blades Removng wper blades Installng wper blades Flat tre Preparng the vehcle Mountng the spare wheel Battery Dsconnectng the battery Removng the battery Chargng and renstallng the battery Reconnectng the battery Jump startng Towng the vehcle Installng towng eye bolt Fuses Ads for replacng fuses Fuse boxes n passenger compartment Fuse boxes n engne compartment Techncal data Parts servce Warranty coverage Loss of Servce and Warranty Informaton Booklet Identfcaton labels Layout of poly-v-belt drve S 430/S 500 (all models) S 55 AM S Engne Rms and tres Same sze tres Mxed sze tres Spare wheel Electrcal system Man dmensons and weghts Man dmensons Weghts

10 Contents Fuels, coolants, lubrcants, etc Capactes Engne ols Engne ol addtves Ar condtonng refrgerant Brake flud Premum unleaded gasolne Fuel requrements asolne addtves Coolants Wndsheld and headlamp washer system Techncal terms Index

11 Product nformaton Please observe the followng n your own best nterest: We recommend usng genune Mercedes-Benz parts as well as converson parts and accessores explctly approved by us for your vehcle model. We have tested these parts to determne ther relablty, safety and specal sutablty for Mercedes-Benz vehcles. We are unable to make an assessment for other products and therefore cannot be held responsble for them, even f n ndvdual cases an offcal approval or authorzaton by governmental or other agences should exst. Use of such parts and accessores could adversely affect the safety, performance or relablty of your vehcle. Please do not use them. Introducton Product nformaton enune Mercedes-Benz parts as well as converson parts and accessores approved by us are avalable at your authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center where you wll receve comprehensve nformaton, also on permssble techncal modfcatons, and where proper nstallaton wll be performed. 9

12 Introducton Operator s Manual Ths Operator s Manual contans a great deal of useful nformaton. We urge you to read t carefully and famlarze yourself wth the vehcle before drvng. For your own safety and longer servce lfe of the vehcle, we urge you to follow the nstructons and warnngs contaned n ths manual. Ignorng them could result n damage to the vehcle or personal njury to you or others. Vehcle damage caused by falure to follow nstructons s not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Lmted Warranty. Your vehcle may have some or all of the equpment descrbed n ths manual. Therefore, you may fnd explanatons for optonal equpment not nstalled n your vehcle. If you have any questons about the operaton of any equpment, your authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center wll be glad to demonstrate the proper procedures. We contnuously strve to mprove our product, and ask for your understandng that we reserve the rght to make changes n desgn and equpment. Therefore, nformaton, llustratons and descrptons n ths Operator s Manual mght dffer from your vehcle. Optonal equpment s also descrbed n ths manual, ncludng operatng nstructons wherever necessary. Snce they are specal-order tems, the descrptons and llustratons heren may vary slghtly from the actual equpment of your vehcle. If there are any equpment detals that are not shown or descrbed n ths Operator s Manual, your authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center wll be glad to nform you of correct care and operatng procedures. The Operator s Manual and Mantenance Booklet are mportant documents and should be kept wth the vehcle. Servce and warranty nformaton The Servce and Warranty Informaton Booklet contans detaled nformaton about the warrantes coverng your Mercedes-Benz, ncludng: New Car Lmted Warranty Emsson System Warranty Emsson Performance Warranty Calforna, Mane, Massachusetts, and Vermont Emsson Control System Warranty (Calforna, Mane, Massachusetts, and Vermont only) State Warranty Enforcement Laws (Lemon Laws) 10

13 Introducton Operator s Manual Important notce for Calforna retal buyers and lessees of Mercedes-Benz automobles Under Calforna law you may be enttled to a replacement of your vehcle or a refund of the purchase prce or lease prce, f Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC and/or ts authorzed repar or servce facltes fal to fx one or more substantal defects or malfunctons n the vehcle that are covered by ts express warranty after a reasonable number of repar attempts. Durng the perod of 18 months from orgnal delvery of the vehcle or the accumulaton of mles (approx km) on the odometer of the vehcle, whchever occurs frst, a reasonable number of repar attempts s presumed for a retal buyer or lessee f one or more of the followng occurs: (1) the same substantal defect or malfuncton results n a condton that s lkely to cause death or serous bodly njury f the vehcle s drven, that defect or malfuncton has been subject to repar two or more tmes, and you have drectly notfed Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC n wrtng of the need for ts repar, (2) the same substantal defect or malfuncton of a less serous nature than category (1) has been subject to repar four or more tmes and you have drectly notfed us n wrtng of the need for ts repar, or (3) the vehcle s out of servce by reason of repar of the same or dfferent substantal defects or malfunctons for a cumulatve total of more than 30 calender days. Wrtten notfcaton should be sent to us, not a dealer, at Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC, Customer Assstance Center, One Mercedes Drve, Montvale, NJ

14 Introducton Operator s Manual Mantenance The Mantenance Booklet descrbes all the necessary mantenance work whch should be performed at regular ntervals. Always have the Mantenance Booklet wth you when you take the vehcle to your authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center for servce. The servce advsor wll record each servce n the booklet for you. Roadsde Assstance The Mercedes-Benz Roadsde Assstance Program provdes factory traned techncal help n the event of a breakdown. Calls to the toll-free Roadsde Assstance number FOR-MERCedes (n the USA) (n Canada) wll be answered by Mercedes-Benz Customer Assstance Representatves 24 hours a day, 365 days a year. For addtonal nformaton refer to the Mercedes-Benz Roadsde Assstance Program brochure n your vehcle lterature portfolo. Change of address or ownershp If you change your address, be sure to send n the Change of Address Notce found n the Servce and Warranty Informaton Booklet, or smply call the Mercedes-Benz Customer Assstance Center (n the USA) at FOR-MERCedes, or Customer Servce (n Canada) at It s n your own nterest that we can contact you should the need arse. If you sell your Mercedes, please leave all lterature wth the vehcle to make t avalable to the next operator. If you bought ths vehcle used, be sure to send n the Notce of Purchase of Used Car found n the Servce and Warranty Informaton Booklet, or call the Mercedes-Benz Customer Assstance Center (n the USA) at FOR-MERCedes, or Customer Servce (n Canada) at

15 Introducton Operator s Manual Operatng your vehcle outsde the USA or Canada If you plan to operate your vehcle n foregn countres, please be aware that: servce facltes or replacement parts may not be readly avalable, unleaded gasolne for vehcles wth catalytc converters may not be avalable; the use of leaded fuels wll damage the catalysts, gasolne may have a consderably lower octane ratng, and mproper fuel can cause engne damage. Certan Mercedes-Benz models are avalable for delvery n Europe under our European Delvery Program. For detals, consult your authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center or wrte to: In the USA: Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC European Delvery Department One Mercedes Drve Montvale, NJ In Canada: Mercedes-Benz Canada, Inc. European Delvery Department 98 Vanderhoof Avenue Toronto, Ontaro M4 4C9 13

16 Introducton Where to fnd t Ths Operator s Manual s desgned to provde comprehensve support nformaton for you, the vehcle operator. For you to fnd nformaton quckly each secton has ts own reference color: At a glance Here you wll fnd an overvew of all the controls that can be operated from the drver s seat. ettng started Here you wll fnd all the nformaton you need for your frst drve. You should read ths secton frst f ths s your frst Mercedes-Benz vehcle or f you are rentng or borrowng ths vehcle. Safety and Securty Here you wll fnd descrptons of the safety features of your vehcle. Controls n detal Here you wll fnd detaled nformaton about the equpment nstalled n your vehcle. Ths secton expands on the ettng started secton and also descrbes techncal nnovatons. If you are already famlar wth the basc functons of your vehcle, ths secton wll be of partcular nterest to you. Operaton Here you wll fnd all the nformaton you need for the proper operaton of your vehcle. Practcal hnts Ths secton provdes fast assstance for dealng wth problems you may encounter. Techncal data All mportant techncal data for your vehcle can be found n ths secton. Indexes The glossary provdes explanatons of the most mportant techncal terms. The table of contents and the ndex are desgned to help you fnd nformaton quckly and easly. The followng publcatons are part of your vehcle documentaton: ths Operator s Manual the Mantenance Booklet Separate operatng nstructons wll be provded as requred dependng on the equpment optons nstalled n your vehcle. 14

17 Symbols The followng symbols are found n ths Operator s Manual: * Optonal equpment s dentfed wth an astersk. Snce standard equpment vares between models, the descrptons and llustratons n ths manual may dffer slghtly from the actual equpment of your vehcle. Warnng! Warnng notces draw your attenton to hazards that may endanger your health or lfe, or the health or lfe of others.! Hghlghts hazards that may result n damage to your vehcle. Helpful hnts or further nformaton you may fnd useful. Introducton Symbols Ths symbol ponts to nstructons for you to follow. A number of these symbols appearng n successon ndcates a multple-step procedure. Page Ths symbol tells you where to look for further nformaton on a topc. Ths contnuaton symbol marks an nterrupted procedure whch wll be contnued on the next page. -> In the glossary of techncal terms, ths symbol s used to ndcate cross-references to term defntons. DISPLAY Words appearng n the multfuncton dsplay are prnted n the type shown here. 15

18 Introducton Operatng safety Warnng! Work mproperly carred out on electronc components and assocated software could cause them to cease functonng. Because the vehcle s electronc components are nterconnected, any modfcatons made may produce an undesred effect on other systems. Electronc malfunctons could serously mpar the operatng safety of your vehcle. See an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center for repars or modfcatons to electronc components. Other mproper work or modfcatons on the vehcle could also have a negatve mpact on the operatng safety of the vehcle. Some safety systems only functon whle the engne s runnng. You should therefore never turn off the engne whle drvng. Warnng! Heavy blows aganst the vehcle underbody or tres/wheels, for example when runnng over an obstacle, road debrs or a pothole, may cause serous damage and mpar the operatng safety of your vehcle. If you feel a sudden sgnfcant vbraton or rde dsturbance, or you suspect that damage to your vehcle has occurred, you should turn on your hazard warnng flashers, carefully slow down, and drve wth cauton to an area whch s a safe dstance from the road. Inspect the vehcle underbody and tres/wheels for possble damage. If the vehcle appears unsafe, have t towed to the nearest authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center or other qualfed mantenance or repar faclty for further nspecton or repars. Proper use of the vehcle Proper use of the vehcle requres that you are famlar wth the followng nformaton and rules: the safety precautons n ths manual the Techncal data secton n ths manual traffc rules and regulatons motor vehcle laws and safety standards Warnng! Varous warnng labels are attached to your vehcle. These warnng labels are ntended to make you and others aware of varous rsks. You should not remove any of these warnng labels unless explctly nstructed to do so by nformaton on the label tself. Removal of any of these labels may cause you and others to be unaware of certan rsks whch may result n an accdent and/or personal njury. 16

19 Problems wth your vehcle Introducton Problems wth your vehcle If you should experence a problem wth your vehcle, partcularly one that you beleve may affect ts safe operaton, we urge you to mmedately contact an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center to have the problem dagnosed and corrected f requred. If the matter s not handled to your satsfacton, please dscuss the problem wth the Mercedes-Benz Center management, or f necessary contact us at one of the followng addresses: In the USA: Customer Assstance Center Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC One Mercedes Drve Montvale, NJ In Canada: Customer Relatons Department Mercedes-Benz Canada, Inc. 98 Vanderhoof Avenue Toronto, Ontaro, M4 4C9 17

20 Introducton Reportng safety defects For the USA only: The followng text s publshed as requred of manufacturers under Ttle 49, Code of U.S. Federal Regulatons, Part 575 pursuant to the Natonal Traffc and Motor Vehcle Safety Act of Reportng safety defects If you beleve that your vehcle has a defect whch could cause a crash or could cause njury or death, you should mmedately nform the Natonal Hghway Traffc Safety Admnstraton (NHTSA) n addton to notfyng Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC. If NHTSA receves smlar complants, t may open an nvestgaton, and f t fnds that a safety defect exsts n a group of vehcles, t may order a recall and remedy campagn. However, NHTSA cannot become nvolved n ndvdual problems between you, your dealer, or Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC. To contact NHTSA, you may ether call the Auto Safety Hotlne toll-free at (or n Washngton, D.C. area) or wrte to: NHTSA, U.S. Department of Transportaton, Washngton, D.C You can also obtan other nformaton about motor vehcle safety from the Hotlne. 18

21 Vehcle data recordng Informaton regardng electronc recordng devces Introducton Vehcle data recordng (Includng notce pursuant to Calforna Code 9951) Please note that your vehcle s equpped wth devces that can record vehcle systems data and, f equpped wth the Tele Ad system, may transmt some data n certan accdents. Ths nformaton helps, for example, to dagnose vehcle systems after a collson and to contnuously mprove vehcle safety. DamlerChrysler may access the nformaton and share t wth others for safety research or vehcle dagnoss purposes wth the consent of the vehcle owner or lessee n response to an offcal request by law enforcement or other government agency for use n dspute resoluton nvolvng DamlerChrysler, ts afflates or sales/servce organzaton and/or as otherwse requred or permtted by law. Please check the Tele Ad subscrpton servce agreement for detals regardng the nformaton that may be recorded or transmtted va that system. 19

22 20

23 At a glance Cockpt Instrument cluster Multfuncton steerng wheel Center console Overhead control panel Door control panel 21

24 At a glance Cockpt 22

25 At a glance Cockpt Item 1 Combnaton swtch Turn sgnals Wndsheld wpers Page Hgh beam Cruse control lever 221 Cruse control 214 Dstronc* Instrument cluster 24 4 Multfuncton steerng 26 wheel 5 Steerng wheel gearshft 181 control (S 55 AM only) Item Page 6 Lever for voce control system*, see separate operatng nstructons 7 Front Parktronc* warnng 237 ndcator for rght front area 8 Overhead control panel 29 9 love box lock 244 a love box ld release 244 b love box 244 c Center console 27, 28 d Starter swtch 34 e Horn Item Page f Steerng wheel adjustment stalk Heated steerng wheel* g Parkng brake pedal 48 h Hood lock release 286 j Parkng brake release 48 k Door control panel 30 l Exteror lamp swtch 131 m Headlamp washer button* 186 n Front Parktronc* warnng ndcator for left front area

26 At a glance Instrument cluster 24

27 At a glance Instrument cluster Item Page Item Page Item Page 1 Coolant temperature gauge Fuel gauge wth fuel tank reserve warnng lamp L Left turn sgnal 51 ndcator lamp K Rght turn sgnal ndcator lamp 51 4 Speedometer wth: v Electronc Stablty 343 Program (ESP) warnng lamp l Dstance warnng lamp 342 Vehcles wthout Dstronc*: Dstance warnng lamp wthout functon. It llumnates when the gnton s on. It should go out when the engne s runnng. 5 Tachometer Rght dsplay wth: < Seat belt telltale 343 A Hgh beam headlamp 50 ndcator lamp - Antlock Brake 338 System (ABS) ndcator lamp 7 J Reset button Dsplay wth: ear selector lever 174 poston Program mode 174 Dgtal clock (see COMAND operatng nstructons) 9 Multfuncton dsplay wth: Trp odometer 141 Man odometer 141 a b c Outsde temperature ndcator Left dsplay wth: 1 Supplemental restrant system ndcator lamp ; Brake warnng lamp, USA only 3 Brake warnng lamp, Canada only? Engne malfuncton ndcator lamp, USA only ± Engne malfuncton ndcator lamp, Canada only H Tre nflaton pressure warnng lamp Knob for nstrument cluster llumnaton

28 At a glance Multfuncton steerng wheel Item Page 1 Multfuncton dsplay 143 Operatng control 143 system 2 Selectng the submenu or settng the volume: Press button 144 æ up/to ncrease ç down/to decrease 3 Telephone*: Press button 153 s to take a call to dal a call t to end a call to reject an ncomng call Item 4 Menu systems: Press button è for next menu ÿ for prevous menu 5 Movng wthn a menu: Press button j for next dsplay k for prevous dsplay Page

29 Center console Upper part Item 1 Swtch for rear wndow sunshade 2 Parktronc* deactvaton button 3 Armatc or Actve Body Control (ABC)* button Page Level control button Central lockng swtch Ant-theft alarm system ndcator 87 lamp 6 Hazard warnng flasher 136 on/off swtch 7 Central unlockng swtch Electronc Stablty Program (ESP) control swtch 83 At a glance Center console Item Page 9 Rear seat head restrants, 120 swtch for foldng down a Tow-away alarm swtch 90 b COMAND system (see separate operatng nstructons) c Automatc clmate control 206 d Cover of: Ashtray 251 Lghter

30 At a glance Center console Lower part Item 1 KEYLESS-O* start/stop button 2 ear selector lever for automatc transmsson 3 Front passenger front ar bag off ndcator lamp 4 Thumbwheel for settng dstance n Dstronc* 5 Dstance warnng functon* on/off button 6 Lower storage compartments 7 Program mode selector for automatc transmsson Page

31 Overhead control panel At a glance Overhead control panel Item Page 1 Left readng lamp on/off Rear nteror lghtng 138 on/off 3 Rght readng lamp on/off Interor lghtng control Tlt/sldng sunroof Hands-free mcrophone for 255 Tele Ad (emergency call system), telephone*, and voce control system* (see separate operatng nstructons) 7 Rear vew mrror 41 8 arage door opener Tele Ad (emergency call system) button

32 At a glance Door control panel Item Page 1 Door handle Memory functon (for storng 128 seat, exteror mrror, and steerng wheel settngs) 3 Seat heatng* Seat ventlaton* Seat adjustment 38 Item Page 5 Exteror mrror adjustment 41, Swtches for openng/closng 207 front door wndows 7 Overrde swtch for rear 78 passenger compartment 8 Swtches for openng/closng 207 rear wndows 9 Remote trunk ld swtch

33 ettng started Unlockng Adjustng Drvng Parkng and lockng 31

34 ettng started Unlockng The ettng started secton provdes an overvew of the vehcle s most basc functons. Frst-tme Mercedes-Benz owners should pay specal attenton to the nformaton gven here. If you are already famlar wth the basc functons descrbed here, the Controls n detal secton wll provde you wth further nformaton. The correspondng page references are located at the end of each segment. Unlockng wth the SmartKey SmartKey wth remote control 1 Lock button 2 Š Openng button for trunk 3 Œ Unlock button 4  Panc button ( page 79) Warnng! When leavng the vehcle, always remove the SmartKey from the starter swtch, take t wth you, and lock the vehcle. Do not leave chldren unattended n the vehcle, or wth access to an unlocked vehcle. Unsupervsed use of vehcle equpment may cause an accdent and/or serous personal njury. Press unlock button Œ on the SmartKey. All turn sgnal lamps flash once. The vehcle unlocks. The lockng knobs n the doors move up. The ant-theft alarm system s dsarmed. et n the vehcle and nsert the SmartKey n the starter swtch. For more nformaton, see SmartKey ( page 92). 32

35 ettng started Unlockng Unlockng wth KEYLESS-O* Wth KEYLESS-O you can open and start your vehcle wthout usng the buttons on the SmartKey. To unlock the vehcle, the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O must be outsde the vehcle, no further than approx. 3 feet (1 meter) away from the door. Warnng! When leavng the vehcle, always take the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* wth you and lock the vehcle. Do not leave chldren unattended n the vehcle, or wth access to an unlocked vehcle. Unsupervsed use of vehcle equpment may cause an accdent and/or serous personal njury. rasp the door handle. All turn sgnal lamps flash once. The vehcle unlocks. The lockng knobs n the doors move up. The ant-theft alarm system s dsarmed. If the vehcle has been parked for more than 72 hours, you must pull the outsde door handle n order to actvate the KEYLESS-O functon. et n the vehcle. For more nformaton, see SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* ( page 96). 33

36 ettng started Unlockng Starter swtch postons Warnng! SmartKey When leavng the vehcle, always remove the SmartKey or SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* from the starter swtch, take t wth you, and lock the vehcle. Do not leave chldren unattended n the vehcle, or wth access to an unlocked vehcle. Unsupervsed use of vehcle equpment may cause an accdent and/or serous personal njury. 0 For removng SmartKey 1 Power supply to some electrcal consumers, such as seat adjustment 2 Ignton (power supply for all electrcal consumers) and drvng poston. All lamps (except hgh beam headlamp ndcator lamp and turn sgnal ndcator lamps unless actvated) n the nstrument cluster come on. If a lamp n the nstrument cluster fals to come on when the gnton s swtched on, have t checked and replaced f necessary. If a lamp n the the nstrument cluster remans on after startng the engne or comes on whle drvng, refer to Lamps n nstrument cluster ( page 338). 3 Startng poston When you swtch on the gnton, the ndcator and warnng lamps (except hgh beam headlamp ndcator lamp and turn sgnal ndcator lamps unless actvated) n the nstrument cluster come on. Ths ndcates that the respectve systems are operatonal. The ndcator and warnng lamps (except hgh beam headlamp ndcator lamp and turn sgnal ndcator lamps unless actvated) should go out when the engne s runnng. The SmartKey can only be removed from the starter swtch wth the gear selector lever n poston P. Starter swtch 34

37 ettng started Unlockng! If the SmartKey cannot be turned n the starter swtch, the battery may not be suffcently charged. Check the battery and charge t f necessary ( page 403). et a jump start ( page 406). To prevent accelerated battery dscharge or a completely dscharged battery, always remove the SmartKey from the starter swtch when the engne s not n operaton. For nformaton on startng the engne usng the SmartKey, see Startng wth the SmartKey ( page 46). SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* Pressng the KEYLESS-O start/stop button on the gear selector lever corresponds to turnng the SmartKey to the varous starter swtch postons. If you frmly depress the brake pedal durng pressng KEYLESS-O start/stop button, the engne starts automatcally. The functon of the SmartKey overrules the KEYLESS-O functon. KEYLESS-O start/stop button 1 USA only 2 Canada only The SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O must be located n the vehcle. Make sure the gear selector lever s set to P. Do not depress the brake pedal. 35

38 ettng started Unlockng Poston 0 Before you press the KEYLESS-O start/stop button 1, the vehcle s on-board electroncs have status 0 (as wth SmartKey removed). Poston 1 Press KEYLESS-O start/stop button 1 once. Ths supples power to some electrcal consumers, such as seat adjustment. If you now press the KEYLESS-O start/stop button once agan, the gnton (poston 2) s swtched on twce, the power supply s agan swtched off Ignton (or poston 2) Press KEYLESS-O start/stop button 1 twce. All lamps (except hgh beam headlamp ndcator lamp and turn sgnal ndcator lamps unless actvated) n the nstrument cluster come on. If a lamp n the nstrument cluster fals to come on when the gnton s swtched on, have t checked and replaced f necessary. If a lamp n the nstrument cluster remans on after startng the engne or comes on whle drvng, refer to Lamps n nstrument cluster ( page 338). If you now press the KEYLESS-O start/stop button once, the power supply s agan swtched off. When you swtch on the gnton, the ndcator and warnng lamps (except hgh beam headlamp ndcator lamp and turn sgnal ndcator lamps unless actvated) n the nstrument cluster come on. Ths ndcates that the respectve systems are operatonal. The ndcator and warnng lamps (except hgh beam headlamp ndcator lamp and turn sgnal ndcator lamps unless actvated) should go out when the engne s runnng. For nformaton on startng the engne usng the KEYLESS-O start/stop button, see Startng wth KEYLESS-O* ( page 47). 36

39 Adjustng Warnng! Seats All seat, head restrant, steerng wheel, and rear vew mrror adjustments, as well as fastenng of seat belts, must be done before the vehcle s put nto moton. Warnng! Do not adjust the drver s seat whle drvng. Adjustng the seat whle drvng could cause the drver to lose control of the vehcle. Never rde n a movng vehcle wth the seat back n an excessvely reclned poston as ths can be dangerous. You could slde under the seat belt n a collson. If you slde under t, the belt would apply force at the abdomen or neck. That could cause serous or fatal njures. The seat backrest and seat belts provde the best restrant when the wearer s n a nearly uprght poston and belts are properly postoned on the body. Your seat must be adjusted so that you can correctly fasten your seat belt ( page 43). Never place hands under the seat or near any movng parts whle a seat s beng adjusted. Warnng! When leavng the vehcle, always remove the SmartKey or SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* from the starter swtch, take t wth you, and lock the vehcle. Even wth the SmartKey or SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* removed from the starter swtch or the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* removed from the vehcle, the power seats can be operated when the respectve door s open. Therefore, do not leave chldren unattended n the vehcle, or wth access to an unlocked vehcle. Unsupervsed use of vehcle equpment may cause an accdent and/or serous personal njury. Warnng! ettng started Adjustng Chldren 12 years old and under must never rde n the front seat, except n a Mercedes-Benz authorzed BabySmart TM1 compatble chld seat, whch operates wth the BabySmart TM system nstalled n the vehcle to deactvate the passenger front ar bag when t s properly nstalled. Otherwse they wll be struck by the ar bag when t nflates n a crash. If ths happens, serous or fatal njury wll result. Accordng to accdent statstcs, chldren are safer when properly restraned n the rear seatng postons than n the front seatng postons. Infants and small chldren must rde n back seats and be seated n an approprate nfant or chld restrant system, whch s properly secured wth the vehcle's seat belt and top tether strap, or secured va lower anchors and top tether strap, fully n accordance wth the chld seat manufacturer s nstructons. 1 BabySmart TM s a trademark of Semens Automotve Corp. 37

40 ettng started Adjustng A chld s rsk of serous or fatal njures s sgnfcantly ncreased f the chld restrants are not properly secured n the vehcle and the chld s not properly secured n the chld restrant. Seat adjustment The seat adjustment swtches are located on the front doors. 1 Head restrant heght 2 Seat heght 3 Seat cushon tlt 4 Seat cushon depth 5 Seat fore and aft adjustment 6 Seat backrest tlt 38 Swtch on gnton ( page 34). or Open the respectve door. Seat fore and aft adjustment Press the swtch forward or backward n the drecton of arrow 5. Adjust seat to a comfortable seatng poston that stll allows you to reach the accelerator/brake pedal safely. The poston should be as far to the rear as possble, consstent wth ablty to properly operate controls. When movng the seat, make sure there are no tems n the footwell or behnd the seats. Otherwse you could damage the seats. The memory functon ( page 128) lets you store the settng for the seat poston together wth the settngs for the steerng wheel and the exteror rear vew mrrors. Seat cushon tlt Press the swtch up or down n the drecton of arrow 3 untl your upper legs are lghtly supported. Seat cushon depth Press the swtch forward or backward n the drecton of arrow 4 untl your legs are supported comfortably. Seat backrest tlt Press the swtch forward or backward n the drecton of arrow 6 untl your arms are slghtly angled when holdng the steerng wheel. Seat heght Press the swtch up or down n the drecton of arrow 2.

41 ettng started Adjustng Head restrant heght Press the swtch up or down n the drecton of arrow 1. Warnng! For your protecton, drve only wth properly postoned head restrants. Adjust head restrant so that the center of the head restrant supports the back of the head at eye level. Ths wll reduce the potental for njury to the head and neck n the event of an accdent or smlar stuaton. Do not drve the vehcle wthout the seat head restrants. Head restrants are ntended to help reduce njures durng an accdent. Adjust the head restrant n such a way that t s as close to the head as possble. Head restrant tlt Manually adjust the angle of the head restrant. Push or pull on the lower edge of the head restrant cushon. Adjust the head restrant n such a way that t s as close to the head as possble. For more nformaton, see Seats ( page 114). The feature below s deactvated at the factory for U.S. vehcles. If you wsh to have t actvated, contact an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. The front passenger seat head restrant automatcally lowers after a few seconds when the front passenger seat s not occuped. Ths mproves the drver's outward vew as well as the forward vew from the rear passenger compartment. When the front passenger seat s occuped agan, the front passenger head restrant returns to the last set poston wthn a few seconds. If the front passenger seat was moved fore or aft whle not beng occuped, the front passenger seat head restrant returns to a poston that corresponds best wth the seat's axal poston when the seat s occuped agan. 39

42 ettng started Adjustng Steerng wheel Warnng! Do not adjust the steerng wheel whle drvng. Adjustng the steerng wheel whle drvng could cause the drver to lose control of the vehcle. When leavng the vehcle, always remove the SmartKey or SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* from the starter swtch, take t wth you, and lock the vehcle. Even wth the SmartKey or SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* removed from the starter swtch or the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* removed from the vehcle, the steerng wheel adjustment feature can be operated when the drver s door s open. Therefore, do not leave chldren unattended n the vehcle, or wth access to an unlocked vehcle. Unsupervsed use of vehcle equpment may cause an accdent and/or serous personal njury. Steerng wheel adjustment The stalk for steerng wheel adjustment s located on the steerng column (lower left). 1 Adjustng steerng column, n or out 2 Adjustng steerng column, up or down Swtch on gnton ( page 34). or Open the drver s door. Adjustng steerng column n or out Move stalk forward or back n the drecton of arrow 1 untl a comfortable steerng wheel poston s reached wth your arms slghtly bent at the elbow. Adjustng steerng column up or down Move the stalk up or down n the drecton of arrow 2. Make sure your legs can move freely and all the dsplays (ncl. malfuncton and ndcator lamps) on the nstrument cluster are clearly vsble. The memory functon ( page 128) lets you store settngs for the steerng wheel together wth the settngs for the exteror rear vew mrrors and the seat poston. For more nformaton, see Heated steerng wheel* ( page 253). 40

43 ettng started Adjustng Mrrors Adjust the nteror and exteror rear vew mrrors before drvng so that you have a good vew of the road and traffc condtons. Warnng! In the case of an accdent, lqud electrolyte may escape the mrror housng f the mrror glass breaks. Electrolyte has an rrtatng effect. Do not allow the lqud to come nto contact wth eyes, skn, clothng, or respratory system. In case t does, mmedately flush affected area wth water, and seek medcal help f necessary. Interor rear vew mrror Manually adjust the nteror rear vew mrror. For more nformaton, see Rear vew mrrors ( page 186). Exteror rear vew mrror Warnng! Exercse care when usng the passenger sde exteror rear vew mrror. The mrror surface s convex (outwardly curved surface for a wder feld of vew). Objects n mrror are closer than they appear. Check your nteror rear vew mrror or glance over your shoulder before changng lanes.! Electrolyte drops comng nto contact wth the vehcle pant fnsh can only be completely removed whle n ther lqud state and by applyng plenty of water. 41

44 ettng started Adjustng The buttons are located on the drver s door. 1 Drver s sde exteror rear vew mrror button 2 Passenger-sde exteror rear vew mrror button 3 Adjustment button Swtch on gnton ( page 34). Press button 1 for the left mrror or button 2 for the rght mrror. Push adjustment button 3 up, down, left, or rght accordng to the desred settng.! For nformaton on how to reposton the exteror mrror housng when t was forcbly pushed forward (ht from the rear) or forcbly pushed rearward (ht from the front), see Foldng exteror rear vew mrrors n and out manually ( page 189). The memory functon ( page 128) lets you store the settng for the exteror rear vew mrrors together wth the settng for the steerng wheel and the seat poston. At low ambent temperatures, the mrrors wll be heated automatcally. For more nformaton, see Foldng exteror rear vew mrrors n and out automatcally ( page 188). 42

45 Drvng Warnng! Do not lay any objects n the drver s footwell. Be careful that floor mats or carpets n the drver s footwell have suffcent clearance for the pedals. Durng sudden drvng or brakng maneuvers the objects could get caught between the pedals. You could then no longer brake or accelerate. Fastenng the seat belts Warnng! Always fasten your seat belt before drvng off. Always make sure your passengers are properly restraned, even those sttng n the rear and pregnant women. Falure to wear and properly fasten and poston your seat belt greatly ncreases your rsk of njures and ther lkely severty n an accdent. You and your passengers should always wear seat belts. If you are ever n an accdent, your njures can be consderably more severe wthout your seat belt properly buckled. Wthout your seat belt buckled, you are much more lkely to ht the nteror of the vehcle or be ejected from t. You can be serously njured or klled. ettng started Drvng In the same crash, the possblty of njury or death s lessened f you are wearng your seat belt. The ar bags can only provde the protecton they were desgned to afford f the occupants are usng ther seat belts ( page 60). Warnng! Chldren 12 years old and under must never rde n the front seat, except n a Mercedes-Benz authorzed BabySmart TM1 compatble chld seat, whch operates wth the BabySmart TM system nstalled n the vehcle to deactvate the passenger front ar bag when t s properly nstalled. Otherwse they wll be struck by the ar bag when t nflates n a crash. If ths happens, serous or fatal njury wll result. 1 BabySmart TM s a trademark of Semens Automotve Corp. 43

46 ettng started Drvng Accordng to accdent statstcs, chldren are safer when properly restraned n the rear seatng postons than n the front seatng postons. Infants and small chldren must rde n back seats and be seated n an approprate nfant or chld restrant system, whch s properly secured wth the vehcle's seat belt and top tether strap, or secured va lower anchors and top tether strap, fully n accordance wth the chld seat manufacturer s nstructons. A chld s rsk of serous or fatal njures s sgnfcantly ncreased f the chld restrants are not properly secured n the vehcle and the chld s not properly secured n the chld restrant. Warnng! Never let more people rde n the vehcle than there are seat belts avalable. Be sure everyone rdng n the vehcle s correctly restraned wth a separate seat belt. Never use a seat belt for more than one person at a tme. Warnng! Never rde n a movng vehcle wth the seat backrest n an excessvely reclned poston as ths can be dangerous. You could slde under the seat belt n a collson. If you slde under t, the belt would apply force at the abdomen or neck. That could cause serous or even fatal njures. The seat backrest and seat belt provde the best restrant when the wearer s n a nearly uprght poston and the belt s properly postoned on the body. 1 Release button 2 Buckle 3 Latch plate Warnng! Read and observe the addtonal warnng notces prnted n the Safety and Securty secton ( page 64). Pull the seat belt smoothly from the seat belt outlet. 44

47 ettng started Drvng Place the shoulder porton of the belt across the top of your shoulder and the lap porton across your hps. Push latch plate 3 nto buckle 2 untl t clcks. If necessary, tghten the lap porton to a snug ft by pullng shoulder porton up. Proper use of seat belts Do not twst the belt when fastenng. Adjust seat belt so that the shoulder porton s located as close as possble to the mddle of the shoulder (t should not touch the neck). Never pass the shoulder porton of the belt under your arm. Poston the lap belt as low as possble on your hps (over hp jont) and not across the abdomen. Place the seat backrest n a nearly uprght poston. Never use a seat belt for more than one person at a tme. Do not fasten a seat belt around a person and another object at the same tme. When usng a seat belt to secure nfant or toddler restrants or chldren n booster seats, always follow the chld seat manufacturer's nstructons. Check your seat belt durng travel to make sure that t s properly postoned. Make sure the seat belt s always ftted snugly. Take specal care of ths when wearng loose clothng. Warnng! Do not pass belts over sharp edges. They could tear. Do not allow the belt to get caught n the door or n the seat adjustment mechansm. Ths could damage the belt. Never attempt to make modfcatons to seat belts. Ths could mpar the effectveness of the belts. Do not bleach or dye seat belts as ths may severely weaken them. In a crash, they may not be able to provde adequate protecton. Damaged seat belts or belts that were hghly stressed n an accdent must be replaced. Contact an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. 45

48 ettng started Drvng Startng the engne Warnng! Inhalaton of exhaust gas s hazardous to your health. All exhaust gas contans carbon monoxde, and nhalng t can cause unconscousness and lead to death. Do not run the engne n confned areas (such as a garage) whch are not properly ventlated. If you thnk that exhaust gas fumes are enterng the vehcle whle drvng, have the cause determned and corrected mmedately. If you must drve under these condtons, drve wth at least one wndow fully open. Automatc transmsson earshft pattern for automatc transmsson P Park poston wth gear selector lever lock R Reverse gear N Neutral D Drve poston For more nformaton, see the Controls n detal secton ( page 173). Startng wth the SmartKey Make sure the gear selector lever s set to P. Do not depress accelerator. Turn the SmartKey n the starter swtch to poston 3 and hold untl the engne starts ( page 34). You can also use the touch-start functon. Turn the SmartKey to poston 3 and release t agan mmedately. The engne then starts automatcally. Depress the brake pedal. The gear selector lever lock s released. For nformaton on turnng off the engne wth the SmartKey, see Turnng off wth the SmartKey ( page 57). 46

49 ettng started Drvng Startng wth KEYLESS-O* You can start your vehcle wthout the SmartKey n the starter swtch usng the KEYLESS-O start/stop button on the gear selector lever. The SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O must be located n the vehcle. KEYLESS-O start/stop button 1 USA only 2 Canada only Make sure the gear selector lever s set to P. Depress the brake pedal durng the startng procedure. Do not depress accelerator. The gear selector lever lock s released. Press KEYLESS-O start/stop button 1 once. The engne starts automatcally f the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O s n the vehcle. For nformaton on turnng off the engne wth KEYLESS-O, see Turnng off the engne wth KEYLESS-O* ( page 57). Startng dffcultes If the engne does not start as descrbed, carry out the followng steps: If you are startng the engne wth the SmartKey, turn SmartKey n starter swtch to poston 0 and repeat startng procedure. If you are startng the engne wth KEYLESS-O: Close any doors that may be open to allow for better detecton of the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O. or: Start the engne wth the SmartKey as rado sgnals from another source may be nterferng wth the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O. Repeat the startng procedure ( page 46). Remember that extended startng attempts can dran the battery. et a jump start ( page 406). If the engne does not start after several startng attempts, there could be a malfuncton n the engne electroncs or n the fuel supply system. Notfy an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. 47

50 ettng started Drvng Parkng brake 1 Parkng brake pedal 2 Parkng brake release handle Warnng! When leavng the vehcle, always remove the SmartKey or SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* from the starter swtch, take t wth you, and lock the vehcle. Do not leave chldren unattended n the vehcle, or wth access to an unlocked vehcle. Chldren could release the parkng brake, whch could result n an accdent and/or serous njury. Release the parkng brake by pullng handle 2. The ndcator lamp ; (USA only) or 3 (Canada only) n the nstrument cluster goes out. Drvng Depress the brake pedal. Move gear selector lever to poston D or R. Warnng! It s dangerous to shft the gear selector lever out of P or N f the engne speed s hgher than dle speed. If your foot s not frmly on the brake pedal, the vehcle could accelerate quckly forward or n reverse. You could lose control of the vehcle and ht someone or somethng. Only shft nto gear when the engne s dlng normally and when your rght foot s frmly on the brake pedal. 48

51 ettng started Drvng Warnng! Release the brake pedal. Carefully depress the accelerator pedal. On slppery road surfaces, never downshft n order to obtan brakng acton. Ths could result n drve wheel slp and reduced vehcle control. Your vehcle s ABS wll not prevent ths type of loss of control.! In order to avod damagng the transmsson, wat for the gear selecton process to complete before settng the vehcle n moton. place the gear selector lever n poston R only when the vehcle s stopped. Once the vehcle s n moton, the automatc central lockng system engages and the lockng knobs drop down.! If you hear a warnng sgnal and a message appears n the multfuncton dsplay when drvng off, you have forgotten to release the parkng brake. Release the parkng brake. After a cold start, the automatc transmsson shfts at a hgher engne revoluton. Ths allows the catalytc converter to reach ts operatng temperature earler.! Do not run cold engne at hgh engne speeds. Runnng a cold engne at hgh engne speeds may shorten the servce lfe of the engne.! Smultaneously depressng the accelerator pedal and applyng the brake reduces engne performance and causes premature brake and drvetran wear. You can open a locked door from the nsde. Open doors only when condtons are safe to do so. You can deactvate the automatc lockng usng the control system ( page 168). For more nformaton, see Drvng nstructons ( page 273). 49

52 ettng started Drvng Swtchng on headlamps Low beam headlamps The exteror lamp swtch s located on the dashboard to the left of the steerng wheel. Hgh beam The combnaton swtch s located on the left of the steerng column. Push combnaton swtch n drecton of arrow 1. The hgh beam headlamps are swtched on. The hgh beam headlamp ndcator A n the tachometer comes on. For more nformaton, see Lghtng ( page 131). Exteror lamp swtch 1 Off 2 Low beam headlamps on Turn the swtch to B. The green ndcator lamp C n the exteror lamp swtch comes on. For more nformaton, see Exteror lamp swtch ( page 131). Combnaton swtch 1 Hgh beam 2 Hgh beam flasher 50

53 ettng started Drvng Turn sgnals The combnaton swtch s located on the left of the steerng column. Press the combnaton swtch up 1 or down 2. The correspondng turn sgnal ndcator lamp L or K flashes n the nstrument cluster ( page 24). The combnaton swtch resets automatcally after major steerng wheel movements. To sgnal mnor drectonal changes, e.g. passng or changng lanes, move combnaton swtch to pont of resstance only and release. The turn sgnal flashes three tmes. Combnaton swtch 1 Turn sgnals, rght 2 Turn sgnals, left 51

54 ettng started Drvng Wndsheld wpers The combnaton swtch s located on the left of the steerng column. Combnaton swtch 1 Sngle wpe 2 Swtchng on wndsheld wpers Swtch on gnton ( page 34). Swtchng on wndsheld wpers Turn the combnaton swtch to the desred poston dependng on the ntensty of the ran. 0 Wndsheld wpers off I Intermttent wpng (nterval dependent on wetness of wndsheld) II Normal wper speed III Fast wper speed Intermttent wpng nterval s dependent on wetness of wndsheld. After the ntal wpe, pauses between wpes are automatcally controlled by the ran sensor.! Do not leave wndsheld wpers n ntermttent settng when vehcle s taken to an automatc car wash or durng wndsheld cleanng. Wpers wll operate n the presence of water sprayed on the wndsheld, and wpers may be damaged as a result. The swtch should not be left n ntermttent settng as the wpers wll wpe the wndsheld once every tme the engne s started. Dust that accumulates on the wndsheld mght scratch the glass and/or damage the wper blades when wpng occurs on a dry wndsheld. 52

55 ettng started Drvng Intermttent wpng Set the wper swtch to poston I. Sngle wpe Intermttent wpng s nterrupted when the vehcle s at a standstll and a front door s opened. Press the combnaton swtch brefly n drecton of arrow 1. The wndsheld wpers wpe one tme wthout washer flud. Wpng wth wndsheld washer flud Press swtch n the drecton of arrow 1 past the resstance pont. The wndsheld wper operates wth washer flud. For nformaton on fllng up the washer reservor, see Wndsheld washer system and headlamp cleanng system* ( page 295).! If anythng blocks the wndsheld wpers (leaves, snow, etc.), swtch them off mmedately. For safety reasons, turn off the engne by turnng the SmartKey to poston 0 and wthdraw SmartKey from starter swtch or turn off the engne by pressng the KEYLESS-O* start/stop button ( page 35) and open the drver s door (wth the drver s door open, starter swtch s n poston 0, same as wth SmartKey removed from starter swtch) before attemptng to remove any blockage. Remove blockage. Turn the wndsheld wpers on agan. If wndsheld wpers fal to functon at all n swtch poston I, set the combnaton swtch to the next hghest wper speed have the wndsheld wpers checked at the nearest authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center 53

56 ettng started Drvng Problems whle drvng The engne runs erratcally and msfres An gnton cable may be damaged. The engne electroncs may not be operatng properly. Unburned gasolne may have entered the catalytc converter and damaged t. ve very lttle gas. Have the problem repared by an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. The coolant temperature s above 248 F (120 C) The coolant s too hot and s no longer coolng the engne. Stop the vehcle as soon as possble and turn off the engne. Allow engne and coolant to cool. Check the coolant level and add coolant f necessary ( page 292). Excessve coolant temperatures trgger a warnng message n the multfuncton dsplay ( page 359). In case of accdent If the vehcle s leakng gasolne: Do not start the engne under any crcumstances. Notfy local fre and/or polce authortes. If the extent of the damage cannot be determned: Notfy an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. If no damage can be determned on the major assembles fuel system engne mount: Start the engne n the usual manner. 54

57 ettng started Parkng and lockng Parkng and lockng You have now completed your frst drve. You have properly stopped and parked your vehcle. End your drve as follows. Warnng! Wth the engne not runnng, there s no power assstance for the brake and the steerng systems. In ths case, t s mportant to keep n mnd that a consderably hgher degree of effort s necessary to brake and steer the vehcle. Warnng! Do not park ths vehcle n areas where combustble materals such as grass, hay, or leaves can come nto contact wth the hot exhaust system, as these materals could be gnted and cause a vehcle fre. To reduce the rsk of personal njury as a result of vehcle movement, before turnng off the engne and leavng the vehcle always: Keep rght foot on brake pedal. Turn the SmartKey to starter swtch poston 0 and remove, or press KEYLESS-O* start/stop button ( page 35). Take the SmartKey or the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* wth you and lock vehcle when leavng. Frmly depress parkng brake pedal. Move the gear selector lever to poston P. Slowly release brake pedal. When parked on an nclne, turn front wheel towards the road curb. 55

58 ettng started Parkng and lockng Parkng brake Warnng! Warnng! When leavng the vehcle, always remove the SmartKey or SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* from the starter swtch, take t wth you, and lock the vehcle. Do not leave chldren unattended n the vehcle, or wth access to an unlocked vehcle. Chldren could release the parkng brake and/or move the gear selector lever from poston P, ether of whch could result n an accdent and/or serous njury. ettng out of your vehcle wth the gear selector lever not fully engaged n poston P s dangerous. Also, when parked on an nclne, poston P alone may not prevent your vehcle from movng, possbly httng people or objects. Always set the parkng brake n addton to shftng to poston P ( page 177). When parked on an nclne, turn front wheels towards the road curb. 1 Parkng brake 2 Release handle Step frmly on parkng brake 1. When the engne s runnng, the ndcator lamp ; (USA only) or 3 (Canada only) n the nstrument cluster llumnates. 56

59 ettng started Parkng and lockng Swtchng off headlamps Turn the exteror lamp swtch to M. For more nformaton, see Lghtng ( page 131). Turnng off the engne Place the gear selector lever n poston P. Turnng off wth the SmartKey Always set the parkng brake n addton to shftng to poston P. On slopes, turn the front wheels towards the curb. Turn the SmartKey n the starter swtch ( page 34) to poston 0 and remove t. The mmoblzer s actvated. Press the seat belt release button ( page 44). Allow the retractor to completely rewnd the seat belt by gudng the latch plate. Turnng off the engne wth KEYLESS-O* The SmartKey can only be removed from the starter swtch wth the gear selector lever n poston P. Wth the SmartKey removed and the drver s door open, a warnng sounds f the vehcle s exteror lamps are not swtched off. Place the gear selector lever n poston P. Press the KEYLESS-O start/stop button ( page 35) to shut off the engne. Wth the drver's door closed, the starter swtch s now n poston 1. Wth the drver s door opened, the starter swtch s set to poston 0, same as SmartKey removed from starter swtch ( page 34). Press the seat belt release button ( page 44). Allow the retractor to completely rewnd the seat belt by gudng the latch plate.! If you hear a warnng sgnal, you have ether forgotten to turn off the lghts before openng the drver s door or tred to turn off the engne whle the gear selector lever s not n P. Turn off the lghts or place the gear selector lever n P. 57

60 ettng started Parkng and lockng Lockng Warnng! To prevent possble personal njury, always keep hands and fngers away from the door openngs when closng the doors. Be especally careful when small chldren are around. Before closng doors, make sure there s no possblty of someone gettng caught n a door durng closng. Warnng! When leavng the vehcle, always remove the SmartKey or SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* from the starter swtch, take t wth you, and lock the vehcle. Do not leave chldren unattended n the vehcle, or wth access to an unlocked vehcle. Unsupervsed use of vehcle equpment may cause an accdent and/or serous personal njury. Lockng wth the SmartKey After extng the vehcle press the lock button on the SmartKey ( page 32). All turn sgnal lamps flash three tmes. The lockng knobs on the doors move down. For more nformaton, see SmartKey ( page 92). Lockng wth KEYLESS-O* 1 Lock button on the outsde door handle After extng the vehcle, press lock button 1 on the outsde door handle or on the trunk ld ( page 101). The turn sgnal ndcators come on brefly. The vehcle locks. The lockng knobs n the doors move down. The ant-theft alarm system s armed. For more nformaton, see SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* ( page 96). 58

61 Safety and Securty Occupant safety Panc alarm Drvng safety systems Ant-theft systems 59

62 Safety and Securty Occupant safety In ths secton you wll learn the most mportant facts about the restrant systems of the vehcle. The restrant systems are: Seat belts Emergency tensonng devce Ar bags Chld seats Chld seat recognton Lower anchors and tethers for chldren (LATCH) Preventve occupant safety (PRE-SAFE) As ndependent systems, ther protectve effects work n conjuncton wth each other. For nformaton on nfants and chldren travelng wth you n the vehcle and restrant systems for nfants and chldren, see Chldren n the vehcle ( page 71). The 1 ndcator lamp n the nstrument cluster comes on for about four seconds when you turn the SmartKey n the starter swtch to poston 1 or press the KEYLESS-O* start/stop button ( page 35) once. It then goes out brefly, comes on agan and remans lt untl you start the engne. for about four seconds when you start the engne by turnng the SmartKey or pressng the KEYLESS-O* start/stop button. The 1 ndcator lamp remans lt f the SmartKey s turned to poston 2 and left there or the KEYLESS-O* start/stop button s pressed twce. The ndcator lamp wll go out when you start the engne. The restrant systems are fully operatonal f the 1 ndcator lamp s not lt when the engne s runnng. A malfuncton n the system has been detected f the 1 ndcator lamp: fals to extngush after approxmately four seconds. does not come on at all. comes on after the engne was started or whle drvng. For safety reasons, we strongly recommend that you vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center mmedately to have the system checked. For more nformaton, see Practcal hnts (e page 337). 60

63 Safety and Securty Occupant safety Warnng! In the event that the 1 ndcator lamp comes on durng drvng or does not come on at all, the SRS self-check has detected a malfuncton. For your safety, we strongly recommend that you vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center mmedately to have the system checked; otherwse the SRS may not be actvated when needed n an accdent, whch could result n serous or fatal njury, or t mght deploy unexpectedly and unnecessarly whch could also result n njury. In addton, mproper repar work on the SRS creates a rsk of renderng the SRS noperatve or causng unntended ar bag deployment. Work on the SRS must therefore only be performed by qualfed techncans. Contact an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Ar bags Warnng! Ar bags are desgned to reduce the potental of njury and fatalty n certan frontal mpacts (front ar bags), sde mpacts (sde mpact ar bags and head protecton wndow curtan ar bags) or rollovers (head protecton wndow curtan ar bags). However, no system avalable today can totally elmnate njures and fataltes. The actvaton of the ar bags temporarly releases a small amount of dust from the ar bags. Ths dust, however, s nether njurous to your health, nor does t ndcate a fre n the vehcle. The dust mght cause some temporary breathng dffculty for people wth asthma or other breathng trouble. To avod ths, you may wsh to get out of the vehcle as soon as t s safe to do so. If you have any breathng dffculty but cannot get out of the vehcle after the ar bag nflates, then get fresh ar by openng a wndow or door. Warnng! To reduce the rsk of njury when the front ar bags nflate, t s very mportant for the drver and passenger front to always be n a properly seated poston and to wear your seat belts. For maxmum protecton n the event of a collson always be n normal seated poston wth your back aganst the seat backrest. Fasten your seat belt and make sure t s properly postoned on your body. Snce the ar bag nflates wth consderable speed and force, a proper seatng and hands on steerng wheel poston wll help to keep you at a safe dstance from the ar bag. Occupants who are unbelted, out of poston or too close to the ar bag can be serously njured by an ar bag as t nflates wth great force n the blnk of an eye: St properly belted n a nearly uprght poston wth your back aganst the seat backrest. 61

64 Safety and Securty Occupant safety Adjust the drver seat as far as possble rearward, stll permttng proper operaton of vehcle controls. The dstance from the center of the drver s breastbone to the center of the ar bag cover on the steerng wheel must be at least 10 n (25 cm) or more. You should be able to accomplsh ths by a combnaton of adjustments to the seat and steerng wheel. If you have any problems, please see an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Do not lean wth your head or chest close to the steerng wheel or dashboard. Keep hands on the outsde of steerng wheel rm. Placng hands and arms nsde the rm can ncrease the rsk and potental severty of hand/arm njury when drver front ar bag nflates. Adjust the front passenger seat as far as possble rearward from the dashboard when the seat s occuped. Occupants, especally chldren, should never lean ther heads n the area of the door where the sde ar bag nflates. Ths could result n serous njures or death should the ar bag be trggered. Always st nearly uprght, properly use the seat belts and approprate sze nfant or chld restrant system. Chldren 12 years old and under must never rde n the front seat, except n a Mercedes-Benz authorzed BabySmart TM1 compatble chld seat, whch operates wth the BabySmart TM system nstalled n the vehcle to deactvate the passenger front ar bag when t s properly nstalled. Otherwse they wll be struck by the ar bag when t nflates n a crash. If ths happens, serous or fatal njury wll result. Falure to follow these nstructons can result n severe njures to you or other occupants. If you sell your vehcle, t s mportant that you make the buyer aware of ths safety nformaton. Be sure to gve the buyer ths Operator's Manual. 1 BabySmart TM s a trademark of Semens Automotve Corp. Warnng! Accdent research shows that the safest place for chldren n an automoble s n the rear seat. Should you choose to place a chld 12 years old or under n the front passenger seat of your vehcle, you must properly use a BabySmart TM chld restrant whch wll turn off the passenger front ar bag. BabySmart TM wll not, however, turn off any sde mpact ar bag. It should be noted that wth respect to both front and rear sde mpact ar bags there s a possblty for a sde ar bag related njury f occupants, especally chldren, are not properly seated or restraned when next to a sde ar bag whch needs to deploy rapdly n a sde mpact n order to do ts job. To help avod the possblty of njury, please follow these gudelnes: (1) Occupants, especally chldren, should never place ther bodes or lean ther heads n the area of the door where the sde ar bag nflates. Ths could result n 62

65 Safety and Securty Occupant safety serous njures or death should the sde ar bag be actvated. (2) Always st nearly uprght, properly use the seat belts and use an approprately szed nfant or chld restrant system for all chldren 12 years old or under. (3) Always wear seat belts properly. If you beleve that, even wth the use of these gudelnes, t would be safer for your rear seat occupants to have the rear mounted sde ar bags deactvated, then deactvaton can be accomplshed upon your wrtten request to do so at your authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center at an addtonal cost. Please contact your local authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center or call our Customer Assstance Center at FOR-MERCedes ( ) for detals. Ar bags are desgned to actvate only n certan frontal (front ar bags) mpacts, sde mpacts (sde mpact and head protecton wndow curtan ar bags) whch exceed preset thresholds, and n certan rollovers (head protecton wndow curtan ar bags). Only durng these events wll they provde ther supplemental protecton. The drver and passengers should always wear ther seat belts. Otherwse t s not possble for ar bags to provde ther supplemental protecton. In case of other types of mpacts and mpacts below ar bag deployment thresholds, ar bags wll not be actvated. The drver and passengers wll then be protected to the extent possble by a properly fastened seat belt. A properly fastened seat belt s also needed to provde the best possble protecton n a rollover. We cauton you not to rely on the presence of the ar bags n order to avod wearng your seat belt. Your vehcle was orgnally equpped wth ar bags that are desgned to actvate n certan mpacts exceedng a preset threshold to reduce the potental and severty of njury. It s mportant for your safety and that of your passengers that you replace deployed ar bags and repar any malfunctonng ar bags to make sure the vehcle wll contnue to provde supplemental crash protecton for occupants. 63

66 Safety and Securty Occupant safety Safety gudelnes for the seat belt, emergency tensonng devce and ar bag Warnng! Damaged seat belts or belts that were hghly stressed n an accdent must be replaced and ther anchorng ponts must also be checked. Use only belts nstalled or suppled by an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Ar bags and pyrotechnc emergency tensonng devces (ETDs) are desgned to functon on a one-tme only bass. An ar bag or ETD that was actvated must be replaced. PRE-SAFE has electrcally operated reversble pre-tensoners n addton to the pyrotechnc ETDs. No modfcatons of any knd may be made to any components or wrng of the SRS. Ths ncludes changng or removng any component or part of the SRS, the nstallaton of addtonal trm materal, badges, etc. over the steerng wheel hub, passenger front ar bag cover, door trm panels, or door frame trms, and nstallaton of addtonal electrcal/electronc equpment on or near SRS components and wrng. Keep area between ar bags and occupants free from objects (e.g. packages, purses, umbrellas, etc.). Do not pass belts over sharp edges. They could tear. Do not make any modfcaton that could change the effectveness of the belts. Do not bleach or dye seat belts as ths may severely weaken them. In a crash they may not be able to provde adequate protecton. Do not hang tems such as coat hangers from the coat hooks or handles over the door. These tems may turn nto projectles and cause head and other njures when curtan ar bag s deployed. Never place your feet on the nstrument panel, dashboard, or on the seat. Always keep both feet on the floor n front of the seat. Ar bag system components wll be hot after the ar bag has nflated. Do not touch. In addton, mproper repar work on the SRS creates a rsk of renderng the SRS noperatve or causng unntended ar bag deployment. Work on the SRS must therefore only be performed by qualfed techncans. Contact an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. For your protecton and the protecton of others, when scrappng the ar bag unt or emergency tensonng devce, our safety nstructons must be followed. These nstructons are avalable from your authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. ven the consderable deployment speed and the textle structure of the ar bags, there s the possblty of abrasons or other njures resultng from ar bag deployment. 64

67 Safety and Securty Occupant safety When you sell your vehcle we strongly urge you to gve notce to the subsequent owner that t s equpped wth an SRS by alertng them to the applcable secton n the Operator s Manual. Front ar bags 1 Drver s ar bag 2 Passenger front ar bag Drver s and front passenger ar bags are deployed: n the event of certan frontal mpacts f mpact exceeds a preset deployment threshold ndependently of the sde mpact ar bags The ar bags wll not deploy n mpacts whch do not exceed the system s deployment thresholds. You wll then be protected by the fastened seat belts. The passenger front ar bag wll only be deployed f: the front passenger seat s occuped the 58 ndcator lamp n the lower part of the front center console s not lt ( page 73) the mpact exceeds a preset deployment threshold! Do not place objects heaver than 20 lbs (9 kg) on the front passenger seat. Ths could cause the front or sde mpact ar bag on the front passenger sde to deploy n a crash whch exceeds the system's deployment threshold. Sde mpact ar bags 1 Sde mpact ar bags 65

68 Safety and Securty Occupant safety The sde mpact ar bags are deployed: n mpacts exceedng a preset deployment threshold on the mpacted sde of the vehcle ndependently of the front ar bags The sde mpact ar bags are not deployed n mpacts whch do not exceed the system s deployment threshold. The front passenger sde mpact ar bag wll only deploy f the system senses that the front passenger seat s occuped. Wndow curtan ar bags The sde wndow curtan ar bags are deployed: n mpacts exceedng a preset deployment threshold on the mpacted sde of the vehcle ndependently of the front ar bags n certan vehcle rollovers The sde wndow curtan ar bags are not deployed n mpacts whch do not exceed the system s deployment threshold. The wndow curtan ar bags fll up the area between the A and C pllars (see arrows). Seat belts When the engne s started, the seat belt telltale < llumnates to remnd you and your passengers to fasten your seat belts. If the drver s seat belt s not fastened before the engne s started, the seat belt telltale < llumnates and a warnng chme sounds for approxmately sx seconds when the engne s started. The use of seat belts and nfant and chld restrant systems s requred by law n all 50 states, the Dstrct of Columba, the U.S. terrtores and all Canadan provnces. Even where ths s not the case, all vehcle occupants should have ther seat belts fastened whenever the vehcle s n moton. For more nformaton, see Fastenng the seat belts ( page 43). 1 Wndow curtan ar bag 66

69 Safety and Securty Occupant safety For nformaton on nfants and chldren travelng wth you n the vehcle and restrant systems for nfants and chldren, see Chldren n the vehcle ( page 71). Warnng! Always fasten your seat belt before drvng off. Always make sure your passengers are properly restraned, even those sttng n the rear and pregnant women. Falure to wear and properly fasten and poston your seat belt greatly ncreases your rsk of njures and ther lkely severty n an accdent. You and your passengers should always wear seat belts. If you are ever n an accdent, your njures can be consderably more severe wthout your seat belt properly buckled. Wthout your seat belt buckled, you are much more lkely to ht the nteror of the vehcle or be ejected from t. You can be serously njured or klled. In the same crash, the possblty of njury or death s lessened f you are properly wearng your seat belt. Ar bags can only protect as they are desgned f the occupants are properly wearng ther seat belts. Warnng! Never rde n a movng vehcle wth the seat backrest n an excessvely reclned poston as ths an be dangerous. You could slde under the seat belt n a collson. If you slde under t, the belt would apply force at the abdomen or neck. That could cause serous or even fatal njures. The seat backrest and seat belt provde the best restrant when the wearer s n a nearly uprght poston and the belt s properly postoned on the body. Warnng! Never let more people rde n the vehcle than there are seat belts avalable. Be sure everyone rdng n the vehcle s correctly restraned wth a separate seat belt. Never use a seat belt for more than one person at a tme. 67

70 Safety and Securty Occupant safety Warnng! Warnng! rollovers (wndow curtan ar bags and ETD). Damaged seat belts or belts that were hghly stressed n an accdent must be replaced and ther anchorng ponts must also be checked. Only use seat belts whch have been approved by Mercedes-Benz. Do not make any modfcatons to the seat belts. Ths can lead to unntended actvaton or to falure. Do not bleach or dye seat belts as ths may severely weaken them. In a crash, they may not be able to provde adequate protecton. Have all work carred out only by qualfed techncans. Contact an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. USE SEAT BELTS PROPERLY Seat belts can only work when used properly. Never wear seat belts n any other way than as descrbed n ths secton, as that could result n serous njures n case of an accdent. Each occupant should wear ther seat belt at all tmes, because seat belts help reduce the lkelhood of and potental severty of njures n accdents, ncludng rollovers. The ntegrated restrant system ncludes SRS (drver ar bag, passenger front ar bag, sde mpact ar bags, head protecton wndow curtan ar bags for sde wndows), ETD (seat belt emergency tensonng devce), and front seat knee bolsters. The system s desgned to enhance the protecton offered to properly belted occupants n certan frontal (front ar bags and ETD) and sde (sde mpact, wndow curtan ar bags and ETD) mpacts whch exceed preset deployment thresholds and n certan Never wear the shoulder belt under your arm, aganst your neck or off your shoulder. In a crash, your body would move too far forward. That would ncrease the chance of head and neck njures. The belt would also apply too much force to the rbs or abdomen, whch could severely njure nternal organs such as your lver or spleen. Never wear belts over rgd or breakable objects n or on your clothng, such as eyeglasses, pens, keys, etc., as these mght cause njures. Poston the lap belt as low as possble on your hps and not across the abdomen. If the belt s postoned across your abdomen, t could cause serous njures n a crash. Never use a seat belt for more than one person at a tme. Do not fasten a seat belt around a person and another person or other objects. 68

71 Safety and Securty Occupant safety Belts should not be worn twsted. In a crash, you wouldn t have the full wdth of the belt to manage mpact forces. The twsted belt aganst your body could cause njures. Pregnant women should also use a lap-shoulder belt. The lap belt porton should be postoned as low as possble on the hps to avod any possble pressure on the abdomen. Never place your feet on the nstrument panel, dashboard or on the seat. Always keep both feet on the floor n front of the seat. Emergency tensonng devce (ETD), seat belt force lmter The seat belts for the front and rear outer seats are equpped wth emergency tensonng devces and belt force lmters. The ETD s desgned to actvate n the followng cases: n frontal or rear-end mpact exceedng a preset severty level n certan vehcle rollovers f the restrant systems are operatonal and functonng correctly, see 1 ndcator lamp ( page 60) The ETDs for the front seats wll only actvate f the respectve front seat belt s fastened (latch plate properly nserted nto buckle). The ETDs for the rear outer seats wll actvate wth or wthout the respectve seat belt fastened. In an mpact, emergency tensonng devces remove slack from the belts n such a way that the seat belts ft more snugly aganst the body. Belt force lmters reduce the force exerted by the seat belts on occupants durng a crash. Warnng! A pyrotechnc emergency tensonng devce (ETD) that was actvated must be replaced. When dsposng of the pyrotechnc emergency tensonng devce, our safety nstructons must be followed. These are avalable at your authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. PRE-SAFE has electrcally operated reversble pre-tensoners that do not requre replacement after actvaton. 69

72 Safety and Securty Occupant safety! Do not place objects heaver than 20 lbs (9 kg) on the front passenger seat. Ths could cause the front or sde mpact ar bag on the front passenger sde to deploy n a crash whch exceeds the system's deployment threshold. Automatc comfort-ft feature seat belt An automatc comfort-ft feature for front seats and for the rear outer seats (only for vehcles wth electrcally adjustable rear bench seat* or wth ndvdual seats* n the rear) reduces the retractng force of the seat belts when they are n normal use. Preventve occupant safety (PRE-SAFE) Your vehcle automatcally takes preventve measures to better protect the occupants n the followng hazardous stuatons: Warnng The PRE-SAFE system s ntended to reduce the effects of an accdent on properly seat belted vehcle occupants. Despte havng the PRE-SAFE systems n your car, the possblty of njures occurrng as a result of an accdent cannot be totally elmnated. Therefore you should always drve carefully and adjust your drvng to the prevalng road, weather, and traffc condtons. You execute an emergency brakng maneuver and the Brake Assst System ( page 81) s actvated. The PRE-SAFE system detects a crtcal drvng dynamcs stuaton. In such cases, the followng systems are automatcally actvated: A front seat belt wth the seat belt buckled s pre-tensoned electrcally. If the occuped front passenger seat or rear seats are n an unfavorable poston, they are adjusted to a better poston. Rear seat adjustment occurs only n vehcles wth ndvdual seats* n the rear. The tlt/sldng sunroof closes f the vehcle s n a severe skd or s spnnng. 70

73 Safety and Securty Occupant safety If the seat belts do not release: The PRE-SAFE systems are actvated n the prevously descrbed crcumstances only at speeds exceedng 22 mph (35 km/h). When the drvng dynamc stuaton has passed wthout an accdent occurrng, the pre-tensonng on the seat belts s deactvated. You can then adjust the seats and the tlt/sldng sunroof to ther prevous poston. Adjust the backrest or seat slghtly to the rear untl the seat belt tenson s dmnshed. The lockng mechansm releases. Chldren n the vehcle If an nfant or chld s travelng wth you n the vehcle: Secure the chld usng an nfant or chld restrant approprate for the age and sze of the chld. Make sure the nfant or chld s properly secured at all tmes whle the vehcle s n moton. Infant and chld restrant seats and nformaton on choosng an approprate restrant system can be obtaned from any authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Infant and chld restrant systems Use only a BabySmart TM1 compatble chld restrant for the front passenger seat n ths vehcle. We recommend all nfants and chldren be properly restraned at all tmes whle the vehcle s n moton. 1 BabySmart TM s a trademark of Semens Automotve Corp. All lap-shoulder belts except the drver s seat belt have specal seat belt retractors for secure fastenng of chld restrants. To fasten a chld restrant, follow chld restrant nstructons for mountng. Then pull the shoulder belt out completely and let t retract. Durng seat belt retracton, a ratchetng sound can be heard to ndcate that the specal seat belt retractor s actvated. The belt s now locked. Push down on chld restrant to take up any slack. To deactvate, release seat belt buckle and let seat belt retract completely. The seat belt can agan be used n the usual manner. For more nformaton on chld seats wth mountng fttngs for tether anchorages, see Installaton of nfant and chld restrant systems ( page 75). For nformaton on LATCH-type chld seat mounts ( page 76). 71

74 Safety and Securty Occupant safety Warnng! 72 Never release the seat belt buckle whle the vehcle s n moton, snce the specal seat belt retractor wll be deactvated.! The use of nfant or chld restrants s requred by law n all 50 states, the Dstrct of Columba, the U.S. terrtores, and all Canadan provnces. Infants and small chldren should be seated n an approprate nfant or chld restrant system properly secured by a lap-shoulder belt or, f so equpped, a chld restrant lower anchorage system that comples wth U.S. Federal Motor Vehcle Safety Standards 213 and 225 and Canadan Motor Vehcle Safety Standards 213 and A statement by the chld restrant manufacturer of complance wth ths standard can be found on the nstructon label on the restrant and n the nstructon manual provded wth the restrant. When usng any nfant or chld restrant system, be sure to carefully read and follow all manufacturer s nstructons for nstallaton and use. Please read and observe warnng labels affxed to nsde of vehcle and to nfant or chld restrants. Warnng! Chldren 12 years old and under must never rde n the front seat, except n a Mercedes-Benz authorzed BabySmart TM1 compatble chld seat, whch operates wth the BabySmart TM system nstalled n the vehcle to deactvate the passenger front ar bag when t s properly nstalled. Otherwse they wll be struck by the ar bag when t nflates n a crash. If ths happens, serous or fatal njury wll result. Accordng to accdent statstcs, chldren are safer when properly restraned n the rear seatng postons than n the front seatng postons. Infants and small chldren must rde n back seats and be seated n an approprate nfant or chld restrant system, whch s properly secured wth the vehcle's seat belt and top tether strap, or secured va lower anchors and top tether strap, fully n accordance wth the chld seat manufacturer s nstructons. 1 BabySmart TM s a trademark of Semens Automotve Corp.

75 Safety and Securty Occupant safety Infants and small chldren should never share a seat belt wth another occupant. Durng an accdent, they could be crushed between the occupant and seat belt. Chldren too bg for chld restrant systems must rde n back seats usng regular seat belts. Poston shoulder belt across chest and shoulder, not face or neck. A booster seat may be necessary to acheve proper belt postonng for chldren from 41 lbs untl they reach a heght where a lap/shoulder belt fts properly wthout a booster. A chld s rsk of serous or fatal njures s sgnfcantly ncreased f the chld restrants are not properly secured n the vehcle and the chld s not properly secured n the chld restrant. When the chld restrant s not n use, remove t from the vehcle or secure t wth the seat belt to prevent the chld restrant from becomng a projectle n the event of an accdent. Do not leave chldren, unattended n the vehcle, even f the chldren are secured n a chld restrant system. Unsupervsed chldren n a chld restrant system may use vehcle equpment and cause an accdent and/or serous personal njury. BabySmart TM1 ar bag deactvaton system The 58 ndcator lamp s located on the lower part of the center console. 1 Indcator lamp Specal BabySmart TM compatble chld seats, desgned for use wth the Mercedes-Benz system and avalable at any authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center are requred for use wth the BabySmart TM ar bag deactvaton system. Wth the specal chld seat properly nstalled, the passenger front ar bag wll not deploy. 1 BabySmart TM s a trademark of Semens Automotve Corp. 73

76 Safety and Securty Occupant safety The 58 ndcator lamp 1 located on the lower part of the front center console wll be llumnated, except wth the SmartKey removed or n starter swtch poston 0. Self-test BabySmart TM1 wthout specal chld seat nstalled After turnng the SmartKey n the starter swtch to poston 1 or 2 or pressng the KEYLESS-O* start/stop button ( page 35) once or twce, the 58 ndcator lamp comes on for approxmately sx seconds and then goes out. If the 58 ndcator lamp should not come on or s contnuously lt, the system s not functonng. You must see an 74 The system does not deactvate the sde mpact ar bag or the emergency tensonng devce. 1 BabySmart TM s a trademark of Semens Automotve Corp. authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center before seatng any chld on the front passenger seat. For more nformaton, see Practcal hnts ( page 337). Warnng! The BabySmart TM ar bag deactvaton system wll ONLY work wth a specal chld seat desgned to operate wth t. It wll not work wth chld seats whch are not BabySmart TM compatble. Never place anythng between seat cushon and chld seat (e.g. pllow), snce t reduces the effectveness of the deactvaton system. The bottom of the chld seat must make full contact wth the passenger seat cushon. An ncorrectly mounted chld seat could cause njures to the chld n case of an accdent, nstead of protectng the chld. Follow the manufacturer s nstructons for nstallaton of specal chld seats. Warnng! When usng a BabySmart TM compatble chld seat on the front passenger seat, the passenger front ar bag wll not deploy only f the 58 ndcator lamp remans llumnated. Make sure to check the 58 ndcator lamp every tme you use the specal system chld seat. Should the 58 ndcator lamp go out whle the restrant s nstalled, please check nstallaton. If the 58 ndcator lamp remans out, do not use the BabySmart TM restrant to transport chldren on the front passenger seat untl the system has been repared.

77 Safety and Securty Occupant safety Warnng! Do not place powered-on laptops, cell phones and lke electronc devces on the front passenger seat. Sgnals from such devces may nterfere wth the BabySmart TM system. Such sgnal nterference may cause the 58 ndcator lamp not to come on durng self-test or be contnuously lt, ndcatng that the system s not functonng. Installaton of nfant and chld restrant systems Ths vehcle s equpped wth tether anchorages for a top tether strap at each of the rear seatng postons. 1 Cover of top anchorage rng Remove cover 1 from anchorage rng. Store cover 1 n a convenent place (e.g. glove box). ude tether strap between head restrant and top of seat back. Head restrants must be postoned such that the top tether strap can pass freely between the head restrant and top of seat back. Make sure the tether strap s not twsted. 2 Hook 3 Anchorage rng Securely fasten hook 2, whch s part of the tether strap, to anchorage rng 3. For safety reasons, make sure hook 2 has attached to rng 3 beyond the safety catch, as llustrated. Once the top tether anchorage hook s attached, the chld restrant tself can be secured. Tghten the top tether strap accordng to the chld restrant manufacturer s nstructons. 75

78 Safety and Securty Occupant safety Renstall cover after removng the tether strap. Warnng! Vehcles wth adjustable rear seats/bench*: Never adjust the rear seat poston after nstallng the chld restrant. Adjustng the rear seat poston after nstallng the chld restrant could damage the chld restrant and/or ntroduce undesrable slack nto the webbng and loosen or msposton the chld restrant, lessenng the effectveness of the chld restrant and thus ncreasng the chance or severty of njury n an accdent. Chld seat anchors LATCH type Ths vehcle s equpped wth two LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHldren) type anchors (at each of the rear seats) for the nstallaton of a LATCH chld seat wth the matchng anchor fttngs. If you have not nstalled a chld seat, the LATCH anchor are covered wth an upholstery blend. Move rear power seats*/bench* to the rearmost poston ( page 117). Fold upholstery blend 3 upward. Turn nstallaton devce 4 to a vertcal poston so that upholstery blend 3 does not fold down. Install chld seat accordng to the manufacturer s nstructons. A sold connecton s establshed between the chld seat and the body of the vehcle. Do not adjust rear power seat*/bench* poston after nstallng chld restrant. 1 Indcates the poston of the anchors 2 Anchors 3 Upholstery blend 4 Installaton devce 76

79 Safety and Securty Occupant safety Warnng! Warnng! Vehcles wth adjustable rear seats/bench*: Never adjust the rear seat poston after nstallng the chld restrant. Adjustng the rear seat poston after nstallng the chld restrant could damage the chld restrant and/or ntroduce undesrable slack nto the webbng and loosen or msposton the chld restrant, lessenng the effectveness of the chld restrant and thus ncreasng the chance or severty of njury n an accdent. The chld seat must be frmly attached n the rght and left sde anchor fttngs. Make sure the seat belt for the center seat can operate freely wth a chld seat nstalled. Non-LATCH type chld seats may also be used and can be nstalled usng the vehcle s seat belt system. Install chld seat accordng to the manufacturer s nstructons. Chldren too bg for chld restrant systems must rde n back seats usng regular seat belts. Poston shoulder belt across chest and shoulder, not face or neck. A booster seat may be necessary to acheve proper belt postonng for chldren from 41 lbs untl they reach a heght where a lap/shoulder belt fts properly wthout a booster. Install chld seat accordng to manufacturer s nstructons. The chld seat must be frmly attached n rght and left sde anchors 2. An ncorrectly mounted chld seat may come loose durng an accdent whch could result n serous njury or death to the chld. Damaged or mpact damaged chld seats or chld seat mountng fttngs must be replaced. Do not leave chldren unattended n the vehcle, even f the chldren are secured n a chld restrant system. 77

80 Safety and Securty Occupant safety Overrde swtch for rear passenger compartment You can dsable select functons n the rear passenger compartment for added safety (for nstance when you have chldren rdng n the rear passenger compartment). You can dsable the followng functons n the rear passenger compartment: rear door wndow operaton ( page 207) adjustment of front passenger seat from the rear* ( page 118) cgarette lghter n rear ( page 252) The overrde swtch s located on the drver s door. 1 Overrde swtch Actvatng overrde swtch Slde overrde swtch 1 to the rght. A dot becomes vsble. The functons n the rear are dsabled. Warnng! Actvate the overrde swtch when chldren are rdng n the back seats of the vehcle. The chldren may otherwse njure themselves, e.g. by becomng trapped n the wndow openng. When leavng the vehcle, always remove the SmartKey or SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* from the starter swtch, take t wth you, and lock your vehcle. Do not leave chldren unattended n the vehcle, or wth access to an unlocked vehcle. Unsupervsed use of vehcle equpment may cause an accdent and/or serous personal njury. Deactvatng overrde swtch Operaton of the rear door wndows wth the swtches located n the drver s door s stll possble. Slde overrde swtch 1 to the left. The functons n the rear are enabled agan. 78

81 Panc alarm An audble alarm and flashng exteror lamps wll operate for approxmately 2 1 / 2 mnutes. 1 Â button Actvatng USA only: Ths devce comples wth Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operaton s subject to the followng two condtons: Ths devce may not cause harmful nterference, and ths devce must accept any nterference receved, ncludng nterference that may cause undesred operaton. Any unauthorzed modfcaton to ths devce could vod the user s authorty to operate the equpment. Safety and Securty Panc alarm Canada only: Ths devce comples wth RSS-210 of Industry Canada. Operaton s subject to the followng two condtons: Ths devce may not cause nterference, and ths devce must accept any nterference receved, ncludng nterference that may cause undesred operaton of the devce. Any unauthorzed modfcaton to ths devce could vod the user s authorty to operate the equpment. Press and hold button 1 for at least one second. Deactvatng Press button 1 agan. or Insert SmartKey n starter swtch. 79

82 Safety and Securty Drvng safety systems In ths secton you wll fnd nformaton on the followng drvng safety systems: ABS (Antlock Brake System) BAS (Brake Assst System) ESP (Electronc Stablty Program) 4MATIC (Four Wheel Electronc Tracton System) In wnter operaton, the maxmum effectveness of the ABS, ESP, BAS and 4MATIC s only acheved wth wnter tres (M+S tres) or snow chans as requred. Warnng! The followng factors ncrease the rsk of accdents: Excessve speed, especally n turns Wet and slppery road surfaces Followng another vehcle too closely The ABS, BAS, ESP, and 4MATIC cannot reduce ths rsk. Always adjust your drvng style to the prevalng road and weather condtons. ABS Warnng! Do not pump the brake pedal. Use frm, steady brake pedal pressure nstead. Pumpng the brake pedal defeats the purpose of the ABS and sgnfcantly reduces brakng effectveness. The Antlock Brake System (ABS) regulates the brake pressure so that the wheels do not lock durng brakng. Ths allows you to mantan the ablty to steer your vehcle. The ABS s functonal above a speed of approxmately 5 mph (8 km/h) ndependent of road surface condtons. On slppery road surfaces, the ABS wll respond even to lght brake pressure. 80

83 Safety and Securty Drvng safety systems The - ndcator lamp n the nstrument cluster ( page 24) comes on when you swtch on the gnton ( page 34). It goes out when the engne s runnng. Brakng At the nstant one of the wheels s about to lock up, a slght pulsaton can be felt n the brake pedal, ndcatng that the ABS s n the regulatng mode. Keep frm and steady pressure on the brake pedal whle experencng the pulsaton. Contnuous, steady brake pedal pressure yelds the advantages provded by the ABS, namely brakng power and the ablty to steer the vehcle. The pulsatng brake pedal can be an ndcaton of hazardous road condtons and functons as a remnder to take extra care whle drvng. Emergency brake maneuver Keep contnuous full pressure on the brake pedal. Warnng! The ABS cannot prevent the natural laws of physcs from actng on the vehcle, nor can t ncrease brakng or steerng effcency beyond that afforded by the condton of the vehcle brakes and tres or the tracton afforded. The ABS cannot prevent accdents, ncludng those resultng from excessve speed n turns, followng another vehcle too closely, or hydroplanng. Only a safe, attentve, and skllful drver can prevent accdents. The capabltes of an ABS equpped vehcle must never be exploted n a reckless or dangerous manner whch could jeopardze the user s safety or the safety of others. For more nformaton, see Practcal hnts ( page 337). BAS The Brake Assst System (BAS) operates n emergency stuatons. If you apply the brakes very quckly, the BAS automatcally provdes full brake boost, thereby potentally reducng the brakng dstance. Apply contnuous full brakng pressure untl the emergency brakng stuaton s over. The ABS wll prevent the wheels from lockng. When you release the brake pedal, the brakes functon agan as normal. The BAS s then deactvated. Warnng! If the BAS s malfunctonng, the brake system s stll functonng normally, but wthout the addtonal brake boost avalable that BAS would normally provde n an emergency brakng maneuver. Therefore, the brakng dstance may ncrease. 81

84 Safety and Securty Drvng safety systems Warnng! The BAS cannot prevent the natural laws of physcs from actng on the vehcle, nor can t ncrease brakng effcency beyond that afforded by the condton of the vehcle brakes and tres or the tracton afforded. The BAS cannot prevent accdents, ncludng those resultng from excessve speed n turns, followng another vehcle too closely, or hydroplanng. Only a safe, attentve, and skllful drver can prevent accdents. The capabltes of a BAS equpped vehcle must never be exploted n a reckless or dangerous manner whch could jeopardze the user s safety or the safety of others. For more nformaton, see the Practcal hnts secton ( page 338). ESP The Electronc Stablty Program (ESP) s operatonal as soon as the engne s runnng and montors the vehcle's tracton (force of adhesve frcton between the tres and the road surface) and handlng. The ESP recognzes when a wheel s spnnng or f the vehcle starts to skd. By applyng brakes to the approprate wheel and by lmtng the engne output, the ESP works to stablze the vehcle. The ESP s especally useful whle drvng off and on wet or slppery road surfaces. The ESP also stablzes the vehcle durng brakng maneuvers. The ESP warnng lamp v n the nstrument cluster flashes when the ESP s engaged. The ESP warnng lamp v n the nstrument cluster comes on when you swtch on the gnton ( page 34). It goes out when the engne s runnng. Warnng! Never swtch off the ESP when you see the ESP warnng lamp v flashng n the nstrument cluster. In ths case proceed as follows: Whle drvng off, apply as lttle throttle as possble. Whle drvng ease up on the accelerator. Adapt your speed and drvng style to the prevalng road condtons. Falure to observe these gudelnes could cause the vehcle to skd. The ESP cannot prevent accdents resultng from excessve speed. 82

85 Safety and Securty Drvng safety systems Warnng! The ESP cannot prevent the natural laws of physcs from actng on the vehcle, nor can t ncrease the tracton afforded. The ESP cannot prevent accdents, ncludng those resultng from excessve speed n turns, or hydroplanng. Only a safe, attentve, and skllful drver can prevent accdents. The capabltes of an ESP equpped vehcle must never be exploted n a reckless or dangerous manner whch could jeopardze the user s safety or the safety of others. Dstronc* s swtched off when ESP s actvated. The ESP wll only functon properly f you use wheels of the recommended tre sze ( page 422).! Because of the ESP s automatc operaton, the engne and gnton must be shut off (SmartKey n starter swtch poston 0 or 1 or KEYLESS-O start/stop button* n poston 0 or 1) when the parkng brake s beng tested on a brake test dynamometer the vehcle s beng towed wth the front/rear axle rased Actve brakng acton through the ESP may otherwse serously damage the brake system. For more nformaton, see Practcal hnts ( page 337). Swtchng off the ESP To mprove the vehcle's tracton, turn off the ESP n drvng stuatons where t would be advantageous to have the drve wheels spn and thus cut nto surfaces for better grp such as: Warnng! startng out on slppery surfaces and n deep snow n conjuncton wth snow chans n sand or gravel The ESP should not be swtched off durng normal drvng other than n the crcumstances descrbed below. Dsablng of the system wll reduce vehcle stablty n standard drvng maneuvers. Dstronc* cannot be actvated when the ESP has been deactvated. 83

86 Safety and Securty Drvng safety systems When you swtch off the ESP the ESP does not stablze the vehcle the engne output s not lmted, whch allows the drve wheels to spn and thus cut nto surfaces for better grp the tracton control wll stll brake a spnnng wheel the ESP contnues to operate when you are brakng When the ESP s swtched off and one or more drve wheels are spnnng, the ESP warnng lamp v n the nstrument cluster flashes. However, the ESP wll then not stablze the vehcle. The swtch s located on the upper part of the center console. 1 ESP off/on Press ESP swtch 1 untl the ESP warnng lamp v n the speedometer comes on. The ESP s deactvated. Warnng! Swtchng on the ESP When the ESP warnng lamp v s llumnated contnuously, the ESP s swtched off. Adapt your speed and drvng to the prevalng road condtons and to the non-operatng status of the ESP.! Avod spnnng of a drve wheel for an extended perod wth the ESP swtched off. Ths may cause serous damage to the drvetran whch s not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Lmted Warranty. Press ESP swtch 1. The ESP warnng lamp v n the nstrument cluster goes out. You are now agan n normal drvng mode wth the ESP swtched on. 84

87 Safety and Securty Drvng safety systems Four wheel electronc tracton system (4MATIC) wth the ESP Models wth all-wheel drve only: The 4MATIC mproves the vehcle s ablty to use avalable tracton, e.g. durng wnter operaton n mountans under snowy condtons, by applyng power to all four wheels. Warnng! If you see the ESP warnng lamp v flashng n the speedometer dal, proceed as follows: Whle drvng off, apply as lttle throttle as possble. Whle drvng, ease up on the accelerator. Adapt your speed and drvng style to the prevalng road condtons. Falure to observe these gudelnes could cause the vehcle to skd. The ESP cannot prevent accdents resultng from excessve speed.! Do not tow wth one axle rased. Otherwse the transfer case can be damaged, whch s not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Lmted Warranty.! Performance testng must only be conducted on a two-axle dynamometer. Otherwse the transfer case can be damaged, whch s not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Lmted Warranty.! Because of the ESP s automatc operaton, the engne and gnton must be shut off (SmartKey n starter swtch poston 0 or 1 or KEYLESS-O* start/stop button ( page 35) n poston 0 or 1) when the parkng brake s beng tested on a brake test dynamometer. Actve brakng acton through the ESP may otherwse serously damage the front or rear axle brake system. Operatonal tests wth the engne runnng can only be conducted on a two-axle dynamometer. 85

88 Safety and Securty Ant-theft systems Immoblzer The mmoblzer prevents unauthorzed persons from startng your vehcle. Actvatng Wth the SmartKey Remove the SmartKey from the starter swtch. The mmoblzer s actvated. Wth KEYLESS-O* Turn off the engne by means of the start/stop button ( page 35) on the gear selector lever. Open the drver s door. The mmoblzer s actvated. Deactvatng Wth the SmartKey Insert the SmartKey n the starter swtch. The mmoblzer s deactvated. Wth KEYLESS-O* Start the engne by means of the start/stop button ( page 35) on the gear selector lever. The mmoblzer s deactvated. In case the engne cannot be started (yet the vehcle s battery s charged), the system s not operatonal. Contact an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center or call FOR-MERCedes (n the USA), or (n Canada). 86

89 Safety and Securty Ant-theft systems Ant-theft alarm system Once the alarm system has been armed, a vsual and audble alarm s trggered when someone opens: a door the trunk the hood The alarm wll stay on even f the actvatng element (a door, for example) s mmedately closed. The alarm system wll also be trggered when someone attempts to rase the vehcle the vehcle s opened wth the mechancal key someone opens a door from the nsde f the vehcle was locked from the outsde wth the SmartKey someone opens the trunk ld wth the emergency release button If the alarm stays on for more than 30 seconds, a call to the Response Center s ntated automatcally by the by the Tele Ad system ( page 255) provded Tele Ad servce was subscrbed to and properly actvated, and that necessary cellular servce and PS coverage are avalable. Armng the alarm system The ndcator lamp located n the central lockng swtch n on the upper part of the front center console. 1 Indcator lamp Lock your vehcle. The turn sgnal lamps flash three tmes to ndcate that the alarm system s actvated. The ndcator lamp 1 flashes to ndcate that the alarm system s armed. 87

90 Safety and Securty Ant-theft systems Dsarmng the alarm system If the turn sgnal lamps does not flash three tmes one of the followng elements may not be properly closed: a door the trunk the hood Close the respectve element and lock the vehcle agan. Unlock your vehcle. The turn sgnal lamps flash once to ndcate that the alarm system s deactvated. The alarm system wll rearm automatcally agan after approxmately 40 seconds f no door was opened. Cancelng the alarm To cancel the alarm: Wth the SmartKey Insert the SmartKey n the starter swtch. or Press the Πor button on the SmartKey. The alarm s canceled. Wth KEYLESS-O* rasp the outsde door handle. The SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O must be wthn 3 ft. (1 m) of the vehcle. or Press the KEYLESS-O* start/stop button ( page 35). The SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O must be nsde the vehcle. The alarm s canceled. 88

91 Safety and Securty Ant-theft systems Tow-away alarm Once the tow-away alarm s armed, a vsual and audble alarm wll be trggered when someone attempts to rase the vehcle. The tow-away protecton alarm s trggered, for example, f the vehcle s lfted on one sde. If the alarm stays on for more than 30 seconds, a call to the Response Center s ntated automatcally by the by the Tele Ad system ( page 255) provded Tele Ad servce was subscrbed to and properly actvated and that necessary cellular servce and PS coverage are avalable. Armng tow-away alarm Lock your vehcle. The tow-away alarm s automatcally armed after about 30 seconds. Dsarmng tow-away alarm To prevent trggerng the tow-away alarm, swtch off the tow-away alarm feature before towng the vehcle, or when parkng on a surface subject to movement, such as a ferry or auto tran. 89

92 Safety and Securty Ant-theft systems The button s located on the upper part of the front center console. Swtch off the gnton and remove the SmartKey from the starter swtch. You cannot dsarm the tow-away alarm f the gnton s swtched on. Press button 2. The ndcator lamp 1 n the button comes on brefly. Ext the vehcle and lock t wth the SmartKey or (vehcles wth KEYLESS-O*) the lock button at each outsde door handle or trunk ld. 1 Indcator lamp 2 Tow-away alarm off button When you unlock your vehcle, the tow-away protecton dsarms automatcally. The tow-away alarm remans dsarmed untl you lock your vehcle agan. 90

93 Controls n detal Lockng and unlockng Seats Memory functon Lghtng Instrument cluster Control system Automatc transmsson ood vsblty Automatc clmate control Power wndows Power tlt/sldng sunroof Drvng systems Loadng Useful features 91

94 Controls n detal Lockng and unlockng In the Controls n detal secton you wll fnd detaled nformaton on how to operate the equpment nstalled n your vehcle. If you are already famlar wth the basc functons of your vehcle, ths secton wll be of partcular nterest to you. To quckly famlarze yourself wth the basc functons of the vehcle, refer to the ettng started secton of ths manual. The correspondng page numbers are gven at the begnnng of each segment. For more nformaton on lockng and unlockng, see ettng started ( page 32) and ( page 58). SmartKey Your vehcle comes suppled wth two SmartKeys, each wth remote control and a removable mechancal key. The lockng tabs for the mechancal key porton of the two SmartKeys are a dfferent color to help dstngush each SmartKey unt. The SmartKey provdes an extended operatng range. To prevent theft, however, t s advsable to only unlock the vehcle when you are n close proxmty to t. The SmartKey centrally locks and unlocks: the doors the trunk the fuel fller flap SmartKey wth remote control 1 Lock button 2 Š Openng button for trunk 3 Mechancal key lockng tab 4 Œ Unlock button 5 Battery check lamp 6  Panc button ( page 79) 92

95 Controls n detal Lockng and unlockng Warnng! When leavng the vehcle, always remove the SmartKey from the starter swtch, take t wth you, and lock the vehcle. Do not leave chldren unattended n the vehcle, or wth access to an unlocked vehcle. It s possble for chldren to open a locked door from the nsde, whch could result n an accdent and/or serous personal njury.! To prevent possble malfuncton, avod exposng the SmartKey to hgh levels of electromagnetc radaton. USA only: Ths devce comples wth Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operaton s subject to the followng two condtons: Ths devce may not cause harmful nterference, and ths devce must accept any nterference receved, ncludng nterference that may cause undesred operaton. Any unauthorzed modfcaton to ths devce could vod the user s authorty to operate the equpment. Canada only: Ths devce comples wth RSS-210 of Industry Canada. Operaton s subject to the followng two condtons: Ths devce may not cause nterference, and ths devce must accept any nterference receved, ncludng nterference that may cause undesred operaton of the devce. Any unauthorzed modfcaton to ths devce could vod the user s authorty to operate the equpment. You can also open and close the power wndows ( page 209) and tlt/sldng sunroof ( page 209) usng the SmartKey. 93

96 Controls n detal Lockng and unlockng Factory settng lobal unlockng Press button Œ. All turn sgnal lamps flash once. The lockng knobs n the doors move up. The ant-theft alarm system s dsarmed. The vehcle wll lock agan automatcally and reactvate the ant-theft alarm system wthn approxmately 40 seconds of unlockng f: nether door nor trunk s opened the SmartKey s not nserted n the starter swtch the central lockng swtch s not actvated lobal lockng Press button. All turn sgnal lamps flash three tmes. The lockng knobs n the doors move down. The ant-theft alarm system s armed. Selectve settng If you frequently travel alone, you may wsh to reprogram the SmartKey so that pressng Œ only unlocks the drver s door and the fuel fller flap. Press and hold buttons Œ and smultaneously for about fve seconds untl battery check lamp 5 flashes twce. The SmartKey wll then functon as follows: Unlockng drver s door and fuel fller flap Press button Œ once. All turn sgnal lamps flash once. The lockng knob n the drver's door moves up. The ant-theft alarm system s dsarmed. lobal unlockng Press button Œ twce. All turn sgnal lamps flash once. The lockng knobs n the doors move up. The ant-theft alarm system s dsarmed. lobal lockng Press button. All turn sgnal lamps flash three tmes. The lockng knobs n the doors move down. The ant-theft alarm system s armed. 94

97 Controls n detal Lockng and unlockng Restorng to factory settng Press and hold buttons Œ and smultaneously for about sx seconds untl battery check lamp 5 flashes twce.! If you can no longer lock or unlock the vehcle wth the SmartKey, then ether the batteres n the SmartKey are dscharged, the SmartKey s malfunctonng or the vehcle battery s draned. Check the batteres n the SmartKey and replace them f necessary ( page 387). Use the mechancal key to unlock the drver s door ( page 383) and trunk ( page 384). Use the mechancal key to lock the drver s door ( page 383). Have the vehcle battery and the battery connectons checked ( page 403). If the SmartKey s malfunctonng, contact an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Checkng the batteres Press button or Œ. Battery check lamp 5 comes on brefly to ndcate that the SmartKey batteres are n order. If battery check lamp 5 does not come on brefly durng check, then the SmartKey batteres are dscharged. Replace the batteres ( page 387). You can obtan the requred batteres at any authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. If the batteres are checked wthn sgnal range of the vehcle, pressng the or Œ button wll lock or unlock the vehcle accordngly. Unlockng and openng the trunk You can unlock and open the trunk separately. A mnmum heght clearance of 6 ft. (1.85 m) s requred to open the trunk ld. Press and hold button Š untl trunk unlocks and begns to open.! The trunk ld swngs open upwards automatcally. Always make sure that there s suffcent overhead clearance. Vehcles wth trunk ld openng/closng system*: To stop the openng procedure, press button Š. The trunk ld stops movng. 95

98 Controls n detal Lockng and unlockng Loss of SmartKey or mechancal key If you lose a SmartKey or mechancal key, you should do the followng: Have the SmartKey deactvated by an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Report the loss of the SmartKey or the mechancal key mmedately to your car nsurance company. If necessary, have the mechancal lock replaced. Your authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center wll be glad to supply you wth a replacement. SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* Vehcles equpped wth KEYLESS-O come wth two SmartKeys wth KEYLESS-O, each wth remote control and a removable mechancal key. The lockng tabs for the mechancal key porton of the two SmartKeys wth KEYLESS-O are a dfferent color to help dstngush each SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O unt. The functon of the SmartKey overrules the KEYLESS-O functon. The KEYLESS-O functon s ntegrated nto the SmartKey. On these vehcles, the valdty of the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O s checked every tme you grasp an outsde door handle. If the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O s vald, your vehcle unlocks: the doors the trunk the fuel fller flap SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O 1 Lock button 2 Š Openng button for trunk 3 Lockng tab for mechancal key 4 Œ Unlock button 5 Battery check lamp 6  Panc button ( page 79) When any outsde door handle other than the drver s outsde door handle s grasped, the vehcle s centrally unlocked. 96

99 Controls n detal Lockng and unlockng Warnng! When leavng the vehcle, always take the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* wth you and lock the vehcle. Do not leave chldren unattended n the vehcle, or wth access to an unlocked vehcle. Unsupervsed use of vehcle equpment may cause an accdent and/or serous personal njury.! To prevent possble malfuncton, avod exposng the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O to hgh levels of electromagnetc radaton. USA only: Ths devce comples wth Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operaton s subject to the followng two condtons: Ths devce may not cause harmful nterference, and ths devce must accept any nterference receved, ncludng nterference that may cause undesred operaton. Any unauthorzed modfcaton to ths devce could vod the user s authorty to operate the equpment. Canada only: Ths devce comples wth RSS-210 of Industry Canada. Operaton s subject to the followng two condtons: Ths devce may not cause nterference, and ths devce must accept any nterference receved, ncludng nterference that may cause undesred operaton of the devce. Any unauthorzed modfcaton to ths devce could vod the user s authorty to operate the equpment. You can also open and close the power wndows ( page 209) and tlt/sldng sunroof ( page 209) usng the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O. 97

100 Controls n detal Lockng and unlockng Important notes on usng KEYLESS-O You can also use the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O lke a normal SmartKey ( page 92). You can combne KEYLESS-O functons wth normal SmartKey functons (e.g. unlockng wth KEYLESS-O and lockng wth the button). Always carry the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O wth you. Never store the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O together wth: Electronc tems such as a cellular phone or another SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O Metallc objects such as cons or metal fol Dong so could mpar the functon of the KEYLESS-O system. To lock or unlock the vehcle, the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O must be located outsde the vehcle wthn approxmately 3 ft. (1 m) of a door or the trunk ld. In order to start the engne wth the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O: The SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O must be located n the vehcle. All doors must be closed. The brake pedal must be frmly depressed. Do not depress the accelerator. If you have started the engne wth the KEYLESS-O start/stop button ( page 35), you can only turn t off agan wth ths button, even f you have put the SmartKey n the starter swtch n the meantme. Ths does not apply f, after startng, the gear selector lever s stll n poston P and the SmartKey s then nserted n the starter swtch. The SmartKey wll then have prorty over the KEYLESS-O functon and the vehcle s electrcal system wll operate accordng to the poston of the SmartKey n the starter swtch, even stoppng the engne. If the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O s postoned farther away from the vehcle, the system may no longer recognze the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O. The vehcle then cannot be locked or the engne started va the KEYLESS-O system. 98

101 Controls n detal Lockng and unlockng If the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O s removed from the vehcle whle the gnton s swtched on (e.g. f passenger exts the vehcle wth the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O), the message KEY NOT RECONIZED wll appear n the multfuncton dsplay whle drvng off. Fnd the SmartKey or change ts present locaton mmedately (e.g. place t on the front passenger seat or nsert t n shrt pocket). Remember that the engne can be started by anyone wth a SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O that s left nsde the vehcle. If you leave the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O behnd when extng and lockng the vehcle, the message KEY STILL IN VEHICLE Factory settng lobal unlockng rasp the outsde door handle. All turn sgnal lamps flash once. The lockng knob n the doors move up. The ant-theft alarm system s dsarmed. The vehcle wll lock agan automatcally and reactvate the ant-theft alarm system wthn approxmately 40 seconds of unlockng f: If the vehcle has been parked for more than 72 hours, you must pull the outsde door handle n order to actvate the KEYLESS-O functon. nether door nor trunk s opened the central lockng swtch s not actvated. lobal lockng The vehcle could nadvertently be unlocked f the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O s wthn 3 ft. (1 m) of the vehcle and: the outsde door handle s splashed wth water, or you attempt to clean the outsde door handle. Press lock button at the outsde door handle ( page 58) or trunk ld ( page 101). All turn sgnal lamps flash three tmes. The lockng knobs n the doors move down. The ant-theft alarm system s armed. wll appear n the multfuncton dsplay. 99

102 Controls n detal Lockng and unlockng Selectve settng If you frequently travel alone, you may wsh to reprogram the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O so when you, grasp the drver s outsde door handle only the drver s door and the fuel fller flap unlocks. Press and hold buttons Πand smultaneously for about sx seconds untl battery check lamp 5 flashes twce. The SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O wll then functon as follows: Unlockng drver s door and fuel fller flap rasp the drver s outsde door handle. All turn sgnal lamps flash once. The lockng knob n the drver's door moves up. The ant-theft alarm system s dsarmed. lobal unlockng rasp any outsde door handle other than the drver s outsde door handle. All turn sgnal lamps flash once. The lockng knobs n the doors move up. The ant-theft alarm system s dsarmed. lobal lockng Press lock button at outsde door handle ( page 58). All turn sgnal lamps flash three tmes. The lockng knobs n the doors move down. The ant-theft alarm system s armed. You can also lock the vehcle usng the lock button at trunk ld ( page 101) or, vehcles wth trunk ld openng/closng system*, KEYLESS-O lockng/closng swtch ( page 110). Restorng to factory settng Press and hold buttons Πand smultaneously for about sx seconds untl battery check lamp 5 flashes twce.! If you can not lock or unlock the vehcle wth the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O, then ether the battery n the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O s dscharged, the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O s malfunctonng or the vehcle battery s draned. Check the battery n the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O and replace t f necessary ( page 387). Use the mechancal key to unlock the drver s door ( page 383) and trunk ( page 384). Use the mechancal key to lock the drver s door ( page 383). 100

103 Controls n detal Lockng and unlockng Have the vehcle battery and the battery connectons checked ( page 403). If the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O s malfunctonng, contact an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Checkng the battery Press button or Œ. Battery check lamp 5 comes on brefly to ndcate that the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O battery s n order.! If battery check lamp 5 does not come on brefly durng check, the SmartKey battery wth KEYLESS-O s dscharged. Replace the battery ( page 387). You can obtan the requred battery at any authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. If the battery s checked wthn sgnal range of the vehcle, pressng the button or Œ wll lock or unlock the vehcle accordngly. lobal lockng usng the lock button at trunk ld To prevent a possble nadvertent lockout, the trunk wll open automatcally f a SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O s recognzed nsde the vehcle or n the trunk. 1 Vehcle lock button Press vehcle lock button 1. All turn sgnal lamps flash three tmes. The lockng knobs n the doors move down. The ant-theft alarm system s armed. You can also lock the vehcle usng the lock button at outsde door handle ( page 58) or, vehcles wth trunk ld openng/closng system*, KEYLESS-O lockng/closng swtch ( page 110). 101

104 Controls n detal Lockng and unlockng Unlockng and openng the trunk You can unlock and open the trunk separately. A mnmum heght clearance of 6 ft. (1.85 m) s requred to open the trunk ld. Press and hold button Š untl trunk unlocks and begns to open.! The trunk ld swngs open upwards automatcally. Always make sure that there s suffcent overhead clearance. Vehcles wth trunk ld openng/closng system*: To stop the openng procedure, press button Š. The trunk ld stops movng. Loss of the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O If you lose your SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O or mechancal key, you should do the followng: Have the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O deactvated by an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Report the loss of the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O or the mechancal key mmedately to your car nsurance company. Have the mechancal lock replaced f necessary. Your authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center wll be glad to supply you wth a replacement. Openng the doors from the nsde You can open a locked door from the nsde. Open door only when condtons are safe to do so. 1 Lockng knob 2 Insde door handle 102

105 Controls n detal Lockng and unlockng If the vehcle has prevously been locked from the outsde wth the SmartKey or KEYLESS-O*, openng a door from the nsde wll trgger the ant-theft alarm system. To cancel the alarm, do one of the followng: Insert the SmartKey n the starter swtch. Press button Πor on the SmartKey. In vehcles wth KEYLESS-O*: rasp the outsde door handle. The SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O must be wthn 3 ft. (1 m) of the vehcle. Press the KEYLESS-O* start/stop button ( page 35). The SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O must be nsde the vehcle. Front doors Pull on door handle 2 on the respectve front door to open door. If door was locked, lockng knob 1 wll move up. Rear doors Pull up lockng knob 1 on the respectve rear door to unlock door. Pull on door handle 2 on the respectve rear door to open door. Openng the trunk Openng the trunk from the outsde A mnmum heght clearance of 6 ft. (1.85 m) s requred to open the trunk ld. The trunk ld lock button s located n the rear lcense plate recess. 1 Trunk ld lock button In vehcles wthout KEYLESS-O*: The vehcle must be unlocked. Press the outer left-hand sde of trunk ld button 1. The trunk ld opens. 103

106 Controls n detal Lockng and unlockng! The trunk ld swngs open upwards automatcally. Always make sure that there s suffcent overhead clearance. Vehcles wth trunk ld openng/closng system*: To stop the openng procedure, press button Š on the SmartKey or SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O*. The trunk can also be opened usng button Š on the SmartKey or SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* or from ts nsde n an emergency, see Trunk ld emergency release ( page 111). Openng the trunk from the nsde You can open the trunk from the nsde f the vehcle s statonary. A mnmum heght clearance of 6 ft. (1.85 m) s requred to open the trunk ld. The swtch s located on the drver s door. 1 Indcator lamp 2 Remote trunk ld swtch Pull remote trunk ld swtch 2 untl trunk begns to open. The trunk ld opens. The ndcator lamp 1 comes on and remans lt untl the trunk s closed.! The trunk ld swngs open upwards automatcally. Always make sure that there s suffcent overhead clearance. Vehcles wth trunk ld openng/closng system*: To stop the openng procedure, press or pull remote trunk ld swtch 2. The trunk can also be opened usng button Š on the SmartKey or SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* or from ts nsde n an emergency, see Trunk ld emergency release ( page 111). 104

107 Controls n detal Lockng and unlockng Lmtng openng heght of trunk ld* Vehcles wth trunk ld openng/closng system*: The trunk ld openng heght can be lmted when transportng goods on a roof rack (e.g. presence of an MB sport luggage contaner*). When actvated, the trunk ld opens to approxmately the heght of the roof edge. Actvate the lmtng openng heght of trunk ld usng the control system ( page 169). Closng the trunk Closng the trunk from the nsde automatcally* In vehcles wth trunk ld openng/closng system* you can close the trunk from the nsde usng the remote trunk ld swtch. Press remote trunk ld swtch ( page 104) untl the ndcator lamp n the swtch goes out and trunk ld s closed. To nterrupt the closng procedure: Release remote trunk ld swtch. You can also close the trunk by hand. Warnng! Mantan sght of trunk area whle operatng door mounted swtch. Montor the closng procedure carefully to make sure no one s n danger of beng njured. To nterrupt the closng procedure, release the door mounted remote trunk ld swtch. Even wth the SmartKey or the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* removed from the starter swtch or the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* removed from the vehcle, the remote trunk ld swtch can be operated. Therefore, do not leave chldren unattended n the vehcle, or wth access to an unlocked vehcle. Unsupervsed use of vehcle equpment may cause an accdent and/or serous personal njury. 105

108 Controls n detal Lockng and unlockng Warnng! Closng the trunk from the outsde manually Only drve wth the trunk closed as, among other dangers such as vsblty blockage, exhaust fumes may enter the vehcle nteror. If the trunk ld comes nto contact wth an object whle closng (e.g. luggage that has been pled too hgh) n the upper moton sequence, the closng procedure s stopped and the trunk reopens slghtly. 1 Handle Lower trunk ld by pullng frmly on handle 1. 2 Extendng handle Push the trunk ld down gently at the extendng handle 2 untl t engages nto the lock. The extendng handle 2 s retracted after a few seconds. The power closng assst automatcally ensures that the ld s pulled closed completely ( page 112). 106

109 Controls n detal Lockng and unlockng Warnng! To prevent possble personal njury, always keep hands and fngers away from the trunk ld openng when closng the trunk. Be especally careful when small chldren are around. When leavng the vehcle, always remove the SmartKey or SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* from the starter swtch, take t wth you, and lock the vehcle. Do not leave chldren unattended n the vehcle, or wth access to an unlocked vehcle. Unsupervsed use of vehcle equpment may cause an accdent and/or serous personal njury. Warnng! Only drve wth the trunk closed as, among other dangers such as vsblty blockage, exhaust fumes may enter the vehcle nteror. Do not place the SmartKey n the open trunk. You may lock yourself out. Vehcles wth KEYLESS-O*: To prevent a possble nadvertent lockout, the trunk ld wll open automatcally f a SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O s recognzed nsde the vehcle or n the trunk. If the vehcle was prevously centrally locked, the trunk wll lock automatcally after closng t. The turn sgnals flash three tmes to confrm lockng. Closng the trunk from the outsde (vehcles wthout KEYLESS-O*) In vehcles wth trunk ld openng/closng system* you can close the trunk separately from the outsde usng the trunk ld closng swtch. 1 Trunk ld closng swtch Press trunk ld closng swtch 1 brefly. The trunk ld closes. You can also close the trunk by hand. If the trunk ld comes nto contact wth an object whle closng (e.g. luggage that has been pled too hgh), the closng procedure s stopped and the trunk reopens slghtly. 107

110 Controls n detal Lockng and unlockng Warnng! Montor the closng procedure carefully to make sure no one s n danger of beng njured. To prevent possble personal njury, always keep hands and fngers away from the trunk openng when closng the trunk. Be especally careful when small chldren are around. To stop the closng procedure, do one of the followng: press trunk ld closng swtch 1 press the Š button on the SmartKey press the remote trunk ld swtch (on the drver s door) Even wth the SmartKey removed from the starter swtch, the trunk ld closng swtch can be operated. Therefore, do not leave chldren unattended n the vehcle, or wth access to an unlocked vehcle. Unsupervsed use of vehcle equpment may cause an accdent and/or serous personal njury. Warnng! Only drve wth the trunk closed as, among other dangers such as vsblty blockage, exhaust fumes may enter the vehcle nteror. Do not place the SmartKey n the open trunk. You may lock yourself out. If the vehcle was prevously centrally locked, the trunk wll lock automatcally after closng t. The turn sgnals flash three tmes to confrm lockng. Closng the trunk from the outsde (vehcles wth KEYLESS-O*) In vehcles wth trunk ld openng/closng system* you can close the trunk separately from the outsde usng the trunk ld closng swtch. 1 Trunk ld closng swtch Make sure you have the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O wth you. Press trunk ld closng swtch 1 brefly. The trunk ld closes. 108

111 Controls n detal Lockng and unlockng You can also close the trunk by hand. Warnng! Warnng! If the trunk ld comes nto contact wth an object whle closng (e.g. luggage that has been pled too hgh), the closng procedure s stopped and the trunk reopens slghtly. To prevent a possble nadvertent lockout, the trunk ld wll open automatcally f a SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O s recognzed nsde the vehcle or n the trunk. Montor the closng procedure carefully to make sure no one s n danger of beng njured. To prevent possble personal njury, always keep hands and fngers away from the trunk openng when closng the trunk. Be especally careful when small chldren are around. To stop the closng procedure, do one of the followng: press trunk ld closng swtch 1 press the Š button on the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O press the remote trunk ld swtch (on the drver s door) Even wth the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O removed from the vehcle, the trunk ld closng swtch can be operated. Therefore, do not leave chldren unattended n the vehcle, or wth access to an unlocked vehcle. Unsupervsed use of vehcle equpment may cause an accdent and/or serous personal njury. Only drve wth the trunk closed as, among other dangers such as vsblty blockage, exhaust fumes may enter the vehcle nteror. If the vehcle was prevously centrally locked, the trunk wll lock automatcally after closng t. The turn sgnals flash three tmes to confrm lockng. 109

112 Controls n detal Lockng and unlockng Closng the trunk and lockng the vehcle from the outsde (vehcles wth KEYLESS-O*) In vehcles wth trunk ld openng/closng system* and KEYLESS-O, you can close the trunk ld and lock the vehcle smultaneously from the outsde usng the KEYLESS-O lockng/closng swtch. 1 KEYLESS-O lockng/closng swtch Make sure you have the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O wth you. Press swtch 1 brefly. The vehcle s locked and the trunk ld closes automatcally. The turn sgnals flash three tmes to confrm lockng. The lockng knobs n the doors move down. The ant-theft alarm system s actvated. You can also close the trunk by hand. If the trunk ld comes nto contact wth an object whle closng (e.g. luggage that has been pled too hgh), the closng procedure s stopped and the trunk reopens slghtly. To prevent a possble nadvertent lockout, the trunk ld wll open automatcally f a SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O s recognzed nsde the vehcle or n the trunk. Warnng! Montor the closng procedure carefully to make sure no one s n danger of beng njured. To prevent possble personal njury, always keep hands and fngers away from the trunk openng when closng the trunk. Be especally careful when small chldren are around. To stop the closng procedure, do one of the followng: press KEYLESS-O lockng/closng swtch 1 press the Š button on the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O press the remote trunk ld swtch (on the drver s door) Even wth the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O removed from the vehcle, the KEYLESS-O lockng/closng swtch can be operated. Therefore, do not leave chldren unattended n the vehcle, or wth access to an unlocked vehcle. Unsupervsed use of vehcle equpment may cause an accdent and/or serous personal njury. 110

113 Controls n detal Lockng and unlockng Warnng! Trunk ld emergency release The emergency release button s located on the nsde of the trunk ld. 1 Emergency release button Only drve wth the trunk closed as, among other dangers such as vsblty blockage, exhaust fumes may enter the vehcle nteror. Brefly press emergency release button 1. The trunk unlocks and the trunk ld opens. Illumnaton of the emergency release button: The emergency release button unlocks and opens the trunk whle the vehcle s standng stll or n moton. The button wll flash for 30 mnutes after openng the trunk. The button wll flash for 60 mnutes after closng the trunk. The emergency release button does not open the trunk ld f the vehcle battery s dscharged or dsconnected. If the emergency release button s pressed and the vehcle was centrally locked, the exteror lamps wll flash and the alarm wll sound as the trunk ld opens: To cancel the alarm, do one of the followng: Insert the SmartKey n the starter swtch. Press button Πor on the SmartKey. In vehcles wth KEYLESS-O*: rasp the outsde door handle. The SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O must be wthn 3 ft. (1 m) of the vehcle. Press the KEYLESS-O* start/stop button ( page 35). The SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O must be nsde the vehcle. 111

114 Controls n detal Lockng and unlockng Power closng assst for doors and trunk ld It s not necessary to slam the door or trunk ld closed. A pneumatc power-asssted mechansm draws doors and trunk ld closed quetly and automatcally once door and trunk ld has been latched. When the pneumatc power-asssted mechansm has stopped, doors and/or trunk can be re-opened. Warnng! 112 To prevent possble personal njury, always keep hands and fngers away from the door or trunk openng when closng a door or the trunk ld. Be especally careful when small chldren are around. In case of danger, pull the nsde or outsde door handle, or press the trunk ld lock. To prevent personal njury, never actuate the closng assst mechansm by tamperng wth the door or trunk ld latch. Power closng assst for doors Press the doors gently past the ntal engage poston nto the lock. The doors close automatcally. Power closng assst for trunk ld Warnng! Only drve wth the doors closed. Otherwse, one or more of the doors could open whle the vehcle s n moton, puttng you and/or others at rsk. Press the trunk ld gently nto ts lock. The trunk closes automatcally. Warnng! Only drve wth the trunk closed as, among other dangers such as vsblty blockage, exhaust fumes may enter the vehcle nteror. Automatc central lockng The doors and the trunk automatcally lock when the gnton s swtched on and the wheels are turnng at vehcle speeds of approxmately 9 mph (15 km/h) or more. You can open a locked door from the nsde. Open door only when condtons are safe to do so. The doors unlock automatcally after an accdent f the force of the mpact exceeds a preset threshold. The vehcle locks automatcally when the gnton s swtched on and the wheels are turnng at vehcle speeds of approxmately 9 mph (15 km/h) or more. You could therefore lock yourself out when the vehcle s pushed or towed s on a test stand You can deactvate the automatc lockng usng the control system ( page 168).

115 Controls n detal Lockng and unlockng Lockng and unlockng from the nsde You can lock or unlock the doors and the trunk from nsde usng the central lockng or unlockng swtch. Ths can be useful, for example, f you want to lock the vehcle before startng to drve. The fuel fller flap wll not be locked or unlocked wth the central lockng or unlockng swtch, respectvely. Warnng! When leavng the vehcle, always remove the SmartKey or SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* from the starter swtch, take t wth you, and lock the vehcle. Do not leave chldren unattended n the vehcle, or wth access to an unlocked vehcle. Unsupervsed use of vehcle equpment may cause an accdent and/or serous personal njury. The swtches are located on the upper part of the front center console. 1 Central lockng swtch 2 Central unlockng swtch Lockng Press central lockng swtch 1. If the front passenger door s closed, the vehcle locks. Unlockng Press central unlockng swtch 2. The vehcle unlocks. You can open a locked door from the nsde. Open door only when condtons are safe to do so. If the vehcle was prevously centrally locked wth the SmartKey or the wth KEYLESS-O*, t wll not unlock usng the central unlockng swtch 2. If the vehcle was prevously locked wth the central lockng swtch 1: Whle n the global remote control mode, the vehcle s unlocked completely when a door s opened from the nsde. Whle n the selectve remote control mode, only the door opened from nsde s unlocked. 113

116 Controls n detal Seats For more nformaton on seat adjustment, see Adjustng ( page 37). Easy-entry/ext feature Ths feature allows for easer entry nto and ext from the vehcle. The easy-entry/ext feature can be actvated or deactvated n the CONVENIENCE submenu of the control system ( page 170). Warnng! You must make sure no one can become trapped or njured by the movng steerng wheel and drver s seat when the easy-entry/ext feature s actvated. To cancel seat/steerng wheel movement, do one of the followng: Press seat adjustment swtch ( page 38). Move steerng column stalk ( page 40). Press one of the memory poston buttons ( page 129). Do not leave chldren unattended n the vehcle, or wth access to an unlocked vehcle. Chldren could open the drver s door and unntentonally actvate the easy-entry/ext feature, whch could result n an accdent and/or serous personal njury. When extng the vehcle, wth the easy-entry/ext feature actvated and dependng on your selecton, the steerng wheel tlts upwards and/or the drver s seat moves a few nches to the rear when you: remove the SmartKey from the starter swtch, or open the drver s door wth the SmartKey n starter swtch poston 0 or 1 or the KEYLESS-O* start/stop button ( page 35) n poston

117 Controls n detal Seats If the current poston for the steerng wheel s n the uppermost tlt poston, the steerng wheel wll no longer be able to move upward when the easy-entry/ext feature s actvated. If the current seat poston falls nto a factory-set poston range and the system recognzes the current seat poston to be rearward enough for easy entry and ext, the drver s seat wll not move to the rear when the easy-entry/ ext feature s actvated. When enterng the vehcle, wth the easy-entry/ext feature actvated, the steerng wheel or, dependng on your selecton, the steerng wheel and drver s seat wll return to ther last set memory poston or a factory-set maxmum forward poston when you: close the drver s door wth the gnton swtched on nsert the SmartKey nto the starter swtch or press the KEYLESS-O* start/stop button ( page 35) once wth the drver s door closed. For safety reasons, the drver s seat wll not return to ts last set poston wth the easy-entry/ext feature actvated f the system recognzes the last set poston as an extreme forward poston. Instead, the drver s seat wll reman at or move to a factory-set maxmum forward poston. To agan fully return the drver s seat to your last set poston or to memory poston, adjust the seat to the desred poston or press and hold the respectve memory poston button ( page 129). 115

118 Controls n detal Seats Removng and nstallng front seat head restrants For nformaton on head restrant adjustment, see Seats ( page 37). Warnng! For your protecton, drve only wth properly postoned head restrants. Adjust head restrant so that the center of the head restrant supports the back of the head at eye level. Ths wll reduce the potental for njury to the head and neck n the event of an accdent or smlar stuaton. Do not drve the vehcle wthout the seat head restrants. Head restrants are ntended to help reduce njures durng an accdent. Front seat head restrants 1 Head restrant heght swtch Swtch on gnton ( page 34). or Open the respectve door. Removng front head restrants Press swtch 1 upwards and hold untl the head restrant s fully extended. Pull out head restrant. Installng front head restrants Press swtch 1 upwards and hold for about fve seconds. Push the head restrant down untl t engages. Adjust head restrant to desred poston ( page 38). Tlt the seat backrest to the rear for easer removal and nstallaton of the head restrants. 116

119 Controls n detal Seats Rear seats Power seat bench* The swtches for adjustng the seat bench are located at the respectve rear doors. Seat bench fore and aft adjustment Press swtch forward or backward n drecton of arrow 1. Head restrant heght Press swtch up or down n drecton of arrow 2. Indvdual power seats* The swtches for adjustng the seats are located at the respectve rear doors. Warnng! 1 Seat bench fore and aft adjustment 2 Head restrant heght For your protecton, drve only wth properly postoned head restrants. Adjust head restrant so that the center of the head restrant supports the back of the head at eye level. Ths wll reduce the potental for njury to the head and neck n the event of an accdent or smlar stuaton. Do not drve the vehcle wthout the seat head restrants. Head restrants are ntended to help reduce njures durng an accdent. 1 Seat fore and aft adjustment 2 Seat heght 3 Head restrant heght 117

120 Controls n detal Seats Seat fore and aft adjustment Press swtch forward or backward n drecton of arrow 1. Seat heght Press swtch up or down n the drecton of arrow 2. Head restrant heght Press swtch up or down n drecton of arrow 3. Warnng! For your protecton, drve only wth properly postoned head restrants. Adjust head restrant so that the center of the head restrant supports the back of the head at eye level. Ths wll reduce the potental for njury to the head and neck n the event of an accdent or smlar stuaton. Do not drve the vehcle wthout the seat head restrants. Head restrants are ntended to help reduce njures durng an accdent. Power seat, settng front passenger seat poston from rear* Ths functon lets you adjust the poston of the front passenger seat from the rear. Warnng! When adjustng the front passenger seat, make sure the seat, f occuped, s as far from the passenger front ar bag as possble. Otherwse, the passenger could be serously or even fatally njured n the event of an accdent or brakng maneuver. Make sure no one s caught or njured whle the seat s beng adjusted. Even wth the SmartKey or SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* removed from the starter swtch or the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* removed from the vehcle, the power seats can be operated when the respectve door s open. Therefore, do not leave chldren unattended n the vehcle, or wth access to an unlocked vehcle. Unsupervsed use of vehcle equpment may cause an accdent and/or serous personal njury. 118

121 Controls n detal Seats The swtch s located on the rght rear passenger door. 1 Front passenger seat adjustment 2 Rght rear passenger seat adjustment 3 Seat heght 4 Head restrant heght 5 Backrest tlt 6 Seat fore and aft adjustment Swtch on gnton ( page 34). or Open the rght rear passenger door. Press button 1 to adjust the front passenger seat. To adjust rght rear passenger seat, press button 2 ( page 119). Adjustng the passenger seat poston from the rear s not possble f you deactvate the operaton of the rear door wndows ( page 78).! Do not move the front passenger seat completely forward f objects are stored n the parcel net n the front passenger-sde footwell. Items n the net may be damaged. Passenger seat fore and aft adjustment Press the swtch forward or backward n drecton of arrow 6. Passenger seat backrest tlt Press the swtch forward or backward n drecton of arrow 5. Passenger seat heght Press the swtch up or down n the drecton of arrow 3. Passenger seat head restrant heght Press the swtch up or down n drecton of arrow 4. Adjust the head restrant n such a way that t s as close to the head as possble. 119

122 Controls n detal Seats Warnng! For your protecton, drve only wth properly postoned head restrants. Adjust head restrant so that the center of the head restrant supports the back of the head at eye level. Ths wll reduce the potental for njury to the head and neck n the event of an accdent or smlar stuaton. Do not drve the vehcle wthout the seat head restrants. Head restrants are ntended to help reduce njures durng an accdent. Rear seat head restrants The rear head restrants cannot be removed. Foldng head restrants back The rear seat head restrants and the rear seat power head restrants* can be folded backward for ncreased vsblty. The swtch s located on the upper part of the front center console. Swtch on gnton ( page 34). Press swtch 1 n the front center console brefly. The rear head restrants wll fold backward. Warnng! For safety reasons, always drve wth the rear head restrants n the uprght poston when the rear seats are occuped. Keep the area around head restrants clear of artcles (e.g. clothng) to not obstruct the foldng operaton of the head restrants. 1 Swtch n the front center console 120

123 Controls n detal Seats Placng head restrants uprght Placng power head restrants* uprght Swtch on gnton ( page 34). Press swtch 1 n the front center console and hold. The rear head restrants wll fold uprght. Foldng back and placng uprght power head restrants* wth the swtches n the rear doors You can fold the rear power head restrants backward or uprght usng the head restrant foldng swtches n the respectve rear doors. Pull the rear head restrant uprght untl t locks nto poston.! Make sure the head restrants engage when placng them uprght manually. Otherwse ther protectve functon cannot be ensured. 1 Head restrant swtch, rear Swtch on gnton ( page 34). or Open the respectve door. Press swtch up n drecton of arrow

124 Controls n detal Seats 122 The rear power head restrant wll fold uprght. Press swtch down n drecton of arrow 1. The rear power head restrant wll fold backward. Warnng! For safety reasons, always drve wth the rear head restrants n the uprght poston when the rear seats are occuped. Keep the area around head restrants clear of artcles (e.g. clothng) to not obstruct the foldng operaton of the head restrants. Head restrant tlt You can adjust the angle manually by pullng or pushng the head restrants by hand. Adjust the head restrant n such a way that t s as close to the head as possble. Lumbar support You can adjust the contour of the seat s lumbar support to best support your spne. The thumbwheel for the drver s and front passenger seat are located on the nner sde of the seat. 1 Thumbwheel Swtch on gnton ( page 34). Set the lumbar support between 0 and 5. Multcontour backrest* The multcontour backrest has nflatable ar cushons bult nto the seat backrest to provde addtonal lumbar and sde support. The seat backrest cushon heght and curvature can be contnuously vared wth swtches on the rght sde of the seat after turnng the SmartKey n the starter swtch to poston 2 or pressng the KEYLESS-O* start/stop button ( page 35) twce.

125 Controls n detal Seats The swtches for the drver s and front passenger seat are located on the nner sde of the seat. 1 Shoulder regon support 2 Sde bolster adjustment 3 Massage functon (PULSE) 4 Lumbar regon support Swtch on gnton ( page 34). Shoulder regon support Press æ or ç on swtch 1. The ar cushon nflates or deflates. Lumbar regon support Press k or j on rocker swtch 4. Ths selects the ar cushon you wsh to adjust. Press æ or ç on rocker swtch 4. The ar cushon nflates or deflates. Sde bolsters adjustment Adjust the sde bolsters so that they provde good lateral support usng swtch 2. When the engne s turned off, the last cushon settng s retaned n memory, and the cushon s automatcally adjusted to ths settng when the engne s restarted. Massage functon (PULSE) You can reduce muscle tenson durng long trps by perodcally usng the massage functon. Press button 3. The ndcator lamp on button 3 comes on. The ar cushons n the lumbar regon nflate and deflate rhythmcally. The massage functon swtches off automatcally after approxmately eght mnutes. The ndcator lamp extngushes. 123

126 Controls n detal Seats Drve-dynamc seat* The drve-dynamc seat automatcally adjusts the lateral support provded by the seat backrest to your drvng style. The swtches for the drver s and front passenger seat are located on the nner sde of the seat. 1 Actvate drve-dynamc functon The drve-dynamc seat electroncally controls the ar pressure n the ar chambers of the seat backrest sde bolsters. Ths functon mproves drvng comfort and pleasure. Swtch on gnton ( page 34). 124 Actvatng Press button 1. The ndcator lamp n the swtch comes on and the followng message appears n the multfuncton dsplay for fve seconds: Message for the drver s seat Message for the front passenger seat: DRIV. DYN. SEAT ADJ. FRONT PASSENER ACTIVATED You can adjust the characterstcs of the drve-dynamc seat usng the control system ( page 172). Deactvatng Press button 1 agan. The ndcator lamp n the button goes out. The message for the drver s seat: DRIV. DYN. SEAT ADJ. DRIVER DEACTIVATED or the message for the front passenger seat: DRIV. DYN. SEAT ADJ. FRONT PASSENER DEACTIVATED appears n the multfuncton dsplay. When the engne s turned off, the last cushon settng retaned n memory. The cushon s automatcally adjusted to ths settng when the engne s restarted.

127 Controls n detal Seats Seat heatng* Vehcles wthout seat ventlaton* The swtch s located on the door. 1 Normal heatng 2 Rapd heatng Swtch on gnton ( page 34). Swtchng on seat heatng Press swtch 1. A red ndcator lamp above the swtch comes on. Swtchng off seat heatng Press swtch 1 agan. The seat heatng wll be automatcally swtched off after approxmately 30 mnutes. Swtchng on rapd seat heatng Press swtch 2. Both red ndcator lamps above the swtch come on. The system swtches over to normal heatng mode after approxmately fve mnutes. Only the rght-hand ndcator lamp remans lt. Swtchng off rapd seat heatng mode Press swtch 2 agan.! If one or both of the lamps on the seat heatng swtch are flashng, there s nsuffcent voltage avalable snce too many electrcal consumers are turned on. The seat heatng swtches off automatcally. The seat heatng wll swtch back on agan automatcally as soon as suffcent voltage s avalable. 125

128 Controls n detal Seats Vehcles wth seat ventlaton* Swtchng on seat heatng The swtch s located on the door. The red Press swtch 1 twce. ndcator lamps on the swtch show the A red ndcator lamp above the swtch heatng level selected: comes on. Level Swtchng off seat heatng off No ndcator lamp on Press swtch 1 agan. 1 One ndcator lamp on 2 Two ndcator lamps on The seat heatng wll be automatcally swtched off after approxmately 30 mnutes. Swtchng off rapd seat heatng mode Press swtch 1 twce.! If one or both of the lamps on the seat heatng swtch are flashng, there s nsuffcent voltage avalable snce too many electrcal consumers are turned on. The seat heatng swtches off automatcally. The seat heatng wll swtch back on agan automatcally as soon as suffcent voltage s avalable. 1 Seat heatng swtch Swtch on gnton. Swtchng on rapd seat heatng Press swtch 1 once. Both ndcator lamps above the swtch come on. The system swtches over to normal heatng mode after approxmately fve mnutes. Only the rght-hand ndcator lamp remans lt. 126

129 Controls n detal Seats Seat ventlaton* The swtch s located on the door. Seat ventlaton can be actvated manually wth the gnton swtched on. The drver s seat ventlaton can be actvated automatcally by the summer openng feature ( page 209). The blue ndcator lamps on the swtch show the ventlaton level selected: Level 3 Three ndcator lamps on 2 Two ndcator lamps on 1 One ndcator lamp on off No ndcator lamp on 1 Seat ventlaton swtch Swtch on gnton ( page 34). Swtchng on seat ventlaton Press swtch 1. Three blue ndcator lamps above the swtch come on. Contnue pressng swtch 1 untl the desred seat ventlaton level s reached. Swtchng off seat ventlaton Press swtch 1 repeatedly untl all ndcator lamps go out. The seat ventlaton for the drver s seat s automatcally set to the hghest level f actvated va summer openng feature ( page 209).! If one or all of the lamps on the seat ventlaton swtch are flashng, there s nsuffcent voltage snce too many electrcal consumers are swtched on. The seat ventlaton swtches off automatcally. The seat ventlaton wll swtch back on agan automatcally as soon as suffcent voltage s avalable. 127

130 Controls n detal Memory functon! Pror to operatng the vehcle, the drver should check and adjust the seat heght, seat poston fore and aft, and seat backrest angle f necessary, to ensure adequate control, reach, and comfort. The head restrant should also be adjusted for proper heght. See also the secton on ar bags ( page 61) for proper seat postonng. In addton, adjust the steerng wheel to ensure adequate control, reach, operaton and comfort. Both the nsde and outsde rear vew mrrors should be adjusted for adequate rear vson. Fasten seat belts. Infants and small chldren should be seated n a properly secured restrant system that comples wth U.S. Federal Motor Vehcle Safety Standards 213 and 225 and Canadan Motor Vehcle Safety Standards 213 and You can store up to three dfferent settngs per SmartKey or SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O*. The followng settngs are saved for each stored poston the drver's door: Drver s seat and backrest poston Settngs for the multcontour seat* Steerng wheel poston Exteror rear vew mrror poston Automatc clmate control These key-dependent memory settngs can be deactvated f desred. For nformaton on key-dependent memory settngs, see Settng key-dependency ( page 169). The followng settngs are not key-dependent. They are stored when usng the buttons on the front passenger door: Front passenger seat, backrest and head restrant poston, and settngs for multcontour seat* Warnng! Do not actvate the memory functon whle drvng. Actvatng the memory functon whle drvng could cause the drver to lose control of the vehcle. 128

131 Controls n detal Memory functon The memory button and stored poston swtch are located on the door. 1 Memory poston buttons 2 Memory button Swtch on gnton ( page 34). or Open the respectve door and nsert the SmartKey n the starter swtch. Storng postons nto memory Adjust the seats, steerng wheel and exteror rear vew mrrors to the desred poston ( page 37). Press memory button 2. Release memory button 2 and push one of the poston buttons 1 wthn three seconds. All the settngs are stored wth the selected poston. Recallng postons from memory Press and hold one of the poston buttons 1 untl the seat, steerng wheel and exteror rear vew mrrors have fully moved to the stored postons. Releasng the button mmedately stops movement to the stored postons. Warnng! Do not operate the power seats usng the memory button f the seat backrest s n an excessvely reclned poston. Dong so could cause damage to front or rear seats. Frst move seat backrest to an uprght poston. 129

132 Controls n detal Memory functon Storng exteror rear vew mrror parkng poston For easer parkng, you can adjust the passenger-sde exteror rear vew mrror so that you can see the rght rear wheel as soon as you engage reverse gear R. For nformaton on actvatng the parkng poston, see Settng parkng poston for exteror rear vew mrror ( page 171). You can store a parkng poston for the passenger-sde exteror rear vew mrror for each SmartKey or SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O*. 1 Passenger-sde exteror rear vew mrror button 2 Adjustment button M Memory button Stop the vehcle. Swtch on gnton ( page 34). Press button 1. The passenger-sde exteror rear vew mrror s selected. Adjust the passenger-sde exteror rear vew mrror wth button 2 so that you see the rear wheel and the road curb. Press memory button M. Wthn three seconds, press bottom of adjustment button 2 on ƒ. The parkng poston s stored f the mrror does not move. If the mrror does move, repeat the above steps. After the settng s stored, you can move the mrror agan. 130

133 Lghtng For nformaton on how to swtch on the headlamps and use the turn sgnals, see Swtchng on headlamps ( page 50) and Turn sgnals ( page 51). If you drve n countres where vehcles drve on the other sde of the road than the country n whch the vehcle s regstered, you must have the headlamps modfed for symmetrcal low beams. Relevant nformaton can be obtaned at your authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Exteror lamp swtch The exteror lamp swtch s located on the dashboard to the left of the steerng wheel. Controls n detal Lghtng M Off Daytme runnng lamp mode ( page 165) U Automatc headlamp mode Daytme runnng lamp mode ( page 165) C Parkng lamps (also sde marker lamps, tal lamps, lcense plate lamps, nstrument panel lamps) B Low beam headlamps (or hgh beam headlamps when the combnaton swtch s pushed forward) and parkng lamps ˆ Standng lamps, rght (turn left one stop) Standng lamps, left (turn left two stops) C Indcator lamp for parkng lamps Indcator lamp for front fog lamps Indcator lamp for rear fog lamp 131

134 Controls n detal Lghtng Wth the SmartKey removed from the starter swtch or the engne turned off wth KEYLESS-O* and the drver s door open, a warnng sounds f the parkng lamps or low beam headlamps are swtched on. The message TURN OFF LIHTS appears n the multfuncton dsplay. Manual headlamp mode The low beam headlamps and parkng lamps can be swtched on and off wth the exteror lamp swtch. For exteror lamp swtch, see ( page 131). Automatc headlamp mode The followng lamps swtch on and off automatcally dependng on the brghtness of the ambent lght: Low beam headlamps Tal and parkng lamps Lcense plate lamps Sde marker lamps. Warnng! If the exteror lamp swtch s set to U, the headlamps may swtch off unexpectedly when the system senses brght ambent lght, for example lght from oncomng traffc. the headlamps wll not be automatcally swtched on under foggy condtons. To mnmze rsk to you and to others, actvate headlamps by turnng exteror lamp swtch to B when drvng or when traffc and/or ambent lghtng condtons requre you to do so. In low ambent lghtng condtons, only swtch from poston U to B wth the vehcle at a standstll. Swtchng from U to B wll brefly swtch off the headlamps. Dong so whle drvng n low ambent lghtng condtons may result n an accdent. The automatc headlamp feature s only an ad to the drver. The drver s responsble for the operaton of the vehcle's lghts at all tmes. The front fog lamps and rear fog lamp cannot be swtched on manually wth exteror lamp swtch n poston U. To actvate the fog lamps, turn exteror lamp swtch to poston B and pull the exteror lamp swtch to frst or second stop ( page 134). 132

135 Controls n detal Lghtng Turn the exteror lamp swtch to U. Wth the SmartKey n starter swtch poston 1 or the KEYLESS-O* start/stop button pressed once, only the parkng lamps wll swtch on and off automatcally. When the engne s runnng, the low beam headlamps, the tal and parkng lamps, the lcense plate lamps, and the sde marker lamps wll swtch on and off automatcally. Daytme runnng lamp mode Turn exteror lamp swtch to poston M or U. When the engne s runnng, the low beam headlamps are swtched on. In low ambent lght condtons, the followng lamps wll swtch on addtonally: tal and parkng lamps lcense plate lamps sde marker lamps For nghttme drvng you should turn the exteror lamp swtch to poston B to permt actvaton of the hgh beam headlamps. Canada only The daytme runnng lamp mode s mandatory and therefore n a constant mode.when the engne s runnng, and you shft from a drvng poston to poston N or P, the low beam headlamps wll swtch off wth a three-mnute delay. When the engne s runnng, and you turn the exteror lamp swtch to poston C, the parkng lamps swtch on addtonally. turn the exteror lamp swtch to poston B, the manual headlamp mode has prorty over the daytme runnng lamp mode. The correspondng exteror lamps swtch on ( page 389). USA only By default, the daytme runnng lamp mode s deactvated. Actvate the daytme runnng lamp mode usng the control system, see Settng daytme runnng lamp mode (USA only) ( page 165). When the engne s runnng, and you turn the exteror lamp swtch to poston C or B, the manual headlamp mode has prorty over the daytme runnng lamp mode. The correspondng exteror lamps swtch on ( page 389). Locator lghtng and nght securty llumnaton Locator lghtng and nght securty llumnaton are descrbed n the control system secton under Settng locator lghtng ( page 166) and Settng nght securty llumnaton ( page 166). 133

136 Controls n detal Lghtng Swtchng on fog lamps Warnng! In low ambent lghtng or foggy condtons, only swtch from poston U to B wth the vehcle at a standstll. Swtchng from U to B wll brefly swtch off the headlamps. Dong so whle drvng n low ambent lghtng condtons may result n an accdent. Fog lamps wll operate wth the parkng lamps and/or the low beam headlamps on. Fog lamps should only be used n conjuncton wth low beam headlamps. Consult your State or Provnce Motor Vehcle Regulatons regardng permssble lamp operaton. Swtchng on front fog lamps Fog lamps cannot be swtched on wth exteror lamp swtch n poston U. For swtchng on the fog lamps, turn exteror lamp swtch to poston B frst. Swtch on the low beam headlamps ( page 50). Pull out exteror lamp swtch to frst stop. The front fog lamps are swtched on. The green ndcator lamp n the lamp swtch comes on ( page 131). Push n the exteror lamp swtch. The front fog lamps are swtched off. The green ndcator lamp n the lamp swtch goes out ( page 131). Swtchng on rear fog lamp (drver s sde only) Swtch on the front fog lamps ( page 134). Pull out exteror lamp swtch to second stop. The rear fog lamps are swtched on. The yellow ndcator lamp n the lamp swtch comes on ( page 131). Push n the exteror lamp swtch to frst stop. The rear fog lamps are swtched off. The green ndcator lamp n the lamp swtch goes out ( page 131). The front fog lamps reman lt. 134

137 Controls n detal Lghtng Combnaton swtch The combnaton swtch s located on the left sde of the steerng column. Swtchng on hgh beams Turn exteror lamp swtch to poston B or to U ( page 131). Push the combnaton swtch n drecton 1. The hgh beam ndcator A on the nstrument cluster comes on ( page 24). Hgh beam flasher Pull the combnaton swtch brefly n drecton 2. 1 Hgh beam 2 Hgh beam flasher 135

138 Controls n detal Lghtng Hazard warnng flasher The hazard warnng flasher can be swtched on at all tmes, even wth the SmartKey removed from the starter swtch or wth the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* removed from the vehcle. The hazard warnng flasher swtches on automatcally when an arbag deploys. Swtchng on the hazard warnng flasher Press hazard warnng flasher swtch. All turn sgnals wll flash. Wth the hazard warnng flasher actvated and the combnaton swtch set for ether left or rght turn, only the respectve left or rght turn sgnals wll operate when the SmartKey n the starter swtch s n poston 1 or 2 or the KEYLESS-O* start/stop button ( page 35) s pressed once or twce. Swtchng off the hazard warnng flasher Press hazard warnng flasher swtch agan. If the hazard warnng flasher was actvated automatcally, press swtch 1 twce. 1 Hazard warnng flasher swtch 136

139 Controls n detal Lghtng Interor lghtng The controls are located n the overhead control panel. 1 Left readng lamp on/off 2 Rear nteror lamps on/off 3 Rght readng lamp on/off 4 Rocker swtch for automatc control on/off Leavng an nteror lght swtch n the ON poston for extended perods of tme wth the engne turned off could result n a dscharged battery. Automatc control Actvatng Press rocker swtch 4 to the center poston. The nteror lghtng swtches on n darkness when you: unlock the vehcle remove the SmartKey from the starter swtch open a door open the trunk The nteror lghtng swtches off automatcally followng an adjustable tme delay. For more nformaton, see Settng nteror lghtng delayed shut-off ( page 167). If the door remans open, the nteror lghtng swtches off automatcally after approxmately fve mnutes. Deactvatng Press the ñ symbol on rocker swtch 4. The nteror lghtng remans swtched off n darkness, even when you: unlock the vehcle remove the SmartKey from the starter swtch open a door open the trunk Manual control Front nteror lghtng Press the ð symbol on rocker swtch 4. The front nteror lghtng swtches on. Press the ñ symbol on rocker swtch 4 agan. The front nteror lghtng swtches off. The automatc control functon s actvated. 137

140 Controls n detal Lghtng Rear nteror lghtng Press swtch 2 on the ò symbol. The rear compartment lghtng swtches on. Press swtch 2 on the ò symbol agan. The rear compartment lghtng swtches off. The settng selected for the nteror lghtng s used for the trunk lghtng as well. If the trunk ld remans open, the trunk lghtng swtches off automatcally after approxmately ten mnutes. Readng lamps n the front The readng lamps are located n the overhead control panel. Press readng lamp swtch 1 or 3 to swtch on the desred readng lamp. Press readng lamp swtch 1 or 3 agan to swtch off the respectve readng lamp. Readng lamps n the rear The readng lamps are located n the roof lnng for the rear seat passengers. 1 Readng lamps on/off 2 Readng lamps Press readng lamp swtch 1 to swtch on readng lamps 2. Press readng lamp swtch 1 to swtch off readng lamps

141 Controls n detal Lghtng Courtesy lghtng For better orentaton n the dark, courtesy lamps wll llumnate the nteror of your vehcle as follows: Wth parkng lamps swtched on: the door handles the drver and passenger footwells Wth the SmartKey n the starter swtch poston 1: the door handles the center console If you turn the SmartKey n the starter swtch to poston 0 and swtch off the exteror headlamps, the door handle lamps wll reman lt for approxmately fve mnutes. Door entry lamps For better orentaton n the dark, the correspondng door entry lamps wll swtch on n darkness when you open a door and the automatc control s actvated. The door entry lamps swtch off when the correspondng door s closed. If you turn the SmartKey n the starter swtch to poston 0 and swtch off the exteror headlamps, the door entry lamps wll reman lt for approxmately fve mnutes. Trunk lghtng The trunk lghtng swtches on f the trunk ld s opened. If you leave the trunk open for an extended perod of tme, the trunk lghtng wll swtch off automatcally after approxmately ten mnutes. 139

142 Controls n detal Instrument cluster A full vew llustraton of the nstrument cluster can be found n the At a glance secton of ths manual ( page 24). 1 Reset button J The nstrument cluster s actvated when you: open a door turn on the gnton press the reset button J 1 swtch on the exteror lamps You can change the nstrument cluster settngs n the nstrument cluster submenu of the control system ( page 163). Instrument cluster llumnaton 1 Knob for adjustng nstrument cluster llumnaton Use knob 1 to adjust the llumnaton brghtness for the nstrument cluster. The nstrument cluster llumnaton s dmmed or brghtened automatcally to sut ambent lght condtons. The nstrument cluster llumnaton wll also be adjusted automatcally when you swtch on the vehcle s exteror lamps. Press knob 1. The knob wll pop out. To brghten llumnaton Turn knob 1 n the nstrument cluster clockwse. The nstrument cluster llumnaton wll brghten. To dm llumnaton Turn knob 1 n the nstrument cluster counterclockwse. The nstrument cluster llumnaton wll dm. 140

143 Controls n detal Instrument cluster Coolant temperature gauge Warnng! Drvng when your engne s badly overheated can cause some fluds whch may have leaked nto the engne compartment to catch fre. You could be serously burned. Steam from an overheated engne can cause serous burns and can occur just by openng the hood. Stay away from the engne f you see or hear steam comng from t. Turn off the engne, get out of the vehcle and do not stand near the vehcle untl the engne has cooled down. Excessve coolant temperature trggers a warnng n the multfuncton dsplay ( page 359). Durng severe operatng condtons, e.g. stop-and-go traffc, the coolant temperature may rse close to 248 F (120 C),.e. close to the red zone of the temperature gauge. The engne should not be operated wth the coolant temperature above 248 F (120 C),.e. n the red zone of the coolant temperature gauge. Dong so may cause serous engne damage whch s not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Lmted Warranty. Trp odometer Make sure you are vewng the trp odometer dsplay. If t s not dsplayed, press the è or ÿ button on the multfuncton steerng wheel repeatedly untl the trp odometer appears ( page 143). Press and hold reset button J ( page 140) untl the trp odometer s reset. 141

144 Controls n detal Instrument cluster Tachometer The red markng on the tachometer denotes excessve engne speed.! Avod drvng at excessve engne speeds, as t may result n serous engne damage that s not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Lmted Warranty. To help protect the engne, the fuel supply s nterrupted f the engne s operated wthn the red markng. S 55 AM The tachometer of the S 55 AM does not have a red markng denotng excessve engne speed. To help protect the engne, the fuel supply s nterrupted f the engne s operated at an excessve engne speed. Outsde temperature ndcator Warnng! The outsde temperature ndcator s not desgned to serve as an ce-warnng devce and s therefore unsutable for that purpose. Indcated temperatures just above the freezng pont do not guarantee that the road surface s free of ce. The road may stll be cy, especally n wooded areas or on brdges. The outsde temperature s dsplayed n the nstrument cluster ( page 24). For nformaton on how to select the unt of the dsplayed temperature,.e. degrees Celsus ( C) or degrees Fahrenhet ( F), see Selectng temperature dsplay mode ( page 163). The temperature sensor s located n the front bumper area. Due to ts locaton, the sensor can be affected by road or engne heat durng dlng or slow drvng. Therefore, the accuracy of the dsplayed temperature can only be verfed by comparson to a thermometer placed next to the sensor, not by comparson to external dsplays (e.g. bank sgns, etc.). When movng the vehcle nto colder ambent temperatures (e.g. when leavng your garage), you wll notce a delay before the lower temperature s dsplayed. A delay also occurs when ambent temperatures rse. Ths prevents naccurate temperature ndcatons caused by heat radated from the engne durng dlng or slow drvng. Clock The tme s ndcated n the nstrument cluster n the tachometer dsplay. You can adjust the clock usng the COMAND system. Refer to separate COMAND operatng nstructons. 142

145 Control system The control system s actvated as soon as the SmartKey n the starter swtch s turned to poston 1 or as soon as the KEYLESS-O* start/stop button ( page 35) s n poston 1. The control system enables you to: call up nformaton about your vehcle change vehcle settngs For example, you can use the control system to fnd out when your vehcle s next due for servce, to set the language for messages n the nstrument cluster dsplay, and much more. The dsplays for the audo systems (rado, CD player) wll appear n Englsh, regardless of the language selected. Warnng! A drver s attenton to the road and traffc condtons must always be hs/her prmary focus when drvng. For your safety and the safety of others, selectng features through the multfuncton steerng wheel should only be done by the drver when traffc and road condtons permt t to be done safely. Bear n mnd that at a speed of just 30 mph (approxmately 50 km/h), your vehcle s coverng a dstance of 44 feet (approxmately 14 m) every second. The control system relays nformaton to the multfuncton dsplay. Multfuncton dsplay 1 Trp odometer 2 Man odometer Controls n detal Control system 143

146 Controls n detal Control system Multfuncton steerng wheel The dsplays n the multfuncton dsplay and the settngs n the control system are controlled usng the buttons on the multfuncton steerng wheel. 1 Multfuncton dsplay n the speedometer Operatng the control system 2 Selectng the submenu or settng the volume æ up/to ncrease ç down/to decrease 3 Telephone* s to take a call t to end a call 4 Menu systems è for next menu ÿ for prevous menu 5 Movng wthn a menu j for next dsplay k for prevous dsplay 144

147 Controls n detal Control system Pressng any of the buttons on the multfuncton steerng wheel wll alter what s shown n the multfuncton dsplay. The nformaton avalable n the multfuncton dsplay s arranged n menus, each contanng a number of functons or submenus. The ndvdual functons are then found wthn the relevant menu (rado or CD operatons under AUDIO, for example). These functons serve to call up relevant nformaton or to customze the settngs for your vehcle. It s helpful to thnk of the menus, and the functons wthn each menu, as beng arranged n a crcular pattern. If you press button è or ÿ repeatedly, you wll pass through each menu one after the other. If you press button k or j repeatedly, you wll pass through each functon dsplay, one after the other, n the current menu. In the SETTINS menu, nstead of functons you wll fnd a number of submenus for callng up and changng settngs. For nstructons on usng these submenus, see Settngs menu ( page 160). The number of menus avalable n the system depends on whch optonal equpment s nstalled n your vehcle. The menus are descrbed on the followng pages. 145

148 Controls n detal Control system Menus Ths s what you wll see when you scroll through the menus. The table on the next page provdes an overvew of the ndvdual menus. 146

149 Controls n detal Control system Menus, submenus and functons Commands/submenus Menu 1 Standard dsplay Menu 2 AUDIO Menu 3 Telephone* Menu 4 NAVI Menu 5 Dstronc* Menu 6 Trp computer Menu 7 Vehcle status message memory Menu 8 Settngs ( page 148) ( page 148) ( page 153) ( page 155) ( page 156) ( page 157) ( page 159) ( page 160) Call up mantenance servce dsplay Check tre nflaton pressure* Check engne ol level Dgtal speedometer Select rado staton Select satellte rado staton* (USA only) Select CD track Select MP3-CD track Load phone book Search for name n phone book Select number last daled Actvate route gudance Call up settngs Fuel consumpton statstcs after start Fuel consumpton statstcs snce the last reset Call up range Call up vehcle malfuncton, warnng and system status messages stored n memory Reset to factory settngs Instrument cluster submenu Lghtng submenu Vehcle submenu Convenence submenu 147

150 Controls n detal Control system The headngs used n the menus table are desgned to facltate navgaton wthn the system and are not necessarly dentcal to those shown n the control system dsplays. The frst functon dsplayed n each menu wll automatcally show you whch part of the system you are n. Standard dsplay menu You can select the functons n the standard dsplay menu wth button k or j. The followng functons are avalable: Functon Page Call up mantenance servce 329 dsplay Check tre nflaton pressure* 307 Check engne ol level 288 Call up dgtal speedometer 148 Dsplay dgtal speedometer Press the j or k button repeatedly untl you see the dgtal speedometer appear n the multfuncton dsplay. The current vehcle speed s shown n the multfuncton dsplay. AUDIO menu The functons n the AUDIO menu operate the audo equpment whch you currently have turned on. If no audo equpment s currently turned on, the message AUDIO OFF s shown n the multfuncton dsplay. The followng functons are avalable: Functon Page Select rado staton 149 Select satellte rado* staton 149 (USA only) Select CD track 150 Select MP3-CD track

151 Controls n detal Control system Select rado staton Turn on the rado. Refer to separate COMAND operatng nstructons. Press button è or ÿ repeatedly untl you see the currently tuned staton n the multfuncton dsplay. Select satellte rado* staton (USA only) The satellte rado s treated as a rado applcaton. Select satellte rado wth the correspondng key on the COMAND control panel (SAT). Press button è or ÿ repeatedly untl you see the currently tuned staton n the multfuncton dsplay. Addtonal optonal satellte rado equpment and a subscrpton to satellte rado servce provder are requred for satellte rado operaton. Contact an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center for detals and avalablty for your vehcle. For more nformaton, refer to separate COMAND operatng nstructons. 1 Waveband 2 Staton frequency Press button k or j repeatedly untl the desred staton s found. You can only store new statons usng the correspondng feature on the rado. Refer to separate COMAND operatng nstructons. You can also operate the rado n the usual manner. 1 SAT mode and preset number 2 Channel name or number Press button k or j repeatedly untl the desred channel s found. 149

152 Controls n detal Control system Select CD track Turn on COMAND and select CD. Refer to separate COMAND operatng nstructons. Press button è or ÿ repeatedly untl the settngs for the CD currently beng played appear n the multfuncton dsplay. Press button k or j repeatedly untl the desred track s selected. CD changer*: To select a CD from the magazne, press a number on the COMAND system key pad located n the center dashboard. Select MP3-CD track Turn on COMAND and select MP3-CD. Refer to separate COMAND operatng nstructons. Press button è or ÿ repeatedly untl the settngs for the MP3-CD currently beng played appear n the multfuncton dsplay. 1 Current CD (for CD changer* ( page 151)) 2 Current track 1 Current track Press button j or k repeatedly untl the desred track s selected. 150

153 Controls n detal Control system CD changer* operatng mode eneral notes Should excessvely hgh temperatures occur whle n CD mode, CD TEMP HIH wll appear on the multfuncton dsplay and mutng wll take place. The unt wll then swtch back to the last operatng mode used untl the temperature has decreased to a safe operatng level. Should excessvely low temperatures occur whle n CD mode, CD TEMP LOW wll appear on the multfuncton dsplay, but the CD wll contnue to play. Handle CDs carefully to prevent nterference durng playback. Avod fngerprnts and dust on CDs. Do not wrte on CDs or apply any label or other materal to them. Only use orgnal CDs. Usng coped CDs may create problems durng playback. Clean CDs from tme to tme wth a commercally avalable cleanng cloth. No solvents, ant-statc sprays, etc. should be used for cleanng. Replace the CD n ts case after use. Protect CDs from heat and drect sunlght. Only use CDs, whch bear the label shown and that conform to the compact dsc dgtal audo standard (IEC 60908). Use of CDs whch do not meet ths standard may cause damage to the CD changer. Do not play sngle-cds (80 mm) wth an adapter.! Your CD drve has been desgned to play CDs whch correspond to the IEC standard. If you nsert thcker data carrers, e.g. ones that have data on both sdes (one sde wth DVD data, the other sde wth audo data), they cannot be ejected and wll damage the drve. For nformaton on operatng the CD changer, refer to separate COMAND operatng nstructons. 151

154 Controls n detal Control system Warnng! The CD changer s a Class 1 laser product. There s a danger of nvsble laser radaton f the cover s opened or damaged. Do not remove the cover. The CD changer does not contan any parts whch can be servced by the user. For safety reasons, have any servce work whch may be necessary performed only by qualfed personnel. Loadng/unloadng the CD magazne The CD changer s located behnd the cover on the left hand sde n the trunk. Remove the CD changer cover. Slde the CD changer door to the rght and press the eject button g. The magazne s ejected. Remove the magazne and completely pull out the CD tray. Place the CD n the recess of the tray, label sde up. Push the tray nto the magazne n the drecton shown by the arrow. CDs whch have been nserted mproperly or are unreadable wll not be played. Operatonal readness of CD changer If a CD changer has been nstalled n the system, t can be operated from the COMAND system key pad located n the center dashboard. A loaded magazne must be nstalled for CD playng. 1 CD 2 CD changer 3 CD tray 4 CD magazne Push the magazne nto the CD changer n the drecton shown by the arrow and close the CD changer door. 152

155 Controls n detal Control system TEL menu* Warnng! A drver s attenton to the road must always be hs/her prmary focus when drvng. For your safety and the safety of others, we recommend that you pull over to a safe locaton and stop before placng or takng a telephone call. If you choose to use the telephone whle drvng, please use the hands-free devce and only use the telephone when weather, road and traffc condtons permt. Some jursdctons prohbt the drver from usng a cellular telephone whle drvng a vehcle. Bear n mnd that at a speed of just 30 mph (approxmately 50 km/h), your vehcle s coverng a dstance of 44 feet (approxmately 14 m) every second. You can use the functons n the TEL menu to operate your telephone, provded t s connected to a hands-free system and swtched on. Never operate rado transmtters equpped wth a bult-n or attached antenna (.e. wthout beng connected to an external antenna) from nsde the vehcle whle the engne s runnng. Dong so could lead to a malfuncton of the vehcle s electronc system, possbly resultng n an accdent and/or personal njury. Swtch on the telephone and COMAND. Press button ÿ or è on the steerng wheel repeatedly untl you see the TEL menu n the multfuncton dsplay. Whch messages wll appear n the multfuncton dsplay feld depends on whether your telephone s swtched on or off: If the telephone s off, the message n the multfuncton dsplay s: TEL OFF. If the telephone s on: The telephone wll then search for a network. Durng ths tme the multfuncton dsplay reads NO SERVICE. As soon as the telephone has found a network, READY s ndcated n the multfuncton dsplay. The standby message ndcates that your telephone s ready for use and you can operate t usng the control system. 153

156 Controls n detal Control system The followng functons are avalable: Functon Page Answerng a call 154 Endng a call 154 Dalng a number from the 154 phone book Redalng 155 Answerng a call When your telephone s ready to receve calls, you can answer a call at any tme. In the dsplay you wll then see the message: Endng a call Press button t. You have ended the call. In the dsplay you wll agan see the standby message. Dalng a number from the phone book If your telephone s ready to receve calls, you may select and dal a number from the phone book at any tme. If you do not wsh to accept a call, press button t. Press button ÿ or è repeatedly untl you see the TEL menu n the dsplay. and can take up to 60 seconds. In the dsplay you wll see the message PLEASE WAIT!. When the message PLEASE WAIT! dsappears, the phone book has been loaded. Press button j or k repeatedly untl the desred name appears n the dsplay. The stored names are dsplayed n ascendng or descendng alphabetcal order. If you press and hold j or k for longer than one second, the system scrolls rapdly through the lst of names untl you release the button agan. Press button s. You have answered the call. In the dsplay you see the duraton of the call postoned above the number. Press button j or k. The control system reads the phone book whch s stored n the telephone. The call transmsson depends on the number of entres n the phone book Cancel the quck search mode by pressng t. 154

157 Controls n detal Control system Press button s. The system dals the selected phone number. If the connecton s successful, the name of the party you called and the duraton of the call wll appear n the dsplay. If no connecton s made, the control system stores the daled number n the redal memory. Redalng The control system stores the most recently daled phone numbers. Ths elmnates the need to search through your entre phone book. Press button ÿ or è repeatedly untl you see the TEL menu n the dsplay. Press button s. In the dsplay you see the frst number n the redal memory. Press button j or k repeatedly untl the desred name appears n the dsplay. If you do not want to use the telephone, press button t. Press button s. The control system dals the selected phone number. NAVI menu In the NAVI menu, you wll see whch status the navgaton system has. Press button è or ÿ repeatedly untl you see the message NAVI n the dsplay. If the navgaton system s swtched off, the message NAVI OFF s shown n the dsplay. If the navgaton system s on and no destnaton has been entered, you wll see the current drecton n whch the vehcle s movng and the names of streets n the dsplay. Please refer to separate COMAND operatng nstructons on how to actvate the route gudance system. 155

158 Controls n detal Control system Dstronc* menu Use the DISTRONIC menu to dsplay the current settngs for your Dstronc system. What nformaton s shown n the dsplay depends on whether the Dstronc system s actve or nactve. Please refer to the Drvng systems secton of ths manual ( page 217) for nstructons on how to actvate Dstronc. Press button è or ÿ repeatedly untl you see one of the followng two pctures n the dsplay. Dstronc deactvated When Dstronc s deactvated you wll see the standard dsplay n the dsplay. 1 Vehcle ahead, f detected 2 Actual dstance to vehcle ahead 3 Preset dstance threshold to vehcle ahead 4 Symbol for actvated dstance warnng functon 5 Your vehcle Dstronc actvated When you actvate Dstronc, you wll see the set speed for about fve seconds n the Dstronc dsplay. The followng dsplay then appears: 1 Dstronc actvated 156

159 Controls n detal Control system Trp computer menu Use the trp computer menu to call up statstcal data on your vehcle. The followng nformaton s avalable: Functon Page Fuel consumpton statstcs after 157 start Fuel consumpton statstcs 158 snce last reset Resettng fuel consumpton statstcs 158 Call up range (dstance to empty) 158 Fuel consumpton statstcs after start Press button ÿ or è repeatedly untl you see the frst functon of the Trp computer menu. Press button j or k repeatedly untl you see ths message n the left dsplay: AFTER START. Each tme you call up the trp computer, the last functon used appears as the frst dsplay. 1 Dstance drven snce start 2 Tme elapsed snce start 3 Average fuel consumpton snce start 4 Average speed snce start Incorporatng statstcs from the prevous journey n the consumpton statstcs When you restart the engne, the AFTER START. dsplay flashes for: a dstance of approxmately 1.25 mles (two klometers) or a duraton of two mnutes Durng ths perod, the data from the prevous journey can be ncorporated as follows: Press the reset button J n the nstrument cluster ( page 140). The statstcs wll be ncorporated. If you do not press the reset button J, the consumpton statstcs wll be reset to

160 Controls n detal Control system Fuel consumpton snce last reset Press button ÿ or è repeatedly untl you see the frst functon of the trp computer menu. Press button j or k repeatedly untl you see ths message n the dsplay: AFTER RESET. Resettng fuel consumpton statstcs Press button ÿ or è repeatedly untl you see the frst functon of the Trp computer menu. Press button j or k repeatedly untl you see the readng that you want to reset n the dsplay. Press and hold the reset button J n the nstrument cluster ( page 140) untl the value s reset to 0. Call up range (dstance to empty) Press button ÿ or è repeatedly untl you see the frst functon of the Trp computer menu. Press button j or k repeatedly untl you see ths message n the dsplay: RANE. In the dsplay you wll see the calculated range based on the current fuel tank level. 1 Dstance drven snce last reset 2 Tme elapsed snce last reset 3 Average fuel consumpton snce last reset 4 Average speed snce last reset 158

161 Controls n detal Control system Vehcle status message memory menu Use the vehcle status message memory menu to scan malfuncton and warnng messages that may be stored n the system. Such messages appear n the multfuncton dsplay and are based on condtons or system status the vehcle s system has recorded. Warnng! Malfuncton and warnng messages are only ndcated for certan systems and are ntentonally not very detaled. The malfuncton and warnng messages are smply a remnder wth respect to the operaton of certan systems and do not replace the owner s and/or drver s responsblty to mantan the vehcle s operatng safety by havng all requred mantenance and safety checks performed on the vehcle and by brngng the vehcle to an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center to address the malfuncton and warnng messages ( page 347). Press button è or ÿ repeatedly untl the vehcle status message memory appears n the multfuncton dsplay. No vehcle status messages If no condtons are recorded n the memory, the message n the multfuncton dsplay s: NO MESSAES Vehcle status messages have been recorded If condtons have occurred causng status messages to be recorded, the number of messages appears n the multfuncton dsplay: 1 Number of messages Press button k or j. The stored messages wll now be dsplayed n the order n whch the malfunctons have occurred. See the Practcal hnts secton for malfuncton and warnng messages ( page 347). Should the vehcle s system record any condtons whle drvng, the number of messages wll reappear n the multfuncton dsplay when the SmartKey n the starter swtch s turned to poston 0 or removed from the starter swtch. If you press the reset button J n the nstrument cluster ( page 140), the next message wll be dsplayed mmedately. The vehcle status message memory wll be cleared when you swtch on gnton. You wll then only see hgh-prorty messages n the multfuncton dsplay. These are hghlghted n red color ( page 347). 159

162 Controls n detal Control system Settngs menu In the SETTINS menu there are two functons: The functon TO RESET PRESS R BUT- TON FOR 3 SEC., wth whch you can reset all settngs to the orgnal factory settngs. A collecton of submenus wth whch you can make ndvdual settngs for your vehcle. Press button è or ÿ repeatedly untl the SETTINS menu appears n the multfuncton dsplay. The followng settngs and submenus are avalable: Functon Page Resettng all settngs 160 Submenus n the Settngs menu 161 Resettng the functons of a submenu 161 Instrument cluster submenu 163 Lghtng submenu 164 Vehcle submenu 168 Convenence submenu 169 Resettng all settngs You can reset all the functons of all submenus to the factory settngs. Press the reset button J n the nstrument cluster ( page 140) for approxmately three seconds. In the multfuncton dsplay you wll see the request to press the reset button J agan to confrm. Press the reset button J agan. The functons of all the submenus wll reset to factory settngs. The settngs you have changed wll not be reset unless you confrm the acton by pressng the reset button J a second tme. Due to safety reasons, resettng all of the settngs whle drvng wll not reset all of the values n the LIHTIN or the VEHICLE menu. 160

163 Controls n detal Control system Submenus n the Settngs menu Press button k or j. In the multfuncton dsplay you see the collecton of the submenus. Press button ç or æ. The selecton marker moves to the next submenu. The submenus are arranged by herarchy. Scroll down wth the ç button, scroll up wth the æ button. Move wthn the submenus wth the k or j button to the ndvdual functons. The settngs themselves are made wth button æ or ç. Resettng the functons of a submenu For each submenu you can reset all the functons to the factory settngs. Move to a functon n the submenu. Press the reset button J n the nstrument cluster ( page 140) for approxmately three seconds. In the multfuncton dsplay you wll see the request to press the reset button J agan to confrm. Press the reset button J agan. All functons of the submenu wll reset to factory settngs. 161

164 Controls n detal Control system The table below shows what settngs can be changed wthn the varous menus. Detaled nstructons on makng ndvdual settngs can be found on the followng pages. INSTRUMENT CLUSTER LIHTIN VEHICLE CONVENIENCE Select temperature dsplay Set daytme runnng lamp mode Set automatc lockng Set key-dependency mode (USA only) Select multfuncton dsplay mode Set locator lghtng Lmtng openng heght of trunk ld* Actvate easy-entry/ext feature Select language Exteror lamps delayed shut-off Set parkng poston for exteror rear vew mrror Select tre nflaton pressure unt Interor lghtng delayed shut-off Set fold-n functon for exteror rear vew mrrors Adjustng the drve-dynamc seat 162

165 Controls n detal Control system Instrument cluster submenu Access the INST. CLUS. submenu va the SETTINS menu. Use the INST. CLUS. submenu to change the nstrument cluster dsplay settngs. The followng functons are avalable: Functon Page Select temperature dsplay 164 mode Select multfuncton dsplay 163 mode Select language 164 Select tre nflaton pressure unt 164 Selectng temperature dsplay mode Move the selecton marker wth the æ or ç button to the INST. CLUS. submenu. Press button j or k repeatedly untl you see ths message n the multfuncton dsplay: TEMP. INDICATOR. The selecton marker s on the current settng. Selectng multfuncton dsplay mode Move the selecton marker wth the æ or ç button to the INST. CLUS. submenu. Press button j or k repeatedly untl you see ths message n the multfuncton dsplay: DISPLAY VALUES IN. The selecton marker s on the current settng. Press æ or ç to set the temperature unt to degrees Celsus ( C) or degrees Fahrenhet ( F). Press æ or ç to set speedometer unt to MILES or KM. 163

166 Controls n detal Control system Selectng language Move the selecton marker wth the æ or ç button to the INST. CLUS. submenu. Press button j or k repeatedly untl you see ths message n the multfuncton dsplay: LANUAE. The selecton marker s on the current settng. Press æ or ç to select the language to be used for the multfuncton dsplay messages. Avalable languages: erman Englsh French Italan Spansh Selectng tre nflaton pressure unt Use ths functon to set the unt for the tre nflaton pressure dsplay. Move the selecton marker wth the æ or ç button to the INST. CLUS. submenu. Press button j or k repeatedly untl you see ths message n the multfuncton dsplay: DISPLAY UNIT TIRE PRESSURE. The selecton marker s on the current settng. Press æ or ç to select the desred tre nflaton pressure unt. Lghtng submenu Access the LIHTIN submenu va the SET- TINS menu. Use the LIHTIN submenu to change the lamp and lghtng settngs on your vehcle. The followng functons are avalable: Functon Page Set daytme runnng lamp mode 165 (USA only) Set locator lghtng 166 Exteror lamps delayed shut-off 166 Interor lghtng delayed shut-off

167 Controls n detal Control system Settng daytme runnng lamp mode (USA only) Ths functon s not avalable n countres where the daytme runnng lamp mode s mandatory and therefore n a constant mode. Move the selecton marker wth the æ or ç button to the LIHT- IN submenu. Press button j or k repeatedly untl you see ths message n the multfuncton dsplay: LIHTIN CIRCUIT HEADLAMP MODE. The selecton marker s on the current settng. Press æ or ç to select manual or daytme runnng lamp (constant) mode. Ths functon s not avalable n countres where daytme runnng lamps are mandatory. Wth daytme runnng lamp mode selected and the exteror lamp swtch at poston 0, the followng lamps wll come on automatcally when the engne s turned on: Parkng lamps and low beam headlamps Lcense plate lamps (n low ambent lght condtons) If you turn the exteror lamp swtch to another poston, the correspondng lamp(s) wll swtch on. For safety reasons, resettng the LIHTIN submenu to factory settngs ( page 161) whle drvng wll not reset the daytme runnng lamp mode. In the multfuncton dsplay you wll then see the message: LIHTIN CANNOT BE COMPLETELY RESET TO FAC- TORY SETTINS WHILE DRIVIN. 165

168 Controls n detal Control system Settng locator lghtng Durng darkness, the followng lamps wll come on when the exteror lamp swtch s n poston U, the locator lghtng feature s actvated, and the vehcle s unlocked by remote control: Parkng lamps Tal lamps Lcense plate lamps Front fog lamps To actvate locator lghtng: Make sure the functon LOCATOR LIHTIN s set. Turn the exteror lamp swtch to poston U. The locator lghtng swtches off when the drver s door s opened. It swtches off automatcally after a perod of approxmately 40 seconds. Move the selecton marker wth the æ or ç button to the LIHT- IN submenu. Press button j or k repeatedly untl you see ths message n the multfuncton dsplay: LOCATOR LIHTIN. The selecton marker s on the current settng. Press æ or ç to select the desred settng. The locator lghtng wll be swtched ON or OFF. Settng nght securty llumnaton (Exteror lamps delayed swtch-off) Use the HEADLAMPS DELAYED SWITCH-OFF functon to set whether and for how long you would lke the exteror lamps to llumnate durng darkness after all doors are closed. When the delayed swtch-off feature s actvated and the exteror lamp swtch s n poston U before the engne s turned off, the followng lamps wll reman lt after you remove the SmartKey from the starter swtch: Parkng lamps Tal lamps Lcense plate lamps Front fog lamps 166

169 Controls n detal Control system To actvate nght securty llumnaton: You can reactvate ths functon wthn ten mnutes by openng a door. If you do not open a door after removng the SmartKey, the lamps wll automatcally swtch off after 60 seconds. Select delayed swtch-off perod (see below). Turn the exteror lamp swtch to poston U before turnng off the engne. To select delayed swtch-off perod: Move the selecton marker wth the æ or ç button to the LIHT- IN submenu. Press button j or k repeatedly untl you see ths message n the multfuncton dsplay: HEADLAMPS DELAYED SWITCH-OFF. The selecton marker s on the current settng. Press æ or ç to select the desred lamp-on perod. You can select: 0 SEC., the delayed swtch-off feature s deactvated 15 SEC., 30 SEC., 45 SEC., or 60 SEC., the delayed swtch-off feature s actvated You can temporarly deactvate the delayed swtch-off feature: Before leavng the vehcle, turn the SmartKey n the starter swtch to poston 0. Turn the SmartKey n the starter swtch to poston 2 and back to 0. The delayed swtch-off feature s deactvated. It wll reactvate as soon as you rensert the SmartKey n the starter swtch. Vehcles wth KEYLESS-O*: Press the KEYLESS-O start/stop button ( page 35) on the gear selector lever. Interor lghtng delayed swtch-off Use ths functon to set whether and for how long you would lke the nteror lghtng to reman lt durng darkness after the SmartKey s removed from the starter swtch. Move the selecton marker wth the æ or ç button to the LIHT- IN submenu. 167

170 Controls n detal Control system Press button j or k repeatedly untl you see ths message n the multfuncton dsplay: INTERIOR LIHTIN DELAYED SWITCH-OFF. The selecton marker s on the current settng. Vehcle submenu Access the VEHICLE submenu va the SET- INS menu. Use the VEHICLE submenu to make general vehcle settngs. The followng functons are avalable: Functon Page Settng automatc lockng 168 Lmtng openng heght of trunk 169 ld* Settng automatc lockng Use ths functon to actvate or deactvate the automatc central lockng. Wth the automatc central lockng system actvated, the vehcle s centrally locked at vehcle speeds of approxmately 9 mph (15 km/h). Press button æ or ç to move the selecton marker to the VEHICLE submenu. Press æ or ç to select the desred lamp-on tme perod. You can select: 0 SEC., the delayed swtch-off feature s deactvated. Press button j or k repeatedly untl you see ths message n the multfuncton dsplay: AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCK. The selecton marker s on the current settng. 5 SEC., 10 SEC., 15 SEC., or 20 SEC., the delayed swtch-off feature s actvated. Press æ or ç to swtch AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCK ON or OFF. 168

171 Controls n detal Control system Lmtng openng heght of trunk ld* Ths functon s avalable n vehcles wth the trunk ld openng/closng system*. Use ths functon to actvate or deactvate the lmtng openng heght of trunk ld. Move the selecton marker wth the æ or ç button to VEHICLE submenu. Press button j or k repeatedly untl you see ths message n the multfuncton dsplay: OPENIN LIMITER TRUNK LID The selecton marker s on the current settng. Convenence submenu Access the CONVENIENCE submenu va the SETTINS menu. Use the CONVENIENCE submenu to change the settngs for a number of convenence features. The followng functons are avalable: Functon Page Settng key-dependency 169 Actvatng easy-entry/ext feature 169 Settng parkng poston for exteror rear vew mrror 171 Settng fold-n functon for exteror rear vew mrrors 171 Adjustng the drve-dynamc seat 172 Settng key-dependency Use ths functon to set whether the memory settngs for the seats, the steerng wheel, the mrrors, and the automatc clmate control should be stored separately for each SmartKey ( page 128). Move the selecton marker wth the æ or ç button to the CONVENIENCE submenu. Press button j or k repeatedly untl you see ths message n the multfuncton dsplay: SETTINS KEY-DEPEN- DENT. The selecton marker s on the current settng. Press button æ or ç to swtch the openng lmter for trunk ld ON or OFF. Press æ or ç to set key-dependency to ON or OFF. 169

172 Controls n detal Control system Actvatng easy-entry/ext feature Use ths functon to actvate and deactvate the easy-entry/ext feature ( page 114). Warnng! You must make sure no one can become trapped or njured by the movng steerng wheel and drver s seat when the easy-entry/ext feature s actvated. To cancel seat/steerng wheel movement, do one of the followng: Press seat adjustment swtch ( page 38). Move steerng column stalk ( page 40). Press the one of the memory poston buttons or the memory button M ( page 129). Do not leave chldren unattended n the vehcle, or wth access to an unlocked vehcle. Chldren could open the drver s door and unntentonally actvate the easy-entry/ext feature, whch could result n an accdent and/or serous personal njury. Move the selecton marker wth the æ or ç button to the CONVENIENCE submenu. Press button j or k repeatedly untl you see ths message n the multfuncton dsplay: EASY-ENTRY FEATURE ACTIVATE. The selecton marker s on the current settng. Press æ or ç to change the easy-entry/ext settng. The followng settngs are avalable for the easy-entry/ext feature: OFF STEER. COL ST.COL+SEAT The easy-entry/ext feature s deactvated. Only the steerng column s moved. Both the steerng column and the drver s seat are moved. 170

173 Controls n detal Control system Settng parkng poston for exteror rear vew mrror Use the MIRROR SETTIN WHEN PARKIN functon to select whether the passenger-sde exteror rear vew mrror should be turned downward durng parkng maneuvers when reverse gear R s engaged. For addtonal nformaton, see Actvatng exteror rear vew mrror parkng poston ( page 187). The selecton marker s on the current settng. Press æ or ç to swtch functon ON or OFF. Press button j or k repeatedly untl the message FOLD IN MIRRORS WHEN LOCKIN appears n the multfuncton dsplay. The selecton marker s on the current settng. Move the selecton marker to the CONVENIENCE submenu usng the æ or ç button. Press button j or k repeatedly untl you see ths message n the multfuncton dsplay: MIRROR SETTIM WHEN PARKIN. Settng fold-n functon for exteror rear vew mrrors Usng ths functon, you can set the exteror rear vew mrrors to be automatcally folded n when you lock your vehcle ( page 188). Move the selecton marker to the CONVENIENCE submenu wth the æ or ç button. Press button æ or ç to swtch the automatc fold-n settng for the mrrors ON or OFF when the vehcle s locked. 171

174 Controls n detal Control system Adjustng drve-dynamc seats* Use ths functon to adjust the settngs for the drve-dynamc seat ( page 124). Move the selecton marker wth the æ or ç button to the CONVENIENCE submenu. To adjust the drve-dynamc seat press button j or k repeatedly untl you see ths message n the multfuncton dsplay: The selecton marker s on the current settng. Press button æ or ç to select the desred settng. The followng settngs are avalable: LEVEL 1 LEVEL 2 (Sporty) Strong lateral support and fast ar pressure buld-up n the ar chambers of the backrest sde bolsters (Comfort) Less lateral support and slow ar pressure buld-up n the ar chambers of the backrest sde bolsters DRIV. DYN. SEAT ADJ. DRIVER LEVEL 1 LEVEL 2 for the drver seat or DRIV. DYN. SEAT ADJ. FRONT PASSENER LEVEL 1 LEVEL 2 for the passenger seat. 172

175 Automatc transmsson For more nformaton on drvng wth an automatc transmsson, see Automatc transmsson ( page 46). Your vehcle s transmsson adapts ts gear shftng process to your ndvdual drvng style by contnually adjustng the shft ponts up or down. These shft pont adjustments are performed based on current operatng and drvng condtons. If the operatng condtons change, the automatc transmsson reacts by adjustng ts shft program. Durng the bref warm-up, transmsson upshftng s delayed. Ths allows the catalytc converter to heat up more quckly to operatng temperature. earshft pattern for automatc transmsson Controls n detal Automatc transmsson The automatc transmsson selects ndvdual gears automatcally, dependng on: the gear selector lever poston D ( page 177) wth gear ranges ( page 176) the selected program mode: (C/S) ( page 179) or (M/C/S) (S 55 AM only) ( page 183) the poston of the accelerator pedal ( page 180) the vehcle speed 173

176 Controls n detal Automatc transmsson 1 Current gear range/gear selector lever poston 2 Current program mode The current gear range/gear selector lever poston and program mode (C/S) or (M/C/S) appear n the tachometer dsplay. Warnng! It s dangerous to shft the gear selector lever out of P or N f the engne speed s hgher than dle speed. If your foot s not frmly on the brake pedal, the vehcle could accelerate quckly forward or reverse. You could lose control of the vehcle and ht someone or somethng. Only shft nto gear when the engne s dlng normally and when your rght foot s frmly on the brake pedal. When the gear selector lever s n poston D, you can nfluence transmsson shftng by:! Allow engne to warm up under low load use. Do not place full load on the engne untl the operatng temperature has been reached. Shft nto reverse gear R or parkng poston P only when the vehcle s stopped. Avod spnnng of a drve wheel for an extended perod when drvng off on slppery road surfaces. Ths may cause serous damage to the drvetran whch s not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Lmted Warranty. lmtng the gear range changng gears manually 174

177 Controls n detal Automatc transmsson One-touch gearshftng Even wth an automatc transmsson you can change the gears manually when the gear selector lever s n poston D. Downshftng Brefly press the gear selector lever to the left n the D- drecton. The transmsson wll shft from the current gear to the next lower gear as permtted by the shft program. Ths acton smultaneously lmts the gear range of the transmsson ( page 176). Warnng! On slppery road surfaces, never downshft n order to obtan brakng acton. Ths could result n drve wheel slp and reduced vehcle control. Your vehcle s ABS wll not prevent ths type of loss of control. To avod overrevvng the engne when the gear selector lever s moved to the D- drecton, the transmsson wll not shft to a lower gear f the engne s max. speed would be exceeded. Upshftng Brefly press the gear selector lever to the rght n the D+ drecton. The transmsson wll shft from the current gear to the next hgher gear as permtted by the shft program. Ths acton smultaneously extends the gear range of the transmsson. Cancelng gear range lmt Press and hold the gear selector lever n the D+ drecton untl D reappears n the tachometer dsplay. The transmsson wll shft from the current gear range drectly to gear range D. Shftng nto optmal gear range Press and hold the gear selector lever n the D- drecton. The transmsson wll automatcally select the gear range suted for optmal acceleraton and deceleraton. Ths wll nvolve shftng down one or more gears. 175

178 Controls n detal Automatc transmsson ear ranges Wth the gear selector lever n poston D, you can lmt the transmsson s gear range by pressng the gear selector lever to the left (D-), and reverse the gear range lmt by pressng the gear selector lever to the rght (D+). The selected gear range appears n the tachometer dsplay ( page 174). If you press on the accelerator when the engne has reached ts rpm lmt, the transmsson wll upshft beyond any gear range lmt selected. Effect ï The transmsson shfts through sxth gear only (apples to vehcles wth 7-speed automatc transmsson only). î The transmsson shfts through ffth gear only (apples to vehcles wth 7-speed automatc transmsson only). é The transmsson shfts through fourth gear only. è The transmsson shfts through thrd gear only. Wth ths selecton you can use the brakng effect of the engne. Effect ç The transmsson shfts through second gear only. Allows the use of engne s brakng power when drvng: on steep downgrades n mountanous regons under extreme operatng condtons æ The transmsson operates n frst gear only. For maxmum use of engne s brakng effect on very steep or lengthy downgrades. 176

179 Controls n detal Automatc transmsson ear selector lever poston Effect ì Park poston ear selector lever poston when the vehcle s parked. Place gear selector lever n poston P only when vehcle s stopped. The park poston s not ntended to serve as a brake when the vehcle s parked. Rather, the drver should always set the parkng brake n addton to placng the gear selector lever n poston P to secure the vehcle. Effect The SmartKey can only be removed from the starter swtch wth the gear selector lever n poston P. Wth the SmartKey removed, the gear selector lever s locked n poston P. í Reverse gear Place gear selector lever n poston R only when vehcle s stopped. Effect ë Neutral No power s transmtted from the engne to the drve axle. When the brakes are released, the vehcle can be moved freely (pushed or towed). To avod damage to the transmsson, never engage N whle drvng. If the ESP s deactvated or malfunctonng: Move gear selector lever to N only f the vehcle s n danger of skddng, e.g. on cy roads. ê Drve The transmsson shfts automatcally. All forward gears are avalable. 177

180 Controls n detal Automatc transmsson! Coastng the vehcle, or drvng for any other reason wth gear selector lever n N can result n transmsson damage that s not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Lmted Warranty. Warnng! ettng out of your vehcle wth the gear selector lever not fully engaged n poston P s dangerous. Also, poston P alone s not ntended to or capable of preventng your vehcle from movng, possbly httng people or objects. Always set the parkng brake n addton to shftng to poston P ( page 48). When parked on an nclne, turn the front wheels towards the road curb. Do not park ths vehcle n areas where combustble materals such as grass, hay or leaves can come nto contact wth the hot exhaust system, as these materals could be gnted and cause a vehcle fre. Warnng! When leavng the vehcle, always remove the SmartKey or SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* from the starter swtch, take t wth you, and lock the vehcle. Do not leave chldren unattended n the vehcle, or wth access to an unlocked vehcle. Chldren could move the gear selector lever from poston P, whch could result n an accdent and/or serous personal njury. 178

181 Controls n detal Automatc transmsson Automatc shft program The program mode selector swtch s located on the lower part of the center console.! Never change the program mode when the gear selector lever s out of poston P. Ths could result n a change of drvng characterstcs for whch you may not be prepared. The last selected program mode (C or S) s swtched on when the engne s restarted. Press program mode selector swtch 1 repeatedly untl the letter of the desred program mode appears n the tachometer dsplay. Select C for comfort drvng: The vehcle starts out n second gear (both forward and reverse) for gentler starts. Ths does not apply f full throttle s appled or gear range 1 s selected. Tracton and drvng stablty are mproved on cy roads. 1 Program mode selector swtch C Comfort For comfort drvng S Sport For standard drvng Upshfts occur earler even when you gve more gas. The engne then operates at lower rpms and the wheels are less lkely to spn. The current gear selector lever poston and the selected program mode (C/S) are ndcated n the tachometer dsplay ( page 174). 179

182 Controls n detal Automatc transmsson Drvng tps Accelerator poston Your drvng style nfluences the transmsson s shftng behavor: Less throttle Earler upshftng More throttle Later upshftng Kckdown Use kckdown when you want maxmum acceleraton. Press the accelerator past the pont of resstance. The transmsson shfts nto a lower gear. Ease on the accelerator when you have reached the desred speed. The transmsson shfts up agan. Stoppng When you stop brefly, e.g. at traffc lghts: Leave the transmsson n gear. Hold the vehcle wth the brake. When you stop longer wth the engne dlng or on an uphll gradent: Move the gear selector lever to poston P. Set the parkng brake. Maneuverng When you maneuver n tght areas, e.g. when pullng nto a parkng space: Control the vehcle speed by gradually releasng the brakes. Accelerate gently. Never abruptly step on the accelerator. Workng on the vehcle Warnng! When workng on the vehcle, set the parkng brake and move gear selector lever to poston P. Otherwse the vehcle could roll away. 180

183 Controls n detal Automatc transmsson Steerng wheel gearshft control (Speedshft) S 55 AM When drvng n the automatc program modes C or S, or n the manual program mode M, you can change the gears manually on the steerng wheel or by usng the gear selector lever ( page 175). To avod overrevvng the engne when downshftng wth steerng wheel gearshft buttons, the transmsson wll not shft to a lower gear f the engne s max. speed would be exceeded.! Allow engne to warm up under low load use. Do not place full load on the engne untl the operatng temperature has been reached. Shft nto reverse gear R or parkng poston P only when the vehcle s stopped. Avod spnnng of a drve wheel for an extended perod when drvng off on slppery road surfaces. Ths may cause serous damage to the drvetran whch s not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Lmted Warranty. The steerng wheel gearshft buttons are located to the left and rght of the steerng wheel. 1 Left button: downshft 2 Rght button: upshft 181

184 Controls n detal Automatc transmsson You cannot shft wth the steerng wheel gearshft buttons when the gear selector lever s n poston P, N or R. The manual program mode M wll not be stored. When the engne s turned off wth the manual program mode M selected, the transmsson wll go to the automatc program mode (C or S) when the engne s restarted. The last selected program mode (C or S) s swtched on when the engne s restarted n the automatc program mode. Downshftng Warnng! On slppery road surfaces, never downshft n order to obtan brakng acton. Ths could result n drve wheel slp and reduced vehcle control. Your vehcle s ABS wll not prevent ths type of loss of control. Press button 1 on the left sde of the steerng wheel. The transmsson wll shft to the next lower gear as permtted by the shft program. Ths acton smultaneously lmts the gear range of the transmsson ( page 176) when you are drvng n the automatc program mode (C or S). Upshftng Press button 2 on the rght sde of the steerng wheel. The transmsson wll shft to the next hgher gear as permtted by the shft program. Ths acton smultaneously extends the gear range of the transmsson when you are drvng n the automatc program mode (C or S). 182

185 Controls n detal Automatc transmsson Manual shft program S 55 AM In the manual program mode M you can change the gears manually on the steerng wheel ( page 181) or by usng the gear selector lever ( page 175).! Allow engne to warm up under low load use. Do not place full load on the engne untl the operatng temperature has been reached. Shft nto reverse gear R or parkng poston P only when the vehcle s stopped. Avod spnnng of a drve wheel for an extended perod when drvng off on slppery road surfaces. Ths may cause serous damage to the drvetran whch s not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Lmted Warranty. The program mode selector swtch s located on the lower part of the center console. 1 Program mode selector swtch M Manual For manual gear shftng C Comfort For comfort drvng S Sport For standard drvng The current gear selector lever poston and the selected program mode (M/C/S) are ndcated n the tachometer dsplay ( page 174). Actvatng manual shft program Press program mode selector swtch 1 repeatedly untl the M for the manual program mode M appears n the tachometer dsplay. The transmsson swtches to the manual program mode M. Automatc shftng s swtched off. The gear range s not lmted. You can change the gears manually when the gear selector lever s n poston D. You can upshft or downshft through the gears n successon. 183

186 Controls n detal Automatc transmsson Downshftng Warnng! On slppery road surfaces, never downshft n order to obtan brakng acton. Ths could result n drve wheel slp and reduced vehcle control. Your vehcle s ABS wll not prevent ths type of loss of control. Brefly press the gear selector lever to the left n the D- drecton ( page 175). or Press button 1 on the left sde of the steerng wheel ( page 181). The transmsson shfts to the next lower gear. When you brake or stop, the transmsson shfts down to a gear from whch you can easly accelerate or take off. Upshftng Brefly press the gear selector lever to the rght n the D+ drecton ( page 175). or Press button 2 on the rght sde of the steerng wheel ( page 181). The transmsson shfts to the next hgher gear. Kckdown The kckdown can also be used for maxmum acceleraton when drvng n the manual program mode M. Press the accelerator past the pont of resstance. The transmsson shfts to a lower gear. Shft up once the desred speed has been reached. When drvng at full throttle, the transmsson shfts to the next hgher gear when maxmum engne speed has been reached. 184

187 Controls n detal Automatc transmsson Deactvatng manual shft program Press the program mode selector swtch ( page 183) repeatedly untl C or S appears n the tachometer dsplay. or Restart the engne. The transmsson wll go to the automatc program mode (C or S). The manual program mode M s not stored. Emergency operaton (Lmp Home Mode) If vehcle acceleraton worsens or the transmsson no longer shfts, the transmsson s most lkely operatng n lmp home (emergency operaton) mode. In ths mode only second gear and reverse gear can be actvated. Stop the vehcle. Move gear selector lever to P. Turn off the engne. Wat at least ten seconds before restartng. Restart the engne. Move gear selector lever to poston D (for second gear) or R. Have the transmsson checked at an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. 185

188 Controls n detal ood vsblty For nformaton on the wndsheld wpers, see Wndsheld wpers ( page 52). Headlamp cleanng system* (Standardon S500, S600, S55AM) The swtch s located on the left sde of the dashboard. 1 Headlamp washer swtch Swtch on gnton ( page 34). Press swtch 1. The headlamps are cleaned wth a hgh-pressure water jet. For nformaton on fllng up the washer reservor, see Wndsheld washer system and headlamp cleanng system* ( page 295). Rear vew mrrors For nformaton on settng the rear vew mrrors, see Mrrors ( page 41). Auto-dmmng rear vew mrror The reflecton brghtness of the exteror rear vew mrror on the drver s sde and the nteror rear vew mrror wll respond automatcally to glare when the gnton s swtched on and ncomng lght from headlamps falls on the sensor n the nteror rear vew mrror The nteror rear vew mrror wll not react f reverse gear s engaged the nteror lghtng s turned on 186

189 Controls n detal ood vsblty Warnng! The auto-dmmng functon does not react f ncomng lght s not amed drectly at sensors n the nteror rear vew mrror. The nteror rear vew mrror and the exteror rear vew mrror on the drver s sde do not react, for example, f the rear wndow sun shade* s n rased poston. lare can endanger you and others. Warnng! In the case of an accdent, lqud electrolyte may escape from the mrror housng f the mrror glass breaks. Electrolyte has an rrtatng effect. Do not allow the lqud to come nto contact wth eyes, skn, clothng, or respratory system. In case t does, mmedately flush affected area wth water, and seek medcal help f necessary.! Electrolyte drops comng nto contact wth the vehcle pant fnsh can be completely removed only whle n the lqud state by applyng plenty of water. Warnng! Exercse care when usng the passenger-sde exteror rear vew mrror. The mrror surface s convex (outwardly curved surface for a wder feld of vew). Objects n mrror are closer than they appear. Check your nsde rear vew mrror or glance over your shoulder before changng lanes. Actvatng exteror rear vew mrror parkng poston Follow these steps to actvate the mrror parkng poston so that the passenger-sde exteror rear vew mrror wll be turned downward to the stored poston. Make sure you have stored a parkng poston for the passenger-sde exteror rear vew mrror ( page 130). Make sure the MIRROR SETTIN WHEN PARKIN functon n the CONVENIENCE submenu of the control system s swtched to ON ( page 171). Swtch on gnton ( page 34). 187

190 Controls n detal ood vsblty Press button 2 for the passenger-sde exteror rear vew mrror. Place the gear selector lever n reverse gear R. The passenger-sde exteror rear vew mrror wll be turned downward to the stored poston. 1 Drver s sde exteror rear vew mrror button 2 Passenger-sde exteror rear vew mrror button The exteror rear vew mrror returns to ts prevously stored drvng poston: ten seconds after you put the gear selector lever out of poston R mmedately once your vehcle exceeds a speed of approxmately 6 mph (10 km/h) mmedately when you press button 1 for drver s sde mrror. Electrcally foldng exteror rear vew mrrors! Before drvng the vehcle through an automatc car wash, fold the exteror mrrors n. Otherwse they may get damaged. Foldng exteror rear vew mrrors n and out automatcally When the correspondng functon n the control system s actvated ( page 171): The exteror rear vew mrrors automatcally fold n as soon as the vehcle s locked from the outsde. The exteror rear vew mrrors automatcally fold out as soon as the vehcle s unlocked and the drver s or front passenger door are subsequently opened. If you are drvng at more than approxmately 9mph (15km/h), you wll not be able to fold the exteror mrrors n. 188

191 Controls n detal ood vsblty Foldng exteror rear vew mrrors n and out manually The exteror rear vew mrrors can vbrate f they are not folded out completely. The buttons are located on the drver s door. 1 Folds the exteror mrrors out 2 Folds the exteror mrrors n Swtch on gnton ( page 34). Foldng n Press button 2 brefly. Both mrrors fold n. Foldng out Press button 1 brefly. Both mrrors fold out.! If an exteror rear vew mrror housng s forcbly pushed forward (ht from the rear), reposton t manually by applyng frm pressure untl t snaps back nto place. If an exteror rear vew mrror housng s forcbly pushed rearward (ht from the front), press button 2 to fold mrrors n, then press button 1 to fold mrrors out. Do not force mrrors by hand as ths may damage the adjustment mechansm. Wndsheld wpers For more nformaton on the wndsheld wpers, see Wndsheld wpers ( page 52). Intermttent wpng s nterrupted when the vehcle s at a standstll and a front door s opened. A ran sensor automatcally controls the wndsheld wpers dependng on how wet the wndsheld s. Swtch on gnton ( page 34). Set wper swtch to poston I ( page 52). After the ntal wpe, pauses between wpes are automatcally controlled by the ran sensor. 189

192 Controls n detal ood vsblty! Do not leave wndsheld wpers n ntermttent settng when vehcle s taken to an automatc car wash or durng wndsheld cleanng. Wpers wll operate n the presence of water sprayed on the wndsheld, and wpers may be damaged as a result. The swtch should not be left n ntermttent settng as the wpers wll wpe the wndsheld once every tme the engne s started. Dust that accumulates on the wndsheld mght scratch the glass and/or damage the wper blades when wpng occurs on a dry wndsheld. Sun vsors The sun vsors protect you from sun glare whle drvng. Warnng! Do not use the vanty mrror whle drvng. Keep the mrrors n the sun vsors closed whle vehcle s n moton. Reflected glare can endanger you and others. For nformaton on vanty mrrors ( page 242). lare from the front 1 Mountng 2 Sun vsor Swng sun vsor 2 down. lare from the front and sdes Swng sun vsor 2 down. Dsengage sun vsor 2 from mountng 1. Pvot sun vsor to the sde. 190

193 Controls n detal ood vsblty Rear wndow sunshade* The swtch s located on the upper part of the front center console. Warnng! When operatng the rear wndow sunshade, be sure that there s no danger of anyone beng harmed by the rasng or lowerng procedure. The rasng or lowerng procedure can be mmedately reversed by pressng swtch 1. Rear door wndow sunshade* 1 Rear wndow sunshade swtch Swtch on gnton ( page 34). Press swtch 1 brefly to rase the sunshade. Press swtch 1 brefly to lower the sunshade. Warnng! When leavng the vehcle, always remove the SmartKey or SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* from the starter swtch, take t wth you, and lock the vehcle. Do not leave chldren unattended n the vehcle, or wth access to an unlocked vehcle. Unsupervsed use of vehcle equpment can cause an accdent and/or serous personal njury. To rase sunshade pull on the tab and engage n holder. To lower sunshade dsengage tab and gude retracton.! Always gude the sunshade. Do not let t snap back abruptly, as the retractor could be damaged. Always rase the sunshade fully for ts support aganst the wndow frame. 191

194 Controls n detal Automatc clmate control 192

195 Controls n detal Automatc clmate control Item 1 Left center ar vent, adjustable 2 Left ar vent, fxed 3 Thumbwheel for ar volume control for left center ar vent 4 Thumbwheel for ar temperature control for center ar vents 5 Thumbwheel for ar volume control for rght center ar vent 6 Rght ar vent, fxed 7 Rght center ar vent, adjustable 8 Sde defroster vent, fxed 9 Sde ar vent, adjustable a Thumbwheel for ar volume control for sde ar vents b Door ar vent c Automatc clmate control panel Warnng! When operatng the automatc clmate control, the ar that enters the passenger compartment through the ar vents n the footwell can be very hot or very cold (dependng on the set temperature). Ths may cause burns or frostbte on unprotected skn n the mmedate area of the ar vents. Always keep suffcent dstance between unprotected parts of the body and the footwell ar vents. If necessary change the ar flow usng the ar dstrbuton controls to drect the ar away from the footwell ar vents ( page 196). For draft-free ventlaton, move the slders for the center ar vents 1, 7, 9 to the mddle poston. 193

196 Controls n detal Automatc clmate control Automatc clmate control panel Item 1 Wndsheld defroster 2 Rear wndow defroster 3 Dsplay 4 Resdual engne heat utlzaton (REST) 5 Automatc clmate control on/off 6 Ar dstrbuton, rght 7 AC coolng on/off 8 Rght sde temperature control 9 Ar volume (automatc, manual) a Left sde temperature control b Ar recrculaton c Ar dstrbuton, left d Actvated charcoal flter The automatc clmate control s operatonal whenever the engne s runnng. You can operate the clmate control system n ether the automatc or manual mode. The system cools or heats the nteror dependng on the selected nteror temperature and the current outsde temperature. Warnng! When operatng the automatc clmate control, the ar that enters the passenger compartment through the ar vents n the footwell can be very hot or very cold (dependng on the set temperature). Ths may cause burns or frostbte on unprotected skn n the mmedate area of the ar vents. Always keep suffcent dstance between unprotected parts of the body and the footwell ar vents. If necessary change the ar flow usng the ar dstrbuton controls to drect the ar away from the footwell ar vents ( page 196). 194

197 Controls n detal Automatc clmate control Nearly all dust partcles, pollutants and odors are fltered out before outsde ar enters the passenger compartment through the ar dstrbuton system. The ar condtonng wll not engage (no coolng) f the ± mode s selected ( page 202). Warnng! Follow the recommended settngs for heatng and coolng gven on the followng pages. Otherwse the wndows could fog up, mparng vsblty and endangerng you and others. The current clmate control settngs (ON/OFF, temperature, ar volume, actvated charcoal flter, etc.) are stored for each SmartKey before t s removed from the starter swtch or when the vehcle s locked usng the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* ( page 108). If the vehcle nteror s hot, ventlate the nteror before drvng off. Keep the ar ntake grlle n front of the wndsheld free of snow, leaves, stcks, and any other debrs. Do not obstruct ar volume by placng objects on the ar volume-through exhaust slots below the rear wndow. When operatng the clmate control system n automatc mode, you wll only rarely need to adjust the temperature, ar volume and ar dstrbuton. Settng the temperature Use temperature controls a and 8 ( page 194) to separately adjust the ar temperature on each sde of the passenger compartment. You should rase or lower the temperature settng n small ncrements, preferably startng at 72 F (22 C). Increasng/decreasng Press button a or 8 repeatedly untl the dsplay shows the desred temperature. The automatc clmate control system wll correspondngly adjust the nteror ar temperature. 195

198 Controls n detal Automatc clmate control Adjustng the temperature for center ar vents When outsde temperatures are low, you can manually rase the ar temperature for the center and sde ar vents. The thumbwheel 4 s located between the center ar vents ( page 192). Automatc temperature control Turn thumbwheel 4 to A. The ndcator lamp above the thumbwheel comes on. The temperature s automatcally adjusted to the set value. Turnng on warm ar Turn thumbwheel 4 n the drecton of the whte markng. Warm ar wll enter from the center ar vent. Turnng on cooler ar Turn thumbwheel 4 n the drecton of the blue markng. Cooler ar wll enter from the center ar vent. Adjustng ar dstrbuton Use ar dstrbuton controls c and 6 ( page 194) to separately adjust the ar dstrbuton on each sde of the passenger compartment. The followng symbols are found on the controls: Symbol h d Functon Drects ar through the center ar vents Drects ar to the wndows» Drects ar nto the entre vehcle nteror c Drects ar to the footwells 196

199 Controls n detal Automatc clmate control Adjustng manually Press left or rght button U. The button emerges and the h,», d and c symbols become vsble. Turn the markng on the regulator to the desred symbol. The ar wll be drected to the vents correspondng to ths symbol. Adjustng automatcally Press left or rght button U untl t clcks n. The h,», d and c symbols are no longer vsble. The ar dstrbuton s adjusted automatcally. Wndows fogged on the nsde Press button ± to swtch on the ar condtonng ( page 194). The ndcator lamp n the button goes out. Press button, to swtch off the ar recrculaton ( page 194). The ndcator lamp on the button goes out. Make sure left and rght button U emerges. The h,», d and c symbols become vsble. Press left and rght d button. Set blower to the maxmum speed. Adjust left and rght ar vents 1 and 6 upwards ( page 192). Increase temperature settng. Open sde ar vents 9 and drect them onto the sde wndows ( page 192). Wndsheld fogged on the outsde Swtch the wndsheld wpers on ( page 52). Press on both U buttons untl they clck n. The h,», d and c symbols are no longer vsble. 197

200 Controls n detal Automatc clmate control Adjustng ar volume Use ar volume control 9 ( page 194) for both automatc and manual ar volume adjustment. Adjustng automatcally Press A on ar volume swtch 9 ( page 194). The dsplay shows AUTO. The ar volume s adjusted automatcally. Adjustng manually Reducng ar volume Press swtch 9 down untl the desred ar volume s reached. The dsplay shows the current level. Increasng ar volume Press swtch 9 up untl the desred ar volume s reached. The dsplay shows the current level. Maxmum coolng MAXCOOL If the left and rght ar dstrbuton controls as well as the ar volume control are set to U and there s a hgh need for coolng, the dsplay AUTO MAXCOOL appears. Ths provdes the fastest possble coolng of the vehcle nteror (when wndows and tlt/sldng sunroof are closed). 198

201 Controls n detal Automatc clmate control Defrostng Actvatng Press button P ( page 194). The ndcator lamp on the button comes on. Swtch off ar recrculaton, f selected. Press button, ( page 194). The ndcator lamp on the button goes out. These settngs should only be selected for a short tme. Close center ar vents. Adjust sde ar vents upwards. Deactvatng Press button P ( page 194). The ndcator lamp on the button goes out. Defrostng s turned off. Ar recrculaton mode Swtch to ar recrculaton mode to prevent unpleasant odors from enterng the vehcle from the outsde. Ths settng cuts off the ntake of outsde ar and recrculates the ar n the passenger compartment. Warnng! Actvatng Press button, ( page 194). The ndcator lamp on the button comes on. When the outsde temperature s below 41 F (5 C), only swtch to ar recrculaton mode for short perods to prevent wndow foggng. If you keep button, pressed, the sde wndows and the tlt/sldng sunroof wll close. Warnng! Never operate the sde wndows and the tlt/sldng sunroof f there s the possblty of anyone beng harmed by the closng procedure. In the event that the procedure causes potental danger, the closng of the sde wndows can be mmedately halted by pressng the respectve wndow swtch. The closng of the tlt/sldng sunroof can be mmedately halted by movng the tlt/sldng sunroof swtch n the overhead control panel n any drecton. The closng of the sde wndows and the tlt/sldng sunroof can be reversed by agan pressng and holdng the, button. 199

202 Controls n detal Automatc clmate control Deactvatng Press button, ( page 194). The ndcator lamp on the button goes out. 200 The ar recrculaton mode s actvated automatcally: at hgh outsde temperatures f the concentraton of carbon monoxde and ntrogen oxde n the outsde ar ncreases beyond a predetermned level, for example n a tunnel. Please note that the charcoal flter must be actvated ( page 200) for the ar recrculaton mode to be actvated automatcally. If you have turned off the ar condtonng ( page 202) or the outsde temperature s below 41 F (5 C), the ar recrculaton mode wll not swtch on automatcally. The ar recrculaton mode s deactvated automatcally: If you keep button, pressed, the sde wndows and the tlt/sldng sunroof wll return to ther prevous poston. after fve mnutes f the outsde temperature s below approxmately 41 F (5 C) after fve mnutes f the ar condtonng s turned off after 30 mnutes f the outsde temperature s above approxmately 41 F (5 C) At outsde temperatures above 79 F (26 C) the system wll not automatcally swtch back to outsde ar. A quantty of outsde ar s added after approxmately 30 mnutes. Charcoal flter An actvated charcoal flter markedly reduces bad odors and removes pollutants from ar enterng the passenger compartment. Actvatng Press button e ( page 194). The ndcator lamp on the button comes on. If you keep button e pressed, the sde wndows and the tlt/sldng sunroof wll close.

203 Controls n detal Automatc clmate control Warnng! Deactvatng Never operate the sde wndows and the tlt/sldng sunroof f there s the possblty of anyone beng harmed by the closng procedure. In the event that the procedure causes potental danger, the closng of the sde wndows can be mmedately halted by pressng the respectve wndow swtch. The closng of the tlt/sldng sunroof can be mmedately halted by movng the tlt/sldng sunroof swtch n the overhead control panel n any drecton. The closng of the sde wndows and tlt/sldng sunroof can be reversed by agan pressng and holdng the e button. Press button e ( page 194). The ndcator lamp on the button goes out. If you keep button e pressed, the sde wndows and the tlt/sldng sunroof wll return to ther prevous poston. The system automatcally swtches to the ar recrculaton mode f the carbon monoxde (CO) or ntrogen oxde (NO X ) concentraton of the outsde ar ncreases beyond a predetermned level, for example n a tunnel. The automatc ar recrculaton mode does not functon f ± s selected or f the outsde temperature has fallen below 41 F (5 C). The actvated charcoal flter should be swtched off when wndows fog up on the nsde, or f the passenger compartment needs to be quckly heated or cooled down. Rear wndow defroster The rear wndow defroster uses a large amount of power. To keep battery dran to a mnmum, swtch off the defroster as soon as the rear wndow s clear. The defroster s automatcally deactvated after approxmately 6 to 17 mnutes of operaton dependng on the outsde temperature. Actvatng Press button F ( page 194). The ndcator lamp on the button comes on. Deactvatng Press button F ( page 194) agan. The ndcator lamp on the button goes out. 201

204 Controls n detal Automatc clmate control Warnng! Any accumulaton of snow and ce should be removed from the rear wndow before drvng. Vsblty could otherwse be mpared, endangerng you and others.! If the rear wndow defroster swtches off too soon and the ndcator lamp starts flashng, ths means that too many electrcal consumers are operatng smultaneously and there s nsuffcent voltage n the battery. The system responds automatcally by deactvatng the rear wndow defroster. As soon as the battery has suffcent voltage, the rear wndow defroster automatcally turns tself back on. Deactvatng the clmate control system Deactvatng It s possble to completely deactvate the automatc clmate control system. Press button M ( page 194). The dsplay shows 0. Reactvatng There are several ways to reactvate the automatc clmate control system: Press one of the followng buttons, M, P, U, a temperature control swtch ( page 194) or ar volume swtch 9 on the automatc clmate control panel. Ar condtonng The ar condtonng s operatonal whle the engne s runnng and cools the nteror ar to the temperature set by the operator. Condensaton may drp out from underneath the vehcle. Ths s normal and not an ndcaton of a malfuncton. Deactvatng It s possble to deactvate the ar condtonng (coolng) functon of the automatc clmate control system. The ar n the vehcle wll then no longer be cooled or dehumdfed. Press button ± ( page 194). The ndcator lamp on the button ± comes on. 202

205 Controls n detal Automatc clmate control Actvatng Most ar can fog up the wndows. You can dehumdfy the ar wth the ar condtonng. Press ± agan ( page 194). The ndcator lamp on the ± button goes out. The ar condtonng uses the refrgerant R134a. Ths refrgerant s free of CFCs whch are harmful to the ozone layer.! If the ± button on the automatc clmate control panel starts to flash, ths ndcates that the ar condtonng s losng refrgerant. The compressor has turned tself off. The ar condtonng cannot be turned on agan. Have the ar condtonng checked at the nearest authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Resdual heat and ventlaton Wth the engne swtched off, t s possble to contnue to heat or ventlate the nteror for up to 30 mnutes. Ths feature makes use of the resdual heat produced by the engne. Actvatng Turn the SmartKey n the starter swtch to poston 1 or 0, or remove t from the starter swtch. Press button T ( page 194). The ndcator lamp on button T comes on. Deactvatng Press button T ( page 194). The ndcator lamp on button T goes out. The resdual heat s automatcally turned off: when the gnton s swtched on after about 30 mnutes f the battery voltage drops How long the system wll provde heatng depends on the coolant temperature and the temperature set by the operator. The blower wll run at speed settng 1 regardless of the ar dstrbuton control settng. 203

206 Controls n detal Automatc clmate control Ventlated storage compartment Dependng on vehcle model and confguraton, your vehcle s equpped wth a storage compartment under the front armrest ( page 245) whch can be ventlated when the automatc ar condtonng s swtched on. If so equpped, the swtch s located nsde the storage compartment n the front. The ar temperature s about the same as that of the center ar vents. The ar volume s dependent on the settng of: Ar dstrbuton control Ar volume control Ar vents n the dashboard The ar temperature s about the same as that of the dashboard ar vents. It cannot be regulated separately. Swtchng ventlaton on Open the storage compartment n front of the armrest, see Storage compartment n front of armrest ( page 245). Push upper porton of swtch. Swtchng ventlaton off Open the storage compartment n front of the armrest, see Storage compartment n front of armrest ( page 245). Push lower porton of swtch.! Do not obstruct the ar vent n the storage compartment. The compartment can get very warm due to ts confned space. When storng heat senstve objects n the compartment, close the ar vent whle heatng the passenger compartment. Rear passenger compartment adjustable ar vents Rear center console ar vents 1 Left center ar vent, adjustable 2 Rght center ar vent, adjustable 3 Thumbwheel for center ar vents wth adjustable booster blower 204

207 Controls n detal Automatc clmate control To open center ar vents and to adjust the booster blower: Turn thumbwheel 3. The booster blower allows ar volume speed to the rear passenger compartment to be ncreased at four dfferent levels. The temperature at the ar vents for rear passenger compartment 1 and 2 s the same as at the dashboard center ar vents. Rear sde ar vents 4 Rear sde ar vent, rght and left 5 Ar volume control for rear sde ar vent To open rear sde ar vents: Turn thumbwheel 5 towards the wndow. Rear passenger compartment clmate control* The automatc clmate control s operatonal whenever the engne s runnng. You can operate the clmate control system n ether the automatc or manual mode. The system cools or heats the nteror dependng on the selected nteror temperature and the current outsde temperature. The automatc clmate control system s adjustable ndvdually for the rear passenger compartment. The control panel s located n the rear center console. Nearly all dust partcles, pollutants and odors are fltered out before outsde ar enters the passenger compartment through the ar dstrbuton system. 205

208 Controls n detal Automatc clmate control When the rear seats are not occuped (rear seat belts unbuckled) the rear clmate control system adopts the settngs of the front clmate control system. Item 1 Left center ar vent, adjustable 2 Dsplay 3 Rght center ar vent, adjustable 4 Thumbwheel for ar dstrbuton 5 Temperature control, rght 6 Ar volume (automatc, manual) 7 Temperature control, left 8 Rear clmate control system on/off Resdual engne heat utlzaton Warnng! Follow the recommended settngs for heatng and coolng as gven n the nstructons for the front automatc clmate control ( page 192). Otherwse the wndows could fog up, mparng vsblty for the drver and endangerng you and others. Rear automatc clmate control panel 206

209 Power wndows Openng and closng the power wndows The sde wndows are opened and closed electrcally. The swtches for all sde wndows are on the drver s door. The swtches for the respectve wndows are on the front passenger door and the rear doors. 1 Left front wndow 2 Rght front wndow 3 Rght rear wndow 4 Left rear wndow 5 Rear wndow overrde swtch ( page 78) Warnng! When closng the wndows, make sure that there s no danger of anyone beng harmed by the closng procedure. The closng of the door wndows can be mmedately halted by releasng the swtch or, f the swtch was pressed past the resstance pont and released, by pressng the respectve swtch. The door wndows are equpped wth the express-close and automatc reversal functon. If the wndow encounters an obstructon that blocks ts path n a crcumstance where you pressed the swtch past the resstance pont and released t to close the wndow, the automatc reversal functon wll stop the wndow and open t slghtly. If the wndow encounters an obstructon that blocks ts path n a crcumstance where you are closng the wndow by pressng and holdng the swtch, by pressng and holdng button on the SmartKey, or by pressng and holdng the lock button (vehcles Controls n detal Power wndows wth KEYLESS-O*) on the door handle, the automatc reversal functon wll not operate. When leavng the vehcle, always remove the SmartKey or SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* from the starter swtch, take t wth you, and lock the vehcle. Do not leave chldren unattended n the vehcle, or wth access to an unlocked vehcle. Unsupervsed use of vehcle equpment may cause an accdent and/or serous personal njury. You can also open or close the wndows usng the SmartKey, see Summer openng feature ( page 209) and Convenence closng feature ( page 210). You can close and reopen the wndows usng the ar recrculaton button, or the charcoal flter button e n the clmate control panel ( page 194). 207

210 Controls n detal Power wndows Operatng the wndows from the rear s not possble f you actvate the overrde swtch ( page 78). Wth the SmartKey n starter swtch poston 0 or removed from the starter swtch, the power wndows can be operated: untl you open the drver s or front passenger door for at least fve mnutes. Swtch on gnton ( page 34). Openng the wndows Press swtch 1 to 4 at the symbol k to the resstance pont. The correspondng wndow wll move downwards untl you release the swtch. Closng the wndows Press swtch 1 to 4 at the symbol j to the resstance pont. The correspondng wndow wll move upwards untl you release the swtch. Fully openng the wndows (Express-open) Warnng If you press and hold the swtch up when closng the wndow, and upward movement of the wndow s blocked by some obstructon ncludng but not lmted to arms, hands, fngers, etc., the automatc reversal wll not operate. Press swtch 1 to 4 at the symbol k past the resstance pont and release. The correspondng wndow opens completely. Fully closng the wndows (Express-close) Press swtch 1 to 4 at the symbol j past the resstance pont and release. The correspondng wndow closes completely. Warnng! Drver's door only: If wthn fve seconds you agan press the swtch past the resstance pont and release, the automatc reversal wll not functon. 208

211 Controls n detal Power wndows Stoppng wndows durng Express-operaton! If the upward movement of the wndow s blocked durng the closng procedure, the wndow wll stop and open slghtly.remove the obstructon, press the respectve power wndow swtch at the symbol j agan past the resstance pont and release.if the wndow stll does not close when there s no obstructon, press and hold the respectve power wndow swtch at the symbol j. The sde wndow wll then close wthout the obstructon sensor functon. Brefly press the respectve power wndow swtch agan. Synchronzng the power wndows The power wndows must be synchronzed after the battery has been dsconnected f the power wndows cannot be fully opened (Express-open) or closed (Express-close) Each power wndow must be synchronzed. Close all doors. Swtch on gnton ( page 34). Press and hold swtch 1 to 4 at the symbol j untl the wndows are completely closed. Hold on to swtches 1 to 4 for approxmately one second. The power wndows are synchronzed. Summer openng feature If the weather s warm, you can ventlate the vehcle before drvng off by smultaneously: openng the sde wndows openng the tlt/sldng sunroof turnng on the seat ventlaton* for the drver s seat The seat ventlaton* for the drver s seat s automatcally set to the hghest level f actvated va summer openng feature. 209

212 Controls n detal Power wndows Am transmtter eye of the SmartKey or SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* at the drver s outsde door handle. Press and hold button Πuntl the wndows and tlt/sldng sunroof have reached the desred poston. Release button Πto nterrupt procedure. Convenence closng feature When you lock the vehcle, you can close the wndows and tlt/sldng sunroof smultaneously. Am transmtter eye of the SmartKey or SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* at the drver s outsde door handle ( page 210). Press and hold button untl the wndows and tlt/sldng sunroof are completely closed. Release button to nterrupt procedure. Vehcles wth KEYLESS-O*: Press and hold button or the lock button at the outsde door handle ( page 58) untl the sde wndows and the tlt/sldng sunroof are completely closed. Warnng! When closng the wndows and the tlt/sldng sunroof, make sure that there s no danger of anyone beng harmed by the closng procedure. If potental danger exsts, proceed as follows: Release button to reverse drecton of movement, press button Πfor openng or button for closng. Vehcles wth KEYLESS-O*: Pull on the door handle and hold frmly. The sde wndows and the tlt/sldng sunroof wll open for as long as the door handle s held but the door s not opened. Release button Πor the lock button at the outsde door handle to nterrupt procedure. 210

213 Power tlt/sldng sunroof Openng and closng the power tlt/sldng sunroof The tlt/sldng sunroof can be opened and closed electrcally. The swtch for the tlt/sldng sunroof s on the overhead control panel. 1 Push up to rase sunroof at rear 2 Pull down to lower sunroof at rear 3 Push forward to slde sunroof closed 4 Push back to slde sunroof open Wth the sunroof closed or tlted open, a screen can be sld nto the roof openng to guard aganst sun rays. When sldng the sunroof open, the screen wll also retract. Warnng! Controls n detal Power tlt/sldng sunroof When closng the tlt/sldng sunroof, make sure that there s no danger of anyone beng harmed by the closng procedure. The closng procedure of the tlt/sldng sunroof can be mmedately halted by releasng the swtch or, f the swtch was moved past the resstance pont and released, by movng the swtch n any drecton. The tlt/sldng sunroof s made out of glass. In the event of an accdent, the glass may shatter. Ths may result n an openng n the roof. In a vehcle rollover, occupants not wearng ther seat belts or not wearng them properly may be thrown out of the openng. Such an openng also presents a potental for njury for occupants wearng ther seat belts properly as entre body parts or portons of them may protrude from the passenger compartment. 211

214 Controls n detal Power tlt/sldng sunroof When leavng the vehcle, always remove the SmartKey or SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* from the starter swtch, take t wth you, and lock the vehcle. Do not leave chldren unattended n the vehcle, or wth access to an unlocked vehcle. Unsupervsed use of vehcle equpment can cause an accdent and/or serous personal njury.! To avod damagng the seals, do not transport any objects wth sharp edges whch can stck out of the tlt/sldng sunroof. Do not open the tlt/sldng sunroof f there s snow or ce on the roof, as ths could result n malfunctons. The tlt/sldng sunroof can be opened or closed manually should an electrcal malfuncton occur ( page 386). You can also open or close the tlt/sldng sunroof usng the SmartKey, see Summer openng feature ( page 209) and Convenence closng feature ( page 210). You can close and reopen the tlt/sldng sunroof usng the ar recrculaton button, or the charcoal flter button e n the clmate control panel ( page 194). Wth the SmartKey n starter swtch poston 0 or removed from the starter swtch, the tlt/sldng sunroof can be operated untl you open the drver s or passenger door for up to approxmately fve mnutes. Swtch on gnton ( page 34). Openng and closng the power tlt/sldng sunroof To open, close, rase or lower the tlt/sldng sunroof, move the swtch to resstance pont n the requred drecton 1 to 4. Release the sunroof swtch when the tlt/sldng sunroof has reached the desred poston. Fully openng (Express-open) and closng (Express-close) the power the tlt/sldng sunroof To open, close, rase or lower the tlt/sldng sunroof, move the swtch past the resstance pont n the requred drecton 1 to 4 and release. The tlt/sldng sunroof opens or closes completely. 212

215 Controls n detal Power tlt/sldng sunroof The selectng a tlt/sldng sunroof openng poston feature s actvated for Canada vehcles, but deactvated for U.S. vehcles at the factory. If you wsh to have t actvated, contact an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. To select a tlt/sldng sunroof openng poston, press the sunroof swtch to the resstance pont and release t when the tlt/sldng sunroof has reached the desred poston. The tlt/sldng sunroof now opens to the poston set when the sunroof swtch s pressed past the resstance pont n the open drecton. Stoppng the power tlt/sldng sunroof durng Express-operaton Move the swtch n any drecton. Synchronzng the power tlt/sldng sunroof The tlt/sldng sunroof must be synchronzed If the movement of the tlt/sldng sunroof s blocked durng the closng procedure, the sunroof wll stop and reopen slghtly. after the battery has been dsconnected or dscharged after the tlt/sldng sunroof has been closed manually ( page 386) the tlt/sldng sunroof does not open smoothly after a malfuncton Swtch on gnton ( page 34). Press and hold the sunroof swtch n drecton of arrow 1 untl the tlt/sldng sunroof s fully rased at the rear. Keep holdng the sunroof swtch n the drecton of arrow 1 for approxmately one second. Check the Express-open feature ( page 212). If the tlt/sldng sunroof opens completely, the sunroof s synchronzed. Otherwse repeat the above steps. 213

216 Controls n detal Drvng systems The drvng systems of your vehcle are descrbed on the followng pages: Cruse control and Dstronc*, wth whch the vehcle can mantan a preset speed. Armatc adjusts the vehcle suspenson characterstcs automatcally and controls the vehcle level. ABC* wth vehcle level control system, wth whch you can change vehcle suspenson characterstcs. Parktronc*, whch serves as a parkng assstant. For nformaton on the BAS, ABS, and ESP drvng systems, see Drvng safety systems ( page 80). Cruse control Cruse control automatcally mantans the speed you set for your vehcle. Use of cruse control s recommended for drvng at a constant speed for extended perods of tme. You can set or resume cruse control at any speed over 20 mph (30 km/h). The cruse control functon s operated by means of the cruse control lever. The cruse control lever s the uppermost lever on the left-hand sde of the steerng column ( page 22). Warnng! Cruse control s a convenence system desgned to assst the drver durng vehcle operaton. The drver s and must reman at all tmes responsble for the vehcle speed and for safe brake operaton. Only use cruse control f the road, traffc and weather condtons make t advsable to travel at a steady speed. The use of cruse control can be dangerous on wndng roads or n heavy traffc because condtons do not allow safe drvng at a steady speed. The use of cruse control can be dangerous on slppery roads. Rapd changes n tre tracton can result n wheel spn and loss of control. Deactvate cruse control when drvng n fog. The Resume functon should only be operated f the drver s fully aware of the prevously set speed and wshes to resume ths partcular preset speed. 214

217 Controls n detal Drvng systems 1 Sets current or hgher speed 2 Sets current or lower speed 3 Cancels cruse control 4 Resumes at last set speed Settng current speed Accelerate or decelerate to the desred speed. Brefly lft the cruse control lever n drecton of arrow 1 or depress n drecton of arrow 2. The current speed s set. Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal. Cruse control s actvated. The selected speed appears n the multfuncton dsplay for approxmately fve seconds, and the correspondng speedometer segments from the selected speed to the vehcle maxmum speed are llumnated. Cancelng cruse control There are several ways to cancel cruse control: On uphll or downhll grades, cruse control may not be able to mantan the set speed. Once the grade eases, the set speed wll be resumed. Step on the brake pedal. Cruse control s canceled. The last speed set s stored for later use. or Brefly push the cruse control lever n drecton of arrow 3. Cruse control s canceled. The last speed set s stored for later use.! Movng the gear selector lever to poston N whle drvng also cancels cruse control. However, the gear selector lever should not be moved to poston N whle drvng, except to coast when the vehcle s n danger of skddng (e.g. on cy roads). The last stored speed s canceled when you turn off the engne. 215

218 Controls n detal Drvng systems Settng a hgher speed Lft cruse control lever n drecton of arrow 1 and hold t up untl the desred speed s reached. Release cruse control lever. The new speed s set. Settng a lower speed Depressng the accelerator pedal does not deactvate cruse control. After bref acceleraton (e.g. for passng), cruse control wll resume the last speed set. Depress cruse control lever n drecton of arrow 2 and hold t down untl the desred speed s reached. Release cruse control lever. The new speed s set. When you use the cruse control lever to decelerate, the transmsson wll automatcally downshft f the engne s brakng power does not brake the vehcle suffcently. Fne adjustment n 1 mph (Canada: 1 km/h) ncrements Faster Brefly tp cruse control lever n drecton of arrow 1. Slower Brefly tp cruse control lever n drecton of arrow 2. Settng to last stored speed ( Resume functon) Warnng! The speed stored n memory should only be set agan f prevalng road condtons permt. Possble acceleraton or deceleraton dfferences arsng from returnng to the preset speed could cause an accdent and/or serous njury to you and others. Brefly push cruse control lever n drecton of arrow 4. The cruse control resumes the last set speed. Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal. The selected speed appears n the multfuncton dsplay for approxmately fve seconds, and the correspondng speedometer segments from the selected speed to the vehcle maxmum speed are llumnated. 216

219 Controls n detal Drvng systems Dstronc* When actvated, the Dstronc adaptve cruse control system ncreases drvng convenence afforded by the cruse control durng travel on expressways and other major roads. If the Dstronc dstance sensor detects a slower movng vehcle drectly ahead, your vehcle speed wll be reduced so that you follow that vehcle at a preset dstance. If there s no vehcle drectly ahead of you, Dstronc wll functon n the same way as cruse control ( page 214). Warnng! Dstronc adaptve cruse control s no substtute for actve drvng nvolvement. It does not react to statonary objects, nor does t recognze or predct the curvature and lane layout or the movement of vehcles ahead. Dstronc can only apply a maxmum of 20% of the vehcle s brakng power. It s the drver s responsblty at all tmes to be attentve to traffc and road condtons and to provde the steerng, brakng and other drvng nputs necessary to retan control of the vehcle. Warnng! Dstronc s a convenence system. Its speed adjustment reducton capablty s ntended to make cruse control more effectve and usable when traffc speeds vary. However, t s not ntended to, nor does t, replace the need for extreme care. The responsblty for the vehcle speed and the dstance to the vehcle ahead, ncludng most mportantly brake operaton to assure safe stoppng dstance, always rests wth the drver. Dstronc cannot take street and traffc condtons nto account. Warnng! Dstronc requres famlarty wth ts operatonal characterstcs. We strongly recommend that you revew the followng nformaton carefully before operatng the system. USA only: Ths devce comples wth Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operaton s subject to the followng two condtons: Ths devce may not cause harmful nterference, and ths devce must accept any nterference receved, ncludng nterference that may cause undesred operaton. Any unauthorzed modfcaton to ths devce could vod the user s authorty to operate the equpment. 217

220 Controls n detal Drvng systems Canada only: Ths devce comples wth RSS-210 of Industry Canada. Operaton s subject to the followng two condtons: Ths devce may not cause nterference, and ths devce must accept any nterference receved, ncludng nterference that may cause undesred operaton of the devce. Any unauthorzed modfcaton to ths devce could vod the user s authorty to operate the equpment. Warnng! Dstronc cannot take street and traffc condtons nto account. Only use Dstronc f the weather, road, and traffc condtons make t advsable to travel at a steady speed. Warnng! Use of Dstronc can be dangerous on slppery roads. Rapd changes n tre tracton can result n wheel spn and loss of control. Dstronc does not act upon adverse sght dstance condtons. Do not use Dstronc durng condtons of fog and heavy ran, snow or sleet. Warnng! Close attenton to road and traffc condtons s mperatve at all tmes, regardless of whether or not Dstronc s actvated. Use of Dstronc can be dangerous on wndng roads or n heavy traffc because condtons do not allow safe drvng at a steady speed. Dstronc wll not react to statonary objects n the roadway (e.g. a stopped vehcle n a traffc jam or a dsabled vehcle). Dstronc wll also not respond to oncomng vehcles. Swtch off Dstronc: when changng from the left to the rght lane f vehcles are movng more slowly n the left lane when enterng a turn lane or hghway off ramp n complex drvng stuatons, such as n hghway constructon zones In these stuatons, Dstronc wll contnue to mantan the set speed unless deactvated. Dstronc s desgned and ntended only to mantan a set speed and keep a set dstance from movng objects n front of t. Warnng! The Resume functon should only be operated f the drver s fully aware of the prevously set speed and wshes to resume ths partcular preset speed. 218

221 Controls n detal Drvng systems Dstronc dsplays n the speedometer dal Set speed If Dstronc s actvated, one or two segments come on around the set speed. The vehcle speed dsplayed on the speedometer can brefly vary from the speed settng on the Dstronc system. Segments If Dstronc detects a vehcle drectly ahead, the segments from the speed of the vehcle ahead to the set speed come on. If Dstronc calculates that there s a danger of collson ( page 225): The red Dstronc warnng lamp l n the nstrument cluster comes on. An ntermttent warnng sounds. Immedately brake the vehcle to avod a collson. Under no crcumstances should the drver awat the ntermttent warnng sound before brakng. See the followng warnng note. The ntermttent warnng sound ceases and the red Dstronc warnng lamp l goes out when the necessary dstance to the vehcle ahead s agan establshed. 219

222 Controls n detal Drvng systems Warnng! An ntermttent warnng sounds and the Dstronc warnng lamp l n the nstrument cluster s llumnated f the Dstronc system calculates that the dstance to the vehcle ahead and your vehcle s current speed ndcate that Dstronc wll not be capable of slowng the vehcle suffcently to mantan the preset followng dstance, whch creates a danger of a collson. Immedately brake your vehcle to ncrease the dstance between your vehcle and the vehcle n front of you. The warnng sound s ntended as a fnal cauton that you have not nterceded wth your own brakng nputs to avod a potentally dangerous stuaton. Do not wat for the operaton of the warnng sgnal to ntercede wth your own brakng, as that wll result n potentally dangerous emergency brakng whch wll not always result n an mpact beng avoded. Talgatng ncreases the rsk of an accdent. Warnng! Dstronc brakes your vehcle wth a maxmum of 6.5 ft/s 2 (2 m/s 2 ). Ths corresponds to about 20% of the maxmum deceleraton ablty of your vehcle. Dstronc brakes the vehcle n an effort to restore the preset dstance or to mantan the speed. The brake pedal s automatcally appled as ths happens whch results n the brake pedal movng. Keep drver s foot area clear at all tmes, ncludng the area under the brake pedal. Objects stored n ths area may mpar pedal movement whch could nterfere wth the brakng ablty of the Dstronc system. Do not place your foot under the brake pedal your foot could become caught. Dstronc menu n the control system In the Dstronc menu you see the current settngs for Dstronc. What appears n the dsplay depends on whether Dstronc and the dstance warnng functon are turned on or off. Press button è or ÿ repeatedly untl you see one of the followng dsplays. 220

223 Controls n detal Drvng systems Dstronc deactvated If Dstronc s deactvated, the standard dsplay of Dstronc appears n the multfuncton dsplay. Dstronc actvated When you turn Dstronc on, you wll see the set speed n the multfuncton dsplay for about fve seconds. You then see the followng dsplay n the multfuncton dsplay. Cruse control lever The Dstronc system s operated by means of the cruse control lever. The cruse control lever s the uppermost lever on the left-hand sde of the steerng column. 1 Vehcle ahead, f detected 2 Actual dstance to vehcle ahead 3 Preset dstance threshold to vehcle ahead 4 Symbol for actvated dstance warnng functon 5 Your vehcle 1 Dstronc actvated 1 Sets current or hgher speed 2 Sets current or lower speed 3 Deactvates Dstronc 4 Resumes at last set speed 221

224 Controls n detal Drvng systems Actvatng Dstronc You can actvate Dstronc f: you are drvng between 25 mph (40 km/h) and 110 mph (180 km/h) the ESP s actvated ( page 82) If Dstronc has not been actvated after pressng the cruse control lever you wll see the message --- n the multfuncton dsplay. In the followng cases you cannot actvate Dstronc: up to two mnutes after startng the engne when you brake f you have set the parkng brake f the gear selector lever s n poston P, R, or N f the ESP s swtched off Settng the current speed Accelerate or decelerate to the desred speed. Brefly lft the cruse control lever n drecton of arrow 1 or depress n drecton of arrow 2. Dstronc s actvated and the current speed s set. Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal. If you do not take your foot off of the accelerator completely, the followng message wll appear n the multfuncton dsplay: DISTRONIC OVERRIDE Dstronc wll not work to mantan the dstance to a slower movng vehcles n front of you. Your vehcle speed wll then be determned only by the accelerator pedal poston. Settng a hgher speed Brefly tp the cruse control lever n drecton of arrow 1 ( page 221) to ncrease vehcle speed n ncrements of 5 mph (Canada: 10 km/h). The new speed s set. The stored speed s dsplayed n the multfuncton dsplay for approxmately fve seconds ( page 221), and one or two segments around the stored speed come on the speedometer ( page 219). Depressng the accelerator pedal does not deactvate Dstronc. After bref acceleraton (e.g. for passng), the cruse control resumes the last speed set. 222

225 Controls n detal Drvng systems Settng a lower speed Brefly tp the cruse control lever n drecton of arrow 2 ( page 221) to decrease vehcle speed n ncrements of 5 mph (Canada: 10 km/h). The new speed s set. The stored speed s dsplayed n the multfuncton dsplay for approxmately fve seconds ( page 221), and one or two segments around the stored speed come on the speedometer ( page 219). When you use the cruse control lever to decelerate, the transmsson wll automatcally downshft f the rate of deceleraton s too low. Fne adjustment n 1 mph (Canada: 1 km/h) ncrements Faster Brefly tp the cruse control lever n drecton of arrow 4 ( page 221). Settng to last stored speed ( Resume functon) Warnng! The speed stored n memory should only be set agan f prevalng road condtons permt. Possble acceleraton or deceleraton dfferences arsng from returnng to preset speed could cause an accdent and/or serous njury you and others. Brefly tp the cruse control lever n drecton of arrow 4 ( page 221). Dstronc s set to the last stored speed. Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal. 223

226 Controls n detal Drvng systems Deactvatng Dstronc There are several ways to deactvate the Dstronc system: Brefly tp the cruse control lever n drecton of arrow 3 ( page 221). or Step on the brake pedal. Dstronc wll be deactvated. The last speed set wll be stored nto memory. The followng message wll appear n the multfuncton dsplay for approxmately fve seconds: DISTRONIC OFF. The last stored speed s deleted when you turn off the engne. Dstronc deactvates automatcally when: you set the parkng brake you drve slower than 22 mph (35 km/h) the ESP s actve ( page 82) or you deactvate the ESP you move the gear selector lever nto poston N A sgnal wll sound. The DISTRONIC OFF message appears n the multfuncton dsplay for approxmately fve seconds. Warnng! Dstronc swtches off and releases the brakes when the vehcle decelerates below the mnmum speed of approxmately 22 mph (35 km/h) by operaton of the system. At that tme the drver must apply the brakes n order to reduce vehcle speed further or brng t to a stop. Settng the followng dstance n Dstronc You can set the specfed followng dstance for Dstronc by varyng the tme settng between 1.0 and 2.0 seconds. Usng ths tme settng and the current speed of your vehcle, Dstronc calculates and sets the requred followng dstance to the vehcle ahead. The set dstance wll be shown n the multfuncton dsplay feld. Warnng! It s up to the drver to exercse dscreton to select the approprate settng gven road condtons, traffc, drver s preferred drvng style and applcable laws and drvng recommendatons for safe followng dstance. 224

227 Controls n detal Drvng systems The dstance warnng functon on/off button and thumbwheel for settng dstance are located on the lower part of the front center console. 1 Dstance warnng functon on/off button 2 Thumbwheel for settng dstance Increasng dstance Increasng the dstance settng causes Dstronc to mantan a greater followng dstance to the vehcle ahead. Turn thumbwheel 2 towards. Decreasng dstance Decreasng the dstance settng causes Dstronc to mantan a shorter followng dstance to the vehcle ahead. Turn thumbwheel 2 towards. Dstance warnng functon When Dstronc s deactvated, ths functon wll contnue to warn you when recognzng a statonary obstacle or a slower vehcle movng n the vehcle s path and the danger of a collson exsts: The dstance warnng lamp l n the nstrument cluster comes on. An ntermttent warnng sounds. If these warnngs are ssued, you must brake manually to mantan a safe dstance and avod a collson wth the vehcle ahead. When pressng the brake pedal, the warnng sound stops. The warnng sound also stops when the dstance to the vehcle ahead s suffcent agan wthout applyng the brake pedal. In ths case the dstance warnng lamp l also extngushes. 225

228 Controls n detal Drvng systems Warnng! If the Dstronc warnng lamp l n the nstrument cluster comes on whle drvng and/or an ntermttent warnng sounds, mmedate attenton on the part of the drver s requred.as requred by the traffc stuaton, apply the brakes and navgate around a possble obstacle. However, do not drve by relyng on the dstance warnng functon, as ths wll result n an emergency brakng applcaton. Especally dependng on road surface condtons and drver reacton, ths wll not always enable you to avod a collson. Complex drvng stuatons are not always fully recognzed by Dstronc. Ths could result n wrong or mssng dstance warnngs. Actvatng Press button 1. The ndcator lamp on the button comes on. A loudspeaker symbol appears n the multfuncton dsplay ( page 221). Deactvatng Press button 1. The ndcator lamp on the button goes out. Drvng wth Dstronc Ths secton descrbes a number of drvng stuatons where specal precauton s requred on the part of the drver. Be prepared to brake n such stuatons whch wll deactvate the Dstronc system. Warnng! Dstronc works to mantan the speed selected by the drver unless a movng obstacle proceedng drectly ahead of t n the same travel drecton s detected (e.g. followng another vehcle ahead of you at a dstance set by Dstronc). Ths means that: Your vehcle can pass another vehcle after you change lanes. Whle n a sharp turn or f the vehcle n front s n a sharp turn, Dstronc could lose sght of a vehcle travelng n front of t, then your vehcle could accelerate to the prevously selected speed. 226

229 Controls n detal Drvng systems Dstronc regulates only the dstance between your vehcle and those drectly ahead of t, but does not regster statonary objects n the road, e.g.: a stopped vehcle n a traffc jam a dsabled vehcle an oncomng vehcle The drver must always be on the alert, observe all traffc and ntercede as requred by steerng or brakng the vehcle. Warnng! Dstronc should not be used n snowy or cy road condtons. The most lkely cause for a malfunctonng system s a drty sensor (located behnd the hood grlle), especally at tmes of snow and ce or heavy ran. In such a case, Dstronc wll swtch off, and the message DISTRONIC CURRENTLY UNAVAILABLE SEE OPERATORS MANUAL appears n the multfuncton dsplay. For cleanng and care of the Dstronc sensor, see Cleanng the Dstronc* system sensor cover ( page 333). If the message DISTRONIC CURRENTLY UNAVAILABLE SEE OPERATORS MANUAL dsappears durng drvng and the last speed stored flashes for approxmately fve seconds, the drt (e.g. slush) has dssolved; Dstronc s agan operatonal. Turns and bends In turns or bends, Dstronc may not detect a movng vehcle n front, or t may detect one too soon. Ths may cause your vehcle to brake late or unexpectedly. 227

230 Controls n detal Drvng systems Offset drvng Lane changng Narrow vehcles A vehcle travelng n your lane but offset from your drect lne of travel may not be detected by Dstronc. There wll be nsuffcent dstance to the vehcle ahead. Dstronc has not yet detected the vehcle changng lanes. There wll be nsuffcent dstance to the lane-changng vehcle. Because of ther narrow profle, the vehcles travelng near the outer edge of the lane have not yet been detected by Dstronc. There wll be nsuffcent dstance to the vehcles ahead. 228

231 Controls n detal Drvng systems Armatc Armatc automatcally selects the optmum suspenson tunng and rde heght for your vehcle. Armatc conssts of two components: Adaptve Dampng System (ADS) Level control system The ADS automatcally selects the optmum dampng for the respectve drvng condtons. At the same tme the suspenson s set to ether sporty or regular. Suspenson tunng The suspenson tunng s set accordng to: Your drvng style Road surface condtons Your choce of suspenson style, sport or convenence, whch you select usng the dampng swtch. The followng suspenson styles are avalable: Convenence Both ndcator lamps 1 are off. Sports 1 One ndcator lamp 1 s on. Sports 2 Both ndcator lamps 1 are on. 1 Indcator lamps 2 Dampng swtch Start the engne. Press the dampng swtch 2 untl the desred suspenson style s set. The selected suspenson style s stored n memory, even after the SmartKey s removed from the starter swtch. 229

232 Controls n detal Drvng systems Vehcle level control wth Armatc Your vehcle automatcally adjusts ts rde heght to: reduce fuel consumpton ncrease vehcle safety The vehcle chasss rde heght s rased or lowered accordng to the selected level settng and to the vehcle speed: Wth ncreasng speed, rde heght s reduced by up to approxmately ¾ n (20 mm). Wth decreasng speed, the rde heght s agan rased to the selected vehcle level. These heght adjustments are so small that you may not notce any change. The followng vehcle level settngs can be selected when the vehcle s statonary: Level Normal Rased Select the Rased level settng only when requred by current drvng condtons. Otherwse: Fuel consumpton may ncrease Handlng may be mpared Warnng! For drvng on normal roads. The ndcator lamp s off. For drvng on rough roads or wth snow chans.the ndcator lamp s on. To help avod personal njury, keep hands and feet away from wheel housng area, and stay away from under the vehcle when lowerng the vehcle chasss. The swtch wth the ndcator lamps s located on the upper part of the front center console. 1 Indcator lamp 2 Vehcle level control swtch Brefly press swtch 2 to change from one level settng to the other. The message: AIRMATIC VEHICLE RISIN! appears n the multfuncton dsplay when changng from normal level to rased level. 230

233 Controls n detal Drvng systems The ndcator lamp s then lt. The dsplay swtches off when the vehcle s rased. Press swtch 2 agan to lower the vehcle. The ndcator lamp s off. The selected vehcle level settng remans stored n memory even f the engne s turned off and restarted except when you exceed a speed of 75 mph (120 km/h) or mantan a speed of between 50 mph (80 km/h) and 75 mph (120 km/h) for more than 5 mnutes The vehcle then lowers to regular level. The message: AIRMATIC LEVELIN CANCELLED appears n the multfuncton dsplay and the ndcator lamp s off. The dsplay swtches off when the vehcle s rased. Actve Body Control (ABC)* The ABC system automatcally selects the optmum suspenson tunng and rde heght for your vehcle. Suspenson tunng The suspenson tunng s set accordng to: Your drvng style Road surface condtons The vehcle loadng Your choce of suspenson style, sporty or regular, whch you select usng the ABC button The selected suspenson style s stored n memory, even after the SmartKey s removed from the starter swtch. The ABC button wth the ndcator lamps s located on the upper part of the front center console. 1 Indcator lamp 2 ABC button Start the engne. 231

234 Controls n detal Drvng systems Suspenson for sporty drvng style The settng for sporty drvng s selected when ndcator lamp 1 s llumnated. Press button 2. Indcator lamp 1 comes on. Suspenson for regular drvng style The settng for regular drvng s selected when ndcator lamp 1 s off. Press button 2. Indcator lamp 1 goes out. Vehcle level control wth ABC* Your vehcle automatcally adjusts ts rde heght to: reduce fuel consumpton ncrease vehcle safety The vehcle chasss rde heght s rased or lowered accordng to the selected level settng and to the vehcle speed: Wth ncreasng speed, rde heght s reduced by up to approxmately 1.4 n (35 mm). Wth decreasng speed, the rde heght s agan rased to the selected vehcle level. Select the level 1 and 2 settngs only when requred by current drvng condtons. Otherwse: These heght adjustments are so small that you may not notce any change. Fuel consumpton may ncrease Handlng may be mpared Warnng! To help avod personal njury, keep hands and feet away from wheel housng area, and stay away from under the vehcle when lowerng the vehcle chasss. 232

235 Controls n detal Drvng systems The followng vehcle level settngs can be selected when the vehcle s statonary: Vehcle level when statonary Use for Rde heght ncrease over normal Automatc lowerng Indcator lamps Normal Normal operaton None Max. approx. 0.6 n (15 mm) Both lamps off Rased level1 Drvng wth snow chans ( page 327) Max. 0.4 n (10 mm) 1 Max. approx. 1.0 n (25 mm) One lamp lt Rased level 2 Very rough road surface Max. 0.8 n (20 mm) 1 Max. approx. 1.4 n (35 mm) Both lamps lt condtons 1 Dependent on load The button wth the ndcator lamps s located on the upper part of the front center console. Brefly press button 2 to change from one level settng to the next. When vehcle s at level 2, pressng the button wll return the vehcle to normal level. The message: ACTIVE BODY CONTROL VEHICLE RISIN! 1 Indcator lamps 2 Vehcle level control button appears n the multfuncton dsplay. The dsplay swtches off when the vehcle s rased. 233

236 Controls n detal Drvng systems Normal level (see table) Speed-dependent lowerng of vehcle chasss (approxmate values): Pressng the button twce n quck successon wll cause the vehcle to mmedately rase or lower accordng to the startng level. The selected vehcle level settng remans stored n memory even f the engne s turned off and restarted. Between 0 mph (0 km/h) and 40 mph (65 km/h) none Between 40 mph (65 km/h) and 87 mph (140 km/h) lowered progressvely by approxmately 0.6 n (15 mm). Rased level 1 (see table) Speed-dependent lowerng of vehcle chasss (approxmate values): Between 0 mph (0 km/h) and 38 mph (60 km/h) - rased by approxmately 0.4n (10mm) Between 38 mph (60 km/h) and 118 mph (190 km/h) - lowered progressvely by approxmately 1.0 n (25 mm) Rased level 2 (see table) Speed-dependent lowerng of vehcle chasss (approxmate values): Between 0 mph (0 km/h) and 18 mph (30 km/h) - rased by approxmately 0.8 n (20 mm) Between 18 mph (30 km/h) and 38 mph (60 km/h) lowered progressvely by approxmately 0.4 n (10 mm) Between 38 mph (60 km/h) and 118 mph (190 km/h) lowered progressvely by addtonal approxmately 1.0 n (25 mm) 234

237 Controls n detal Drvng systems Parktronc system* (Parkng assst) Warnng! Parktronc s a supplemental system. It s not ntended to, nor does t replace, the need for extreme care. The responsblty durng parkng and other crtcal maneuvers always rests wth the drver. Specal attenton must be pad to objects wth smooth surfaces or low slhouettes (e.g. traler couplngs, panted posts, or road curbs). Such objects may not be detected by the system and can damage the vehcle. The operatonal functon of the Parktronc system can be affected by drty sensors, especally at tmes of snow and ce, see Cleanng the Parktronc* system sensors ( page 333). Interference caused by other ultrasonc sgnals (e.g. workng jackhammers, car wash, or the ar brakes of trucks) can cause the system to send erratc ndcatons, and should be taken nto consderaton. Warnng! Make sure no persons or anmals are n the area n whch you are maneuverng. You could otherwse njure them. The Parktronc system s an electronc ad desgned to assst the drver durng parkng maneuvers. It vsually and audbly ndcates the relatve dstance between the vehcle and an obstacle. The Parktronc system s automatcally actvated when you swtch on the gnton and placed the gear selector lever n poston D, R, or N. The Parktronc system deactvates at speeds over approxmately 11 mph (18 km/h). At lower speeds the Parktronc system turns on agan. The Parktronc system also deactvates when you place the gear selector lever n poston P. The Parktronc system montors the surroundngs of your vehcle wth sx sensors n the front bumper and four sensors n the rear bumper. 1 Sensors n the front bumper 235

238 Controls n detal Drvng systems Range of the sensors To functon properly, the sensors must be free of drt, ce, snow and slush. Clean the sensors regularly, beng careful not to scratch or damage the sensors see Cleanng the Parktronc* system sensors ( page 333). Front sensors Center Corners Rear sensors Center Corners approx. 40 n (100 cm) approx. 24 n (60 cm) approx. 48 n (120 cm) approx. 32 n (80 cm)! Durng parkng maneuvers, pay specal attenton to objects located above or below the heght of the sensors (e.g. planters or traler htches). The Parktronc system wll not detect such objects at close range and damage to your vehcle or the object may result. Ultrasonc sgnals from outsde sources (e.g. truck ar brakes, car wash, or jackhammers) may mpar the operaton of the Parktronc system. 236

239 Controls n detal Drvng systems Mnmum dstance Center Corners approx. 8 n (20 cm) approx. 6 n (15 cm) If the system detects an obstacle n ths range, all the dstance warnng segments llumnate and you hear a warnng sgnal. If the obstacle s closer than the mnmum dstance, the actual dstance may no longer be ndcated by the system. Warnng ndcators Vsual sgnals ndcate to the drver the relatve dstance between the sensors and an obstacle. The warnng ndcators for the front area are located above the left ar vents and center ar vents n the dashboard. The warnng ndcator for the rear area s ntegrated n the rear trm. 1 Left sde of the vehcle 1 Rght sde of the vehcle Each warnng ndcator s dvded nto sx yellow and two red dstance segments for ether sde of the vehcle. The Parktronc system s ready when the border around the ndcator s llumnated. The poston of the gear selector lever determnes whch warnng ndcators wll be actvated. ear selector lever poston D R or N P Warnng ndcator Front area actvated Front and rear area actvated Nether actvated 237

240 Controls n detal Drvng systems As your vehcle approaches an object, one or more dstance segments wll llumnate, dependng on the dstance. When the eghth dstance segment llumnates, you have reached the mnmum dstance. Front area: An ntermttent acoustc warnng wll sound as the frst red dstance segment llumnates and a constant acoustc warnng lastng a maxmum of two seconds wll sound for the second red dstance segment. The sgnal s canceled when the gear selector lever s placed n poston P. Rear area: An ntermttent acoustc warnng wll sound as the frst red dstance segment llumnates and a constant acoustc warnng lastng a maxmum of two seconds wll sound for the second red dstance segment. The sgnal s canceled when the gear selector lever s placed n poston D or P. Swtchng the Parktronc system on/off The Parktronc system can be swtched off manually. The Parktronc button s located n the upper part of the front center console. 1 Indcator lamp 2 Parktronc button Swtchng off the Parktronc system Press button 2. Indcator lamp 1 comes on. Swtchng on the Parktronc system Press button 2 agan. Indcator lamp 1 goes out. The Parktronc system s automatcally swtched on when the gnton s swtched on ( page 34). 238

241 Controls n detal Drvng systems Parktronc system malfuncton If only the red dstance segments llumnate and an acoustc warnng sounds, there s a malfuncton n the Parktronc system. The Parktronc system wll automatcally swtch off after 20 seconds and the ndcator lamp n the Parktronc swtch comes on. Have the Parktronc system checked by an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. If only the red dstance segments llumnate and no acoustc warnng sounds, the Parktronc system sensors are drty or there s an nterference from other rado or ultrasonc sgnals. The Parktronc system wll automatcally swtch off after 20 seconds and the ndcator lamp n the Parktronc swtch comes on. Swtch off gnton ( page 34). or Clean Parktronc system sensors ( page 333). Swtch on gnton. Check Parktronc system operaton at another locaton to rule out nterference from outsde rado or ultrasonc sgnals. 239

242 Controls n detal Loadng Roof rack* Warnng! Use only roof racks approved by Mercedes-Benz for your vehcle model to avod damage to the vehcle. Follow manufacturer s nstallaton nstructons. Preparng roof rack nstallaton Open trm at the trm strps n the roof. Secure the roof rack accordng to manufacturer s nstructons for nstallaton.! Load the roof rack n such a way that the vehcle cannot be damaged whle drvng. Make sure you can fully rase the tlt/sldng sunroof you can fully open the trunk 240

243 Controls n detal Loadng Loadng nstructons The total load weght ncludng vehcle occupants and luggage/cargo should not exceed the load lmt or vehcle capacty weght as ndcated on the correspondng placard located on the drver s door B-pllar. Warnng! Always fasten tems beng carred as securely as possble. In an accdent, durng hard brakng or sudden maneuvers, loose tems wll be thrown around nsde the vehcle and can cause njury to vehcle occupants unless the tems are securely fastened n the vehcle. To help avod personal njury durng a collson or sudden maneuver, exercse care when transportng cargo. Put luggage or cargo n the trunk f possble. Do not ple luggage or cargo hgher than the seat backs. Do not place anythng on the rear-wndow shelf. Never drve vehcle wth trunk open. Deadly carbon monoxde (CO) gases may enter vehcle nteror resultng n unconscousness and death. Cargo te-down hooks Sx hooks are located n the trunk. Carefully secure cargo by applyng even load on all hooks wth rope of suffcent strength to hold down the cargo. 241

244 Controls n detal Useful features Vanty mrrors Vanty mrror n the sun vsor Warnng! Do not use the vanty mrror whle drvng. Keep the mrrors n the sun vsors closed whle vehcle s n moton. Reflected glare can endanger you and others. 1 Mrror lamp 2 Mrror cover 3 Document holder To use mrror, lft up cover 1. Mrror lamp 2 comes on. If you dsengage the sun vsor from mountng, mrror lamp 2 wll swtch off ( page 190). Adjustng the vanty mrror Slde the mrror to the left or to the rght. Images n the mrror appear n normal sze or larger, dependng on the poston of the mrror. Document holder You can use the plastc tab of the document holder 3 to hold admsson tckets, parkng passes, or smlar tems n place. 242

245 Controls n detal Useful features Vanty mrror n the rear The vanty mrrors are located n the roof lnng for the rear seat passengers. Openng the vanty mrror Press the cover of the vanty mrror. The vanty mrror folds down and the mrror lamp comes on. Closng the vanty mrror Push the vanty mrror up untl t engages n place.! Before tltng a front seat backrest from the reclned poston to an uprght poston, close the respectve vanty mrror n the rear. Otherwse the vanty mrror may get damage. Storage compartments Warnng! To help avod personal njury durng a collson or sudden maneuver, exercse care when stowng objects n the vehcle. Put luggage or cargo n the trunk f possble. Do not ple luggage or cargo hgher than the seat backs. Luggage nets cannot secure hard or heavy objects. Keep compartment lds closed. Ths wll help to prevent stored objects from beng thrown about and njurng vehcle occupants durng an accdent. 243

246 Controls n detal Useful features love box 1 Unlocked 2 Locked 3 love box ld release Lockng the glove box Insert mechancal key ( page 383) nto the glove box lock. Turn the mechancal key to poston 2. Unlockng the glove box Insert mechancal key ( page 383) nto the glove box lock. Turn the mechancal key to poston 1. Openng the glove box Press glove box ld release 3. The glove box ld opens downward. Closng the glove box Push ld up to close. Storage compartment n the glove box A storage compartment s located n the cover of the glove box. It can be used to store check cards, pens, a flashlght, etc. 1 Storage compartment n glove box Lghtly press the markng on the ld of storage compartment 1. The ld opens upward. 244

247 Controls n detal Useful features Storage compartment n the center console The storage compartment s located on the lower part of the front center console. 1 Storage compartment Openng Slde the mark on the compartment cover forward. Closng Lghtly press the mark on the compartment cover forward. The cover closes automatcally. Storage compartment n front of armrest 1 Storage compartment Openng The compartment contans a cup holder ( page 248). Lghtly touch cover plate 1. The cover opens automatcally. Closng Lghtly push cover plate 1 up untl t engages. Storage compartment below the front armrest Dependng on vehcle model and confguraton, your vehcle s equpped wth a storage compartment below the front armrest. The storage compartment below the front armrest s llumnated wth the exteror lamps swtched on. The buttons are located under the cushon of the armrest. 1 Button to open storage compartment 2 Button to open storage tray 245

248 Controls n detal Useful features Openng storage compartment Press button 1 and lft the armrest ld. The storage compartment can be heated or cooled. The compartment can get very warm due to ts confned space. When storng heat-senstve objects n the compartment, close the ar vent ( page 204) whle heatng the passenger compartment.! Do not obstruct the ar vent n the storage compartment. Openng storage tray The tray contans a con holder. Press button 2 and lft the armrest.! Do not store any objects under the storage tray. Do not let bank cards, credt cards, or other cards wth a magnetc strp come near the storage tray, as a magnet bult nto the tray could erase or change the nformaton on the card. Compartment for glasses The compartment for glasses s located under the armrest n the center console. 1 Compartment for glasses Openng compartment for glasses Fold the rght sde of the armrest upwards. 246

249 Controls n detal Useful features Telephone holder* The telephone holder s located under the armrest n the center console. Storage compartments n the rear passenger compartment Armrest wth ntegrated storage compartment Storage compartment between rear seats* 1 Telephone holder Openng telephone holder Fold the rght sde of the armrest upwards. 1 Rear armrest 2 Ld handle Openng the storage compartment: Pull down the armrest by ts strap. Press handle 2 and lft ld.! Before storng the armrest n the backrest, close the storage compartment ld. 1 Cover Openng Slde cover 1 rearward. Closng Slde cover 1 forward. 247

250 Controls n detal Useful features Storage compartment n rear shelf* 1 Rear shelf compartment Openng Lft the ld usng the handle n the front. Storage compartments under the front seats 1 Ld 2 Buttons Openng Press buttons 2 together and fold ld 1 down. Closng Close ld 1 untl both buttons 2 of lock engage. Cup holder n front of seat armrest Warnng! In order to help prevent spllng lquds on vehcle occupants, only use contaners that ft nto the cup holder. Use lds on open contaners and do not fll contaners to a heght where the contents, especally hot lquds, could spll durng brakng, vehcle maneuvers, or n an accdent. When not n use, keep the cup holder closed. An open cup holder may cause njury to you or others when contacted durng brakng, vehcle maneuvers, or n an accdent. Keep n mnd that objects placed n the cup holder may come loose durng brakng, vehcle maneuvers, or n an accdent and be thrown around n the vehcle nteror. Objects thrown around n the vehcle nteror may cause an accdent and/or serous personal njury. 248

251 Controls n detal Useful features Foldng out cup holder The cup holder s located n the storage compartment n front of the armrest. 1 Button for foldng out the cup holder! Only place contaners wth a maxmum dameter of 2 ¾ n (72 mm) n the cup holder. Larger contaners could damage the holder arm. Open the storage compartment n front of armrest ( page 245). Push button 1. The cup holder opens automatcally. Foldng n cup holder 1 Cup holder Swng cup holder 1 back and press t nto the storage compartment untl t engages. Cup holder n rear seat armrest Warnng! In order to help prevent spllng lquds on vehcle occupants, only use contaners that ft nto the cup holder. Use lds on open contaners and do not fll contaners to a heght where the contents, especally hot lquds, could spll durng brakng, vehcle maneuvers, or n an accdent. When not n use, keep the cup holder closed. An open cup holder may cause njury to you or others when contacted durng brakng, vehcle maneuvers, or n an accdent. Keep n mnd that objects placed n the cup holder may come loose durng brakng, vehcle maneuvers, or n an accdent and be thrown around n the vehcle nteror. Objects thrown around n the vehcle nteror may cause an accdent and/or serous personal njury. 249

252 Controls n detal Useful features Parcel net n front passenger footwell A small convenence parcel net s located n the front passenger footwell. It s for small and lght tems, such as road maps, mal, etc. Parcel net n trunk You can hang a parcel net n the trunk. The hooks and the parcel net n the trunk can hold a load of up to 29.8 lbs (13.5 kg). Warnng! 1 Compartment for cup holder Openng cup holder Push front of sldng compartment 1. The cup holder sldes out. Closng cup holder Push sldng compartment 1 back untl t engages. Do not place heavy or fragle objects, or objects havng sharp edges, n the parcel net. In an accdent, durng hard brakng, or sudden maneuvers they could be thrown around nsde the vehcle and cause njury to vehcle occupants. 1 Hook Hang the parcel net on hooks 1 on the left and rght sdes of the trunk.! The parcel net cannot protect or suffcently secure goods n the event of an accdent. 250

253 Controls n detal Useful features Ashtrays Removng ashtray nsert Rear door ashtray Center console ashtray Warnng! Remove front ashtray only wth vehcle standng stll. Set the parkng brake to secure vehcle from movement. Move gear selector lever to poston N. Wth gear selector lever n poston N turn off the engne. 1 Cover plate 2 Button for dsengagng ashtray Openng ashtray Brefly touch cover plate 1. The ashtray opens automatcally. Secure vehcle from movement by settng the parkng brake. Move the gear selector lever to poston N. Now you have more room to take out the nsert. Push sldng button 2 to the rght. The ashtray s dsengaged and sldes out a short way. Remove nsert from ashtray frame. Renstallng the ashtray nsert Install nsert by pushng t back nto the frame untl t engages. Openng ashtray Lghtly touch the back of the ashtray. Removng ashtray nsert Pull the ashtray back slghtly and remove the nsert (see arrows). Renstallng the ashtray nsert Poston the nsert and press down whle sldng forward. 251

254 Controls n detal Useful features Cgarette lghters Warnng! 1 Center console cgarette lghter Make sure the gnton s swtched on. All the lamps n the nstrument cluster should come on. Push n cgarette lghter 1. The lghter wll pop out automatcally when hot. 252 Never touch the heatng element or sdes of the lghter; they are extremely hot. Hold the knob only. When leavng the vehcle, always remove the SmartKey or SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* from the starter swtch, take t wth you, and lock the vehcle. Do not leave chldren unattended n the vehcle, or wth access to an unlocked vehcle. Unsupervsed use of vehcle equpment may cause an accdent and/or serous personal njury. The lghter socket can be used to accommodate electrcal accessores up to a maxmum 85 W. 1 Rear door lghters Make sure the gnton s swtched on. All the lamps n the nstrument cluster should come on. Lghtly touch the back of the ashtray to open t ( page 251). Push n cgarette lghter 1. The lghter wll pop out automatcally when hot. Operaton of the rear door lghters s only possble, f the overrde swtch ( page 78) s deactvated.

255 Controls n detal Useful features Warnng! Never touch the heatng element or sdes of the lghter; they are extremely hot. Hold the knob only. To avod possble njury to chldren sttng n the rear seat, deactvate the operaton of the rear door wndows, see ( page 78). Deactvaton of the rear wndows also deactvates the lghters. When leavng the vehcle, always remove the SmartKey or SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* from the starter swtch, take t wth you, and lock the vehcle. Do not leave chldren unattended n the vehcle, or wth access to an unlocked vehcle. Unsupervsed use of vehcle equpment may cause an accdent and/or serous personal njury. Heated steerng wheel* The steerng wheel heatng warms up the leather area of the steerng wheel. The stalk wth the heated steerng wheel swtch s on the lower left-hand sde of the steerng wheel. 1 Swtchng on 2 Indcator lamp 3 Swtchng off Swtchng on Swtch on gnton ( page 34). All the lamps n the nstrument cluster should come on. Turn swtch at the tp of stalk n the drecton of arrow 1. The steerng wheel s heated. Indcator lamp 2 comes on. Swtchng off Turn swtch at the tp of stalk n drecton of arrow 3. The steerng wheel heatng s turned off. Indcator lamp 2 goes out. The steerng wheel heatng does not turn off automatcally. 253

256 Controls n detal Useful features Telephone* Warnng! Rado transmtters, such as a portable telephone or a ctzens band unt, should only be used nsde the vehcle f they are connected to an antenna that s nstalled on the outsde of the vehcle. The external antenna must be approved by Mercedes-Benz. Please contact an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center for nformaton on the nstallaton of an approved external antenna. Refer to the rado transmtter operaton nstructons regardng use of an external antenna. 254 Never operate rado transmtters equpped wth a bult-n or attached antenna (.e. wthout beng connected to an external antenna) from nsde the vehcle whle the engne s runnng. Dong so could lead to a malfuncton of the vehcle s electronc system, possbly resultng n an accdent and/or serous personal njury. Warnng! Please do not forget that your prmary responsblty s to drve the vehcle. A drver s attenton to the road must always be hs/her prmary focus when drvng. For your safety and the safety of others, we recommend that you pull over to a safe locaton and stop before placng or takng a telephone call. If you choose to use the telephone 1 whle drvng, please use the hands-free devce and only use the telephone when road, weather and traffc condtons permt. Some jursdctons prohbt the drver from usng a cellular telephone whle drvng a vehcle. Only operate the COMAND (Cockpt Management and Data System) 1 f road, weather and traffc condtons permt. Bear n mnd that at a speed of just 30 mph (approxmately 50 km/h), your vehcle s coverng a dstance of 44 feet (approxmately 14 m) every second. 1 Observe all legal requrements. You can take and place telephone calls usng the s and t buttons on the steerng wheel. To carry out other telephone functons, use the control system ( page 143). See separate operatng manual for nstructons on how to use the telephone.

257 Controls n detal Useful features Tele Ad The Tele Ad system (Telematc Alarm Identfcaton on Demand) The Tele Ad system conssts of three types of response:! The ntal actvaton of the Tele Ad system may only be performed by completng the subscrber agreement and placng an acquantance call usng the Informaton button. Falure to complete ether of these steps wll result n a system that s not actvated. If you have any questons regardng actvaton, please call the Response Center at (n the USA) or (n Canada). automatc and manual emergency roadsde assstance, and nformaton The Tele Ad system s operatonal provdng that the vehcle s battery s charged, properly connected, not damaged and cellular and PS coverage s avalable. The speaker volume of a Tele Ad call can be adjusted when usng the volume control on the multfuncton steerng wheel. To rase, press button æ and to lower, press button ç or use the volume knob on your COMAND headunt. To actvate, press the SOS button, the Roadsde Assstance button or the Informaton button, dependng on the type of response requred. The SOS button s located above the nteror rear vew mrror. The Roadsde Assstance button and the Informaton button are located below the center armrest cover. Shortly after the completon of your Tele Ad acquantance call, you wll receve a user ID and password. By vstng and selectng Tele Ad (USA only), you wll have access to account nformaton, remote door unlock and more. The Tele Ad system utlzes the cellular network for communcaton and the PS (lobal Postonng System) satelltes for vehcle locaton. If ether of these sgnals are unavalable, the Tele Ad system may not functon and f ths occurs, assstance must be summoned by other means. 255

258 Controls n detal Useful features System self-check Intally, after swtchng on gnton, malfunctons are detected and ndcated (the ndcator lamps n the SOS button, the Roadsde Assstance button and the Informaton button stay on longer than ten seconds or do not come on). The message TELE AID MALFUNCTION DRIVE TO WORKSHOP! appears for approxmately ten seconds n the multfuncton dsplay. The Tele Ad system utlzes the cellular network for communcaton and the PS (lobal Postonng System) satelltes for vehcle locaton. If ether of these sgnals are unavalable, the Tele Ad system may not functon and f ths occurs, assstance must be summoned by other means. Warnng! If the ndcator lamps n the SOS button, n the Roadsde Assstance button and/or n the Informaton button do not come on durng the system self-check, or f any of these ndcators reman llumnated contnuously n red and/or the message TELE AID MALFUNCTION DRIVE TO WORKSHOP! s dsplayed n the multfuncton dsplay after the system self-check, a malfuncton n the system has been detected. If a malfuncton s ndcated as outlned above, the system may not operate as expected. Have the system checked at the nearest Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. Emergency calls An emergency call s ntated automatcally followng an accdent n whch the emergency tensonng devces (ETDs) or ar bags deploy. An emergency call can also be ntated manually by openng the cover next to the nteror rear vew mrror labeled SOS, then brefly pressng the button located under the cover. See ( page 257) for nstructons on ntatng an emergency call manually. Once the emergency call s n progress, the ndcator lamp n the SOS button wll begn to flash. The message CONNECTIN CALL appears n the multfuncton dsplay and the audo system s muted. When the connecton s establshed, the message CALL CONNECTED appears n the multfuncton dsplay. All nformaton relevant to the emergency, such as the locaton of the vehcle (determned by the PS satellte locaton system), vehcle model, dentfcaton number and color are generated. 256

259 Controls n detal Useful features A voce connecton between the Response Center and the occupants of the vehcle wll be establshed automatcally soon after the emergency call has been ntated. The Response Center wll attempt to determne more precsely the nature of the accdent provded they can speak to an occupant of the vehcle. The Tele Ad system s avalable f t has been actvated and s operatonal. Actvaton requres a subscrpton for montorng servces, connecton, and cellular ar tme the relevant cellular phone network and PS sgnals are avalable and pass the nformaton on to the Response Center Locaton of the vehcle on a map s only possble f the vehcle s able to receve sgnals from the PS satellte network and pass the nformaton on to the Response Center. Warnng! If the ndcator lamp n the SOS button s flashng contnuously and there was no voce connecton to the Response Center establshed, then the Tele Ad system could not ntate an emergency call (e.g. the relevant cellular phone network s not avalable). The message CALL FAILED appears n the multfuncton dsplay for approxmately ten seconds. Should ths occur, assstance must be summoned by other means. Intatng an emergency call manually 1 SOS button 2 Cover Brefly press on the cover 2. The cover wll open. Press SOS button 1 brefly. The ndcator lamp n SOS button 1 wll flash untl the emergency call s concluded. 257

260 Controls n detal Useful features Wat for a voce connecton to the Response Center. Close cover 2 after the emergency call s concluded. Warnng! If you feel at any way n jeopardy when n the vehcle (e.g. smoke or fre n the vehcle, vehcle n a dangerous road locaton), please do not wat for voce contact after you have pressed the emergency button. Carefully leave the vehcle and move to a safe locaton. The Response Center wll automatcally contact local emergency offcals wth the vehcle s approxmate locaton f they receve an automatc SOS sgnal and cannot make voce contact wth the vehcle occupants. Roadsde Assstance button and Informaton button The Roadsde Assstance button and the Informaton button are located below the center armrest cover. 1 Informaton button 2 Roadsde Assstance button Roadsde Assstance button Press and hold the button (for longer than two seconds). A call to a Mercedes-Benz Roadsde Assstance dspatcher wll be ntated. The button wll flash whle the call s n progress. The message CONNECTIN CALL wll appear n the multfuncton dsplay and the audo system s muted. When the connecton s establshed, the message CALL CONNECTED appears n the multfuncton dsplay. The Tele Ad system wll transmt data generatng the vehcle dentfcaton number, model, color and locaton (subject to avalablty of cellular and PS sgnals). 258

261 Controls n detal Useful features A voce connecton between the Roadsde Assstance dspatcher and the occupants of the vehcle wll be establshed. Descrbe the nature of the need for assstance. The Mercedes-Benz Roadsde Assstance dspatcher wll ether dspatch a qualfed Mercedes-Benz techncan or arrange to tow your vehcle to the nearest authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. For servces such as labor and/or towng, charges may apply. Refer to the Roadsde Assstance Manual for more nformaton. Sgn and Drve servces (only avalable n the USA): Servces such as jump start, a few gallons of fuel or the replacement of a flat tre wth the vehcle spare tre are obtanable. The ndcator lamp n the Roadsde Assstance button remans llumnated n red for approxmately ten seconds durng the system self-check after swtchng on gnton (together wth the SOS button and the Informaton button ). See system self-check ( page 256) when the ndcator lamp does not come on n red or stays on longer than approxmately ten seconds. If the ndcator lamp n the Roadsde Assstance button s flashng contnuously and no voce connecton to the Response Center was establshed, the Tele Ad system could not ntate a Roadsde Assstance call (e.g. the relevant cellular phone network s not avalable). The message CALL FAILED appears n the multfuncton dsplay. Roadsde Assstance calls can be termnated usng the t button on the multfuncton steerng wheel or the respectve button for endng a telephone call on the COMAND headunt. 259

262 Controls n detal Useful features Informaton button The Informaton button s located below the center armrest cover. Press and hold the button (for longer than two seconds). A call to the Customer Assstance Center wll be ntated. The button wll flash whle the call s n progress. The message INFO CONNECTIN CALL wll appear n the multfuncton dsplay. When the connecton s establshed, the message INFO CALL CONNECTED appears n the multfuncton dsplay. The Tele Ad system wll transmt data generatng the vehcle dentfcaton number, model, color and locaton (subject to avalablty of cellular and PS sgnals). A voce connecton between the Customer Assstance Center representatve and the occupants of the vehcle wll be establshed. When a voce connecton s establshed, the audo system mutes and the message TELE AID INFO CALL ACTIVE appears n the multfuncton dsplay. Informaton regardng the operaton of your vehcle, the nearest authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center or Mercedes-Benz USA products and servces s avalable to you. For more detals concernng the Tele Ad system, please vst and use your ID and password (sent to you separately) to learn more (USA only). The ndcator lamp on the Informaton button remans llumnated n red for approxmately ten seconds durng the system self-check after swtchng on gnton (together wth the SOS button and the Roadsde Assstance button ). See System self-check ( page 256) when the ndcator lamp does not come on n red or stays on longer than approxmately ten seconds. If the ndcator lamp n the Informaton button s llumnated contnuously and no voce connecton to the Response Center was establshed, then the Tele Ad system could not ntate an Informaton call (e.g. the relevant cellular phone network s not avalable). The message INFO CALL FAILED appears n the multfuncton dsplay. 260

263 Controls n detal Useful features Informaton calls can be termnated usng the t button on the multfuncton steerng wheel or the respectve button for endng a telephone call on the COMAND headunt.! If the ndcator lamps do not start flashng after pressng one of the buttons or reman llumnated (n red) at any tme, the Tele Ad system has detected a fault or the servce s not currently actve, and may not ntate a call. Vst an Mercedes-Benz Center and have the system checked or contact the Response Center at (n the USA) or (n Canada) as soon as possble. Upgrade scenaro An emergency call s possble even f other servces are actve.! If the ndcator lamp contnues to flash or the system does not reset, contact the Response Center at (n the USA) or (n Canada), or Mercedes-Benz Customer Assstance at FOR-MERCedes ( ) n the USA or Customer Servce at n Canada. The ndcator lamp n the respectve button flashes untl the call s concluded. Calls can only be termnated by a Response Center or Customer Assstance Center representatve except Roadsde Assstance and Informaton calls, whch can also be termnated by pressng button t on the multfuncton steerng wheel or the respectve button for endng a telephone call on the COMAND headunt. 261

264 Controls n detal Useful features When a Tele Ad call has been ntated, the audo system or the COMAND* system audo s muted and the selected mode (rado or CD) pauses. The optonal cellular phone (f nstalled) swtches off. If you must use ths phone, the vehcle must be parked. Dsconnect the coled cord and place the call. The COMAND* navgaton system (f engaged) wll contnue to run. The dsplay n the nstrument cluster s avalable for use, and spoken commands are only avalable by pressng the RPT button on the COMAND* unt. A pop-up wndow wll appear n the COMAND* dsplay to ndcate that a Tele Ad call s n progress. Remote door unlock In case you have locked your vehcle unntentonally (e.g. SmartKey nsde vehcle), and the reserve SmartKey s not handy: Contact the Mercedes-Benz Response Center at (n the USA) or (n Canada). You wll be asked to provde your password whch you provded when you completed the subscrber agreement. Then return to your vehcle and press the trunk ld button for a mnmum of 20 seconds untl the SOS button s flashng. The message CALL CONNECTED appears n the multfuncton dsplay. As an alternatve, you may unlock the vehcle va Internet usng the ID and password sent to you shortly after the completon of your acquantance call. The Response Center wll then unlock your vehcle wth the remote door unlockng feature. The remote door unlock feature s avalable f the relevant cellular phone network s avalable. The SOS button wll flash and the message CALL CONNECTED wll appear n the multfuncton dsplay to ndcate recept of the door unlock command. Once the vehcle s unlocked, a Response Center specalst wll attempt to establsh voce contact wth the vehcle occupants. If the trunk ld button was pressed for more than 20 seconds before door unlock authorzaton was receved by the Response Center, you must wat 15 mnutes before pressng the trunk ld button agan. 262

265 Controls n detal Useful features Stolen Vehcle Recovery servces In the event your vehcle was stolen: Report the ncdent to the polce. The polce wll ssue a numbered ncdent report. Pass ths number on to the Mercedes-Benz Response Center along wth your password ssued to you when you subscrbed to the servce. The Response Center wll then attempt to covertly contact the vehcle s Tele Ad system. Once the vehcle s located, the Response Center wll contact the local law enforcement and you. The vehcle s locaton wll only be provded to law enforcement. When the ant-theft alarm or the tow-away alarm stays on for more than 30 seconds, a call s ntated automatcally to the Response Center. See ant-theft alarm system ( page 87) and tow-away alarm ( page 89). 263

266 Controls n detal Useful features arage door opener The bult-n remote control s capable of operatng up to three separately controlled devces, for example garage door openers, gate openers, or other devces compatble wth HomeLnk or some other systems. You can program the sgnal transmtter buttons. Remote control ntegrated nto the nteror rear vew mrror 1 Indcator lamp Sgnal transmtter button 5 Hand-held transmtter button 6 Hand-held remote control transmtter (not part of the vehcle equpment) Warnng! Before programmng the ntegrated remote control to a garage door opener or gate operator, make sure people and objects are out of the way of the devce to prevent potental harm or damage. When programmng a garage door opener, the door moves up or down. When programmng a gate operator, the gate opens or closes. Do not use the ntegrated remote control wth any garage door opener that lacks safety stop and reverse features as requred by U.S. federal safety standards (ths ncludes any garage door opener model manufactured before Aprl 1, 1982). A garage door that cannot detect an object - sgnalng the door to stop and reverse - does not meet current U.S. federal safety standards. 264

267 Controls n detal Useful features Certan types of garage door openers are ncompatble wth the ntegrated opener. If you should experence dffcultes wth programmng the transmtter, contact an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center, or call Mercedes-Benz Customer Assstance Center (n the USA only) at FOR-MERCedes, or Customer Servce (n Canada) at USA only: Ths devce comples wth Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operaton s subject to the followng two condtons: Ths devce may not cause harmful nterference, and ths devce must accept any nterference receved, ncludng nterference that may cause undesred operaton. Any unauthorzed modfcaton to ths devce could vod the user s authorty to operate the equpment. Canada only: Ths devce comples wth RSS-210 of Industry Canada. Operaton s subject to the followng two condtons: Ths devce may not cause nterference, and ths devce must accept any nterference receved, ncludng nterference that may cause undesred operaton of the devce. Any unauthorzed modfcaton to ths devce could vod the user s authorty to operate the equpment. 265

268 Controls n detal Useful features Programmng or reprogrammng the ntegrated remote control Step 1: Swtch on gnton ( page 34). Step 2: If you have prevously programmed an ntegrated sgnal transmtter button and wsh to retan ts programmng, proceed to step 3. Otherwse, press and hold the two outer sgnal transmtter buttons 2 and 4 and release them only when the ndcator lamp 1 begns to flash after approxmately 20 seconds (do not hold the button for longer than 30 seconds). Ths procedure erases any prevous settngs for all three channels and ntalzes the memory. If you later wsh to program a second and/or thrd hand-held transmtter to the remanng two sgnal transmtter buttons, do not repeat ths step and begn drectly wth step 3. Step 3: Hold the end of the hand-held remote control transmtter 6 of the devce you wsh to tran approxmately 2 to 5 n (5 to 12 cm) away from the surface of the ntegrated remote control located on the nteror rear vew mrror, keepng the ndcator lamp 1 n vew. Step 4: Usng both hands, smultaneously press the hand-held transmtter button 5 and the desred ntegrated sgnal transmtter button (2, 3 or 4). Do not release the buttons untl completng step 5. The ndcator lamp 1 on the ntegrated remote control wll flash, frst slowly and then rapdly. The ndcator lamp 1 flashes the frst tme the sgnal transmtter button s programmed. If ths button has already been programmed, the ndcator lamp wll only start flashng after 20 seconds. Step 5: When the ndcator lamp 1 flashes rapdly, release both buttons. Step 6: Press and hold the just-traned ntegrated sgnal transmtter button and observe the ndcator lamp 1. If the ndcator lamp 1 stays on constantly, programmng s complete and your devce should actvate when the ntegrated sgnal transmtter button s pressed and released. 266

269 Controls n detal Useful features Step 7: If the ndcator lamp 1 flashes rapdly for about two seconds and then turns to a constant lght, contnue wth programmng steps 8 through 12 as your garage door opener may be equpped wth the rollng code feature. To program the remanng two buttons, repeat the steps above startng wth step 3. Rollng code programmng To tran a garage door opener (or other rollng code devces) wth the rollng code feature, follow these nstructons after completng the Programmng porton (steps 1 through 6) of ths text. (A second person may make the followng tranng procedures qucker and easer.) Step 8: Locate tranng button on the garage door opener motor head unt. Exact locaton and color of the button may vary by garage door opener brand. Dependng on manufacturer, the tranng button may also be referred to as learn or smart button. If there s dffculty locatng the transmttng button, refer to the garage door opener operator s manual. Step 9: Press tranng button on the garage door opener motor head unt. The tranng lght s actvated. You have 30 seconds to ntate the followng step. Step 10: Frmly press, hold for two seconds and release the programmed ntegrated sgnal transmtter button (2, 3 or 4). Step 11: Press, hold for two seconds and release same button a second tme to complete the tranng process. Some garage door openers (or other rollng code equpped devces) may requre you to perform ths procedure a thrd tme to complete the tranng. 267

270 Controls n detal Useful features Step 12: Confrm the garage door operaton by pressng the programmed ntegrated sgnal transmtter button (2, 3 or 4). Step 13: To program the remanng two buttons, repeat the steps above startng wth step 3. ate operator/canadan programmng Canadan rado-frequency laws requre transmtter sgnals to tme-out (or qut) after several seconds of transmsson whch may not be long enough for the ntegrated sgnal transmtter to pck up the sgnal durng programmng. Smlar to ths Canadan law, some U.S. gate operators are desgned to tme-out n the same manner. If you lve n Canada or f you are havng dffcultes programmng a gate operator (regardless of where you lve) by usng the programmng procedures, replace step 4 wth the followng: Step 4: Contnue to press and hold the ntegrated sgnal transmtter button (2, 3 or 4) whle you press and re-press ( cycle ) your hand-held remote control transmtter 6 every two seconds untl the frequency sgnal has been learned. Upon successful tranng, the ndcator lamp 1 wll flash slowly and then rapdly after several seconds. Proceed wth programmng step 5 and step 6 to complete. 268

271 Controls n detal Useful features Operaton of ntegrated remote control Swtch on gnton ( page 34). Select and press the approprate ntegrated sgnal transmtter button (2, 3 or 4) to actvate the remote controlled devce. The ntegrated remote control transmtter contnues to send the sgnal as long as the button s pressed up to 20 seconds. Erasng the ntegrated remote control memory Swtch on gnton ( page 34). Smultaneously hold down the sgnal transmtter buttons 2 and 4, for approxmately 20 seconds, untl the ndcator lamp 1 flashes rapdly. Do not hold for longer than 30 seconds. The codes of all three channels are erased. If you sell your vehcle, erase the codes of all three channels. Reprogrammng a sngle ntegrated sgnal transmtter button To program a devce usng a sgnal transmtter button prevously traned, follow these steps: Press and hold the desred sgnal transmtter button (2, 3 or 4). Do not release the button. The ndcator lamp 1 wll begn to flash after 20 seconds. Wthout releasng the ntegrated sgnal transmtter button, proceed wth programmng startng wth step

272 Controls n detal Useful features Infrared reflectng wndsheld 1 Mountng locaton for electronc toll collecton devces (nfrared transparent) 2 Infrared transparent area (pass-through for electronc sgnals) n (80 cm) n (48 cm) n (4.5 cm) Your vehcle s equpped wth nfrared reflectng glass whch reduces the amount of radated heat enterng the nteror through the wndows. The nfrared reflectng glass also prevents the transmsson of sgnals through the glass by n-vehcle electronc devces (e.g. electronc toll collecton devces). To allow the use of these devces n the vehcle, two nfrared transparent areas (1 and 2) are placed n the wndsheld. 270

273 Operaton The frst 1000 mles (1500 km) Drvng nstructons At the gas staton Engne compartment Tres and wheels Wnter drvng Mantenance Vehcle care 271

274 Operaton The frst 1000 mles (1500 km) In the Operaton secton you wll fnd detaled nformaton on operatng, mantanng and carng for your vehcle. The more cautously you treat your vehcle durng the break-n perod, the more satsfed you wll be wth ts performance later on. Drve your vehcle durng the frst 1000 mles (1500 km) at varyng but moderate vehcle and engne speeds. Durng ths perod, avod heavy loads (full throttle drvng) and excessve engne speeds (no more than 2 / 3 of maxmum rpm n each gear). Avod acceleratng by kck-down. Do not attempt to slow the vehcle down by shftng to a lower gear usng the gear selector lever. Select postons 3, 2 or 1 only when drvng at moderate speeds (for hll drvng). Select C as the preferred shft program ( page 179) for the frst 1000 mles 1500 km). After 1000 mles (1500 km) you may gradually ncrease vehcle and engne speeds to the permssble maxmum.! Addtonal nstructons for AM vehcles: Durng the frst 1000 mles (1500 km), do not exceed a speed of 85 mph (140 km/h). Durng ths perod, avod engne speeds above 4500 rpm n each gear. All of the above nstructons, as may apply to your vehcle type, also apply when drvng the frst 1000 mles (1500 km) after the engne or the rear dfferental has been replaced. Always obey applcable speed lmts. 272

275 Drvng nstructons Drve sensbly save fuel Drnkng and drvng Pedals Operaton Drvng nstructons Fuel consumpton, to a great extent, depends on drvng habts and operatng condtons. To save fuel you should: Keep tres at the recommended nflaton pressures. Remove unnecessary loads. Remove roof rack when not n use. Allow engne to warm up under low load use. Avod frequent acceleraton and deceleraton. Have all mantenance work performed at the ntervals specfed n the Mantenance Booklet and as requred by the Mantenance System (U.S. vehcles) or FSS (Canada vehcles). Contact an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Fuel consumpton s also ncreased by drvng n cold weather, n stop-and-go traffc, on short trps, and n hlly area. Warnng! Drnkng and drvng and/or takng drugs and drvng are very dangerous combnatons. Even a small amount of alcohol or drugs can affect your reflexes, perceptons and judgement. The possblty of a serous or even fatal accdent are greatly ncreased when you drnk or take drugs and drve. Do not drnk or take drugs and drve or allow anyone to drve who has been drnkng or takng drugs. Warnng! Power assstance Keep drver s foot area clear at all tmes. Objects stored n ths area may mpar pedal movement. Warnng! Wth the engne not runnng, there s no power assstance for the brake and steerng systems. In ths case, t s mportant to keep n mnd that a consderably hgher degree of effort s necessary to brake and steer the vehcle. 273

276 Operaton Drvng nstructons Brakes Warnng! After drvng n heavy ran for some tme wthout applyng the brakes or through water deep enough to wet brake components, the frst brakng acton may be somewhat reduced and ncreased pedal pressure may be necessary to obtan expected brakng effect. Mantan a safe dstance from vehcles n front. Restng your foot on the brake pedal wll cause excessve and premature wear of the brake pads. It can also result n the brakes overheatng, thereby sgnfcantly reducng ther effectveness. It may not be possble to stop the vehcle n suffcent tme to avod an accdent. To help prevent brake dsk corroson after drvng on wet road surfaces (partcularly salted roads), t s advsable to brake the vehcle wth consderable force pror to parkng. The heat generated serves to dry the brakes. If your brake system s normally only subjected to moderate loads, you should occasonally test the effectveness of the brakes by applyng above-normal brakng pressure at hgher speeds. Ths wll also enhance the grp of the brake pads.! Be very careful not to endanger other road users when you apply the brakes. Refer to the descrpton of the Brake Assst System (BAS) ( page 81). If the parkng brake s released and the brake warnng lamp n the nstrument cluster stays on, the brake flud level n the reservor s too low. Brake pad wear or a leak n the system may be the reason for low brake flud n the reservor. Have the brake system nspected mmedately. Contact an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. All checks and servce work on the brake system should be carred out by qualfed techncans only. Contact an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Only nstall brake pads and brake flud recommended by Mercedes-Benz. 274

277 Operaton Drvng nstructons Warnng! If other than recommended brake pads are nstalled, or other than recommended brake flud s used, the brakng propertes of the vehcle can be degraded to an extent that safe brakng s substantally mpared. Ths could result n an accdent.! When drvng down long and steep grades, releve the load on the brakes by shftng nto a lower gear to use the engne s brakng power. Ths helps prevent overheatng of the brakes and reduces brake pad wear. After hard brakng, t s advsable to drve on for some tme, rather than mmedately parkng, so that the ar stream can cool down the brakes faster. Drvng off Apply the brakes to test them brefly after drvng off. Perform ths procedure only when the road s clear of other traffc. Warm up the engne smoothly. Do not place full load on the engne untl the operatng temperature has been reached. When startng off on a slppery surface, do not allow a drve wheel to spn for an extended perod wth the ESP swtched off. Dong so may cause serous damage to the drve tran whch s not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Lmted Warranty.! Smultaneously depressng the accelerator pedal and applyng the brake reduces engne performance and causes premature brake and drvetran wear. Parkng Warnng! Do not park ths vehcle n areas where combustble materals such as grass, hay or leaves can come nto contact wth the hot exhaust system, as these materals could be gnted and cause a vehcle fre. To reduce the rsk of personal njury as a result of nadvertent vehcle movement, before turnng off the engne and leavng the vehcle always: Keep rght foot on brake pedal. Frmly depress parkng brake pedal. Move the gear selector lever to poston P. Slowly release brake pedal. When parked on an nclne, turn front wheel towards the road curb. 275

278 Operaton Drvng nstructons Turn the SmartKey to starter swtch poston 0 and remove the SmartKey from the starter swtch, or press the KEYLESS-O* start/stop button ( page 35). Take the SmartKey or the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* wth you and lock vehcle when leavng.! Set the parkng brake whenever parkng or leavng the vehcle. In addton, move gear selector lever to poston P. When parkng on hlls, always turn front wheels towards the road curb. Tres Warnng! If you feel a sudden sgnfcant vbraton or rde dsturbance, or you suspect that possble damage to your vehcle has occurred, you should turn on the hazard warnng flashers, carefully slow down, and drve wth cauton to an area whch s a safe dstance from the road. Inspect the tres and the vehcle underbody for possble damage. If the vehcle or tres appear unsafe, have t towed to the nearest Mercedes-Benz Center or tre dealer for repars. The treadwear ndcator appears as a sold band across the tread. Warnng! Although the applcable federal motor vehcle safety laws consder a tre to be worn when the treadwear ndcators (TWI) become vsble at approxmately 1 / 16 n (1.6 mm), we recommend that you do not allow your tres to wear down to that level. As tread depth approaches 1 / 8 n (3 mm), the adheson propertes on a wet road are sharply reduced. Dependng upon the weather and/or road surface (condtons), the tre tracton vares wdely. Treadwear ndcators (TWI) are requred by law. These ndcators are located n sx places on the tread crcumference and become vsble at a tread depth of approxmately 1 / 16 n (1.6 mm), at whch pont the tre s consdered worn and should be replaced. Specfed tre nflaton pressures must be mantaned. Ths apples partcularly f the tres are subject to extreme operatng condtons (e.g. hgh speeds, heavy loads, hgh ambent temperatures). 276

279 Operaton Drvng nstructons Warnng! Hydroplanng Do not drve wth a flat tre. A flat tre affects the ablty to steer or brake the vehcle. You may lose control of the vehcle. Contnued drvng wth a flat tre or drvng at hgh speed wth a flat tre wll cause excessve heat buld-up and possbly a fre. Dependng on the depth of the water layer on the road, hydroplanng may occur, even at low speeds and wth new tres. Reduce vehcle speed, avod track grooves n the road and apply brakes cautously n the ran. Tre tracton The safe speed on a wet, snow covered or cy road s always lower than on a dry road. You should pay partcular attenton to the condton of the road whenever the outsde temperatures are close to the freezng pont. Warnng! If ce has formed on the road, tre tracton wll be substantally reduced. Under such weather condtons, drve, steer and brake wth extreme cauton. Mercedes-Benz recommends M+S rated radal-ply tres wth a mnmum tread depth of approxmately 1 / 6 n (4 mm) on all four wheels for the wnter season to ensure normal balanced handlng characterstcs. On packed snow, they can reduce your stoppng dstance n compared to summer tres. Stoppng dstance, however, s stll consderably greater than when the road s not covered wth snow or ce. Exercse approprate cauton.! Avod spnnng of a drve wheel. Ths may cause serous damage to the drvetran whch s not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Lmted Warranty. 277

280 Operaton Drvng nstructons Tre speed ratng Regardless of the tre ratng, local speed lmts should be obeyed. Use prudent drvng speeds approprate to prevalng condtons. Warnng! 278 Even when permtted by law, never operate a vehcle at speeds greater than the maxmum speed ratng of the tres. Exceedng the maxmum speed for whch tres are rated can lead to sudden tre falure, causng loss of vehcle control and possbly resultng n an accdent and/or serous personal njury and possble death, for you and for others. S430, S4304MATIC, S500, and S5004MATIC Your vehcle s factory equpped wth H -rated tres, whch have a speed ratng of 130 mph (210 km/h). An electronc speed lmter prevents your vehcle from exceedng a speed of 130 mph (210 km/h). S600 Your vehcle s factory equpped wth Y -rated tres, whch have a speed ratng of 186 mph (300 km/h). An electronc speed lmter prevents your vehcle from exceedng a speed of 130 mph (210 km/h). S430, S4304MATIC, S500, S5004MATIC, and S600 wth Sport Package* or Appearance Package* Your vehcle s factory equpped wth Y -rated tres, whch have a speed ratng of 186 mph (300 km/h). An electronc speed lmter prevents your vehcle from exceedng a speed of 130 mph (210 km/h). S55AM Your vehcle s factory equpped wth Y -rated tres, whch have a speed ratng of 186 mph (300 km/h). An electronc speed lmter prevents your vehcle from exceedng a speed of 155 mph (250 km/h). For nformaton on speed ratng for wnter tres, see Wnter tres ( page 326). For addtonal general nformaton on tre speed markngs on tre sdewall, see Tre speed ratng ( page 324).

281 Operaton Drvng nstructons Wnter drvng nstructons The most mportant rule for slppery or cy roads s to drve sensbly and to avod abrupt acceleraton, brakng and steerng maneuvers. Do not use the cruse control system under such condtons. When the vehcle s n danger of skddng, move gear selector lever to poston N. Try to keep the vehcle under control by correctve steerng acton. For nformaton on drvng wth snow chans, see Snow chans ( page 327). Warnng! On slppery road surfaces, never downshft n order to obtan brakng acton. Ths could result n drve wheel slp and reduced vehcle control. Your vehcle s ABS wll not prevent ths type of control loss. Road salts and chemcals can adversely affect brakng effcency. Increased pedal force may become necessary to produce the normal brakng effect. Depressng the brake pedal perodcally when travelng at length on salt-strewn roads can brng road-salt mpared brakng effcency back to normal. If the vehcle s parked after beng drven on salt-treated roads, the brakng effcency should be tested as soon as possble after drvng s resumed. Warnng! Make sure not to endanger any other road users when carryng out these brakng maneuvers. Warnng! If the vehcle becomes stuck n snow, make sure that snow s kept clear of the exhaust ppe and from around the vehcle wth the engne runnng. Otherwse, deadly carbon monoxde (CO) gases may enter vehcle nteror resultng n unconscousness and death. To assure suffcent fresh ar ventlaton, open a wndow slghtly on the sde of the vehcle not facng the wnd. Warnng! The outsde temperature ndcator s not desgned to serve as an ce-warnng devce and s therefore unsutable for that purpose. Indcated temperatures just above the freezng pont do not guarantee that the road surface s free of ce. For more nformaton on wnter drvng, see Wnter drvng ( page 326). 279

282 Operaton Drvng nstructons Standng water! Do not drve through flooded areas or water of unknown depth. Before drvng through water, determne ts depth. Never accelerate before drvng nto water. The bow wave could force water nto the engne and auxlary equpment, thus damagng them. If you must drve through standng water, drve slowly to prevent water from enterng the passenger compartment or the engne compartment. Water n these areas could cause damage to electrcal components or wrng of the engne or transmsson, or could result n water beng ngested by the engne through the ar ntake causng severe nternal engne damage. Any such damage s not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Lmted Warranty. Passenger compartment Warnng! Drvng abroad Always fasten tems beng carred as securely as possble. In an accdent, durng hard brakng or sudden maneuvers, loose tems wll be thrown around nsde the vehcle, and cause njury to vehcle occupants unless the tems are securely fastened n the vehcle. The trunk s the preferred place to carry objects. Abroad, there s an extensve Mercedes-Benz servce network at your dsposal. If you plan to drve nto areas whch are not lsted n the ndex of your Mercedes-Benz Center drectory, you should request pertnent nformaton from an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Control and operaton of rado transmtters COMAND*, rado, and telephone* Warnng! Please do not forget that your prmary responsblty s to drve the vehcle safely. Only operate the COMAND (Cockpt Management and Data System), rado, or telephone 1 f road, weather and traffc condtons permt. Bear n mnd that at a speed of just 30 mph (approxmately 50 km/h), your vehcle s coverng a dstance of 44 feet (approxmately 14 m) every second. 1 Observe all legal requrements. 280

283 Operaton Drvng nstructons Telephones and two-way rados Rado transmtters, such as a portable telephone or a ctzens band unt should only be used nsde the vehcle f they are connected to an antenna that s nstalled on the outsde of the vehcle. Refer to the rado transmtter operaton nstructons regardng use of an external antenna. Catalytc converter Your Mercedes-Benz s equpped wth Warnng! monolthc-type catalytc converters, an mportant element n conjuncton wth the Never operate rado transmtters equpped oxygen sensors to acheve substantal control of the pollutants n the exhaust ems- wth a bult-n or attached antenna (.e. wthout beng connected to an external antenna) sons. Keep your vehcle n proper from nsde the vehcle whle the engne s operatng condton by followng our recommended mantenance nstructons as runnng. Dong so could lead to a malfuncton of the vehcle s electronc system, possbly resultng n an accdent and/or outlned n your Mantenance Booklet. personal njury.! To prevent damage to the catalytc converters, only use premum unleaded gasolne n ths vehcle. Any notceable rregulartes n engne operaton should be repared promptly. Otherwse, excessve unburned fuel may reach the catalytc converter, causng t to overheat and potentally start a fre. Warnng! As wth any vehcle, do not dle, park or operate ths vehcle n areas where combustble materals such as grass, hay or leaves can come nto contact wth the hot exhaust system, as these materals could be gnted and cause a vehcle fre. 281

284 Operaton Drvng nstructons Emsson control Certan systems of the engne serve to keep the toxc components of the exhaust gases wthn permssble lmts requred by law. These systems, of course, wll functon properly only when mantaned strctly accordng to factory specfcatons. Any adjustments on the engne should, therefore, be carred out only by qualfed Mercedes-Benz Center authorzed techncans. Engne adjustments should not be altered n any way. Moreover, the specfed servce jobs must be carred out regularly accordng to Mercedes-Benz servcng requrements. For detals refer to the Mantenance Booklet. Warnng! Coolant temperature Inhalaton of exhaust gas s hazardous to your health. All exhaust gas contans carbon monoxde, and nhalng t can cause unconscousness and lead to death. Do not run the engne n confned areas (such as a garage) whch are not properly ventlated. If you thnk that exhaust gas fumes are enterng the vehcle whle drvng, have the cause determned and corrected mmedately. If you must drve under these condtons, drve only wth at least one wndow fully open at all tmes. Durng severe operatng condtons, e.g. stop-and-go traffc, the coolant temperature may rse close to approxmately 248 F (120 C). The engne should not be operated wth the coolant temperature over 248 F (120 C). Dong so may cause serous engne damage whch s not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Lmted Warranty. Warnng! Drvng when your engne s badly overheated can cause some fluds, whch may have leaked nto the engne compartment, to catch fre. You could be serously burned. Steam from an overheated engne can cause serous burns and can occur just by openng the hood. Stay away from the engne f you see or hear steam comng from t. Turn off the engne, get out of the vehcle and do not stand near the vehcle untl the engne has cooled down. 282

285 Operaton At the gas staton At the gas staton Refuelng Warnng! asolne s hghly flammable and posonous. It burns volently and can cause serous njury. Whenever you are around gasolne, avod nhalng fumes and skn contact, extngush all smokng materals. Never allow sparks, flame or smokng materals near gasolne! The fuel fller flap s located on the rght-hand sde of the vehcle towards the rear. Lockng/unlockng the vehcle wth the SmartKey or the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* automatcally locks/unlocks the fuel fller flap. now n poston 0, same as SmartKey removed from starter swtch). Open the fuel fller flap by pushng at the pont ndcated by the arrow. The fuel fller flap sprngs open. Turn the fuel cap to the left and hold on to t untl possble pressure s released. Take off the cap and set t n the recess on the fuel fller flap. To prevent fuel vapors from escapng nto open ar, fully nsert fller nozzle unt. Turn the engne off by turnng the SmartKey to poston 0. Remove the SmartKey from the starter swtch. Only fll your tank untl the fller nozzle unt cuts out do not top up or overfll. by pressng the KEYLESS-O* start/stop button ( page 35). Open the drver s door (wth the drver s door open, starter swtch s 283

286 Operaton At the gas staton Warnng! Replace the fuel cap by turnng t to the rght. You wll hear when the fuel cap s tghtened. Close the fuel fller flap. Overfllng of the fuel tank may create pressure n the system whch could cause a gas dscharge. Ths could cause the gas to spray back out when removng the fuel pump nozzle, whch could cause personal njury. Only use premum unleaded gasolne wth a mnmum Posted Octane Ratng of 91 (average of 96 RON/86 MON). Informaton on gasolne qualty can normally be found on the fuel pump. More nformaton on gasolne can be found n the Factory Approved Servce Products pamphlet. Leavng the engne runnng and the fuel cap open can cause the yellow engne malfuncton ndcator lamp? (USA only), ± (Canada only) to llumnate. For more nformaton, see the Practcal hnts secton ( page 341). Check regularly and before a long trp 1 Wndsheld washer and headlamp cleanng system* 2 Coolant level 3 Brake flud Openng the hood, see ( page 286). 284

287 Operaton At the gas staton Wndsheld washer system and headlamp cleanng system* For more nformaton on refllng the washer reservor, see Wndsheld washer system and headlamp cleanng system* ( page 295). Coolant For more nformaton on coolant, see Coolant level ( page 292) and see Fuels, coolants, lubrcants, etc. ( page 429). Brake flud! If you fnd that the brake flud n the brake flud reservor has fallen to the mnmum mark or below, have the brake system checked for brake pad thckness and leaks mmedately. Notfy an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center mmedately. Do not add brake flud as ths wll not solve the problem. For more nformaton, see Practcal hnts ( page 339). For nformaton on brake flud, see Brake flud ( page 431) Engne ol level For more nformaton on engne ol, see Engne ol ( page 287). Vehcle lghtng Check functon and cleanlness. For more nformaton on replacng lght bulbs, see Replacng bulbs ( page 389). For more nformaton, see Swtchng on headlamps ( page 50). Tre nflaton pressure For nformaton on tre nflaton pressure, see Checkng tre nflaton pressure ( page 307). 285

288 Operaton Engne compartment Hood Warnng! Do not pull the release lever whle the vehcle s n moton. Otherwse the hood could be forced open by passng ar flow. Openng The hood lock release lever s located n the drver s footwell to the left of the parkng brake pedal. Pull release lever 1 n drecton of arrow. The hood s unlocked and handle 2 wll extend out of the radator grlle. 2 Handle for openng the hood Pull handle 2 to ts stop out of radator grlle. Pull up on the hood (do not pull up on the handle) and then release t. The hood wll be automatcally held open at shoulder heght by gas-flled struts.! To avod damage to the wndsheld wpers or hood, never open the hood f the wper arms are folded forward away from the wndsheld. Warnng! To help prevent personal njury, stay clear of movng parts when the hood s open and the engne s runnng. Make sure the hood s properly closed before drvng. When closng the hood, use extreme cauton not to catch hands or fngers. The radator fan may contnue to run for approxmately 30 seconds or even restart after the engne has been turned off. Stay clear of fan blades. 1 Release lever 286

289 Operaton Engne compartment Warnng! If you see flames or smoke comng from the engne compartment, or f the coolant temperature gauge ndcates that the engne s overheated, do not open the hood. Move away from vehcle and do not open the hood untl the engne has cooled down. If necessary, call the fre department. Warnng! The engne s equpped wth a transstorzed gnton system. Because of the hgh voltage t s dangerous to touch any components (gnton cols, spark plug sockets, dagnostc socket) of the gnton system wth the engne runnng whle startng the engne f gnton s on and the engne s cranked manually Closng Warnng! Be careful that you do not close the hood on anyone. Let the hood drop from a heght of approxmately 1 ft. (30 cm). The hood wll lock audbly. Check to make sure the hood s fully closed. If you can rase the hood at a pont above the headlamps, then t s not properly closed. Open t agan and let t drop wth somewhat greater force. Engne ol The amount of ol your engne needs wll depend on a number of factors, ncludng drvng style. Hgher ol consumpton can occur when the vehcle s new the vehcle s drven frequently at hgher engne speeds Engne ol consumpton checks should only be made after the vehcle break-n perod. Do not use any specal lubrcant addtves, as these may damage the drve assembles. Usng specal addtves not approved by Mercedes-Benz may cause damage not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Lmted Warranty. More nformaton on ths subject s avalable at any Mercedes-Benz Center. 287

290 Operaton Engne compartment Checkng the engne ol level wth the control system When checkng the ol level the vehcle must be parked on level ground 288 wth the engne at operatng temperature, the vehcle must have been statonary for at least fve mnutes wth the engne turned off wth the engne not at operatng temperature yet, the vehcle must have been statonary for at least 30 mnutes wth the engne turned off To check the engne ol level va the multfuncton dsplay, do the followng: Swtch on gnton ( page 34). The standard dsplay ( page 148) should appear n the multfuncton dsplay. Press button k or j on the steerng wheel untl the followng message s seen n the multfuncton dsplay: ENINE OIL LEVEL MEASURIN NOW CORRECT MEASUREMENT ONLY IF VEH. LEVEL One of the followng messages wll subsequently appear n the ndcator: ENINE OIL LEVEL OK ADD 1.0 QT. TO REACH MAX. OIL LEVEL (Canada: 1.0 LITER) ADD 1.5 QTS. TO REACH MAX. OIL LEVEL (Canada: 1.5 LITERS) ADD 2.0 QTS. TO REACH MAX. OIL LEVEL (Canada: 2.0 LITERS) If you want to nterrupt the checkng procedure, press the k or j button on the multfuncton steerng wheel. If necessary, add engne ol. For addng engne ol see ( page 291). For more nformaton on engne ol, see the Techncal data secton ( page 429) and ( page 431).

291 Operaton Engne compartment Other dsplay messages If the SmartKey or KEYLESS-O* start/stop button ( page 35) s not n poston 2, the followng message wll appear: FOR ENINE OIL LEVEL SWITCH INITION ON Swtch on gnton ( page 34). If you see the message: PERF. SERV. ON TIME If engne s at operatng temperature, wat fve mnutes before repeatng check procedure. If engne s not at operatng temperature yet, wat 30 mnutes before repeatng check procedure. If you see the message: ENINE OIL LEVEL NOT WHEN ENINE ON Turn off the engne. If the engne s at operatng temperature, wat fve mnutes before checkng ol. If the engne s not at operatng temperature yet, you must wat 30 mnutes before checkng ol. If there s excess engne ol wth the engne at normal operatng temperature, the followng message wll appear: ENINE OIL LEVEL REDUCE OIL LEVEL Have excess ol sphoned or draned off. Contact an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center.! Excess ol must be sphoned or draned off. It could cause damage to the engne and catalytc converter not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Lmted Warranty. Perform the engne ol level check wth the dpstck (S 430, S 500, and S 55 AM only) f t cannot be completed wth the control system. In ths case we recommend that you have the system checked at a Mercedes-Benz Center. For more nformaton on messages n the multfuncton dsplay concernng engne ol, see the Practcal hnts secton ( page 362). 289

292 Operaton Engne compartment Checkng the engne ol level wth the ol dpstck (S 430, S 500, and S55AM only) When checkng the ol level the vehcle must be parked on level ground wth the engne at operatng temperature, the vehcle must have been statonary for at least fve mnutes wth the engne turned off The engne ol level can be checked by ether the ol dpstck or va the multfuncton dsplay n the nstrument cluster ( page 288). The amount of engne ol needed s shown more precsely n the multfuncton dsplay. To check the engne ol level wth the ol dpstck, do the followng: Open the hood ( page 286). Pull out ol dpstck 1 ( page 291). Fully nsert ol dpstck 1 nto the dpstck gude tube. Pull out ol dpstck 1 agan after approxmately three seconds to obtan accurate readng. Ol dpstck The ol level s correct when t s between the lower (mn) and upper (max) mark of the ol dpstck. The fllng quantty between the upper and lower marks on the ol dpstck s approxmately 2.1 US qt. (2.0 l). If necessary, add engne ol. For addng engne ol, see ( page 291). For more nformaton on engne, see the Techncal data secton ( page 429) and ( page 431). For more nformaton on messages n the multfuncton dsplay concernng engne ol, see the Practcal hnts secton ( page 362). Wpe ol dpstck 1 clean. 290

293 Operaton Engne compartment Addng engne ol! Only use approved engne ols and ol flters requred for vehcles wth Mantenance System (U.S. vehcles) or FSS (Canada vehcles). For a lstng of approved engne ols and ol flters, refer to the Factory Approved Servce Products pamphlet n your vehcle lterature portfolo, or contact an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Usng engne ols and ol flters of specfcaton other than those expressly requred for the Mantenance System (U.S. vehcles) or FSS (Canada vehcles), or changng of ol and ol flter at change ntervals longer than those called for by the Mantenance System (U.S. vehcles) or FSS (Canada Vehcles) wll result n engne damage not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Lmted Warranty. S 430, S 430 4MATIC, S 500, S 500 4MATIC, and S 55 AM 1 Ol dpstck (S 430, S 500, and S 55 AM only) 2 Fller cap Unscrew fller cap 2 from fller neck. Add engne ol as requred. Be careful not to overfll wth ol. Be careful not to spll any ol when addng. Avod envronmental damage caused by ol enterng the ground or water. S 600 Screw fller cap 2 back on fller neck. 1 Fller cap! Excess ol must be sphoned or draned off. It could cause damage to the engne and catalytc converter not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Lmted Warranty. Unscrew fller cap 1 from fller neck. Add engne ol as requred. Be careful not to overfll wth ol. 291

294 Operaton Engne compartment Be careful not to spll any ol when addng. Avod envronmental damage caused by ol enterng the ground or water.! Excess ol must be sphoned or draned off. It could cause damage to the engne and catalytc converter not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Lmted Warranty. Screw fller cap 1 back on fller neck. For more nformaton on engne, see the Techncal data secton ( page 429) and ( page 431). Transmsson flud level The transmsson flud level does not need to be checked. If you notce transmsson flud loss or gear shftng malfunctons, have an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center check the automatc transmsson. Actve Body Control* (ABC*) flud level Regular flud level check s not requred. If you notce flud leaks or malfuncton messages n the multfuncton dsplay, have an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center check the ABC-system. Coolant level The engne coolant s a mxture of water and antcorroson/antfreeze. When checkng the coolant level, the vehcle must be parked on level ground, and the engne must be cool. 292

295 Operaton Engne compartment Warnng! In order to avod any possbly serous burns: Use extreme cauton when openng the hood f there are any sgns of steam or coolant leakng from the coolng system, or f the coolant temperature gauge ndcates that the coolant s overheated. Do not remove pressure cap on coolant reservor f coolant temperature s above 158 F (70 C). Allow engne to cool down before removng cap. The coolant reservor contans hot flud and s under pressure. Usng a rag, slowly open the cap approxmately 1 / 2 turn to releve excess pressure. If opened mmedately, scaldng hot flud and steam wll be blown out under pressure. Do not spll antfreeze on hot engne parts. Antfreeze contans ethylene glycol whch may burn f t comes nto contact wth hot engne parts. The coolant expanson tank s located on the passenger sde of the engne compartment. 1 Coolant expanson tank Usng a rag, turn the cap slowly approxmately one half turn to the left to release any excess pressure. Contnue turnng the cap to the left and remove t. The coolant level s correct f the level! S 600: Only open the cap on coolant expanson tank 1. Never open the cap between the charge-ar coolers. Otherwse, the engne could be damaged. for cold coolant: reaches the black top part of the reservor for warm coolant: s approxmately 0.6 n (1.5 cm) hgher Add coolant as requred. Replace and tghten cap. For more nformaton on coolant, see Coolants ( page 433). 293

296 Operaton Engne compartment Battery Your vehcle s battery s located on the rght sde of the trunk floor ( page 403). The battery should always be suffcently charged n order to acheve ts rated servce lfe. Refer to Mantenance Booklet for battery mantenance ntervals. If you use your vehcle mostly for short-dstance trps, you wll need to have the battery charge checked more frequently. When replacng the battery, always use batteres approved by Mercedes-Benz. If you do not ntend to operate your vehcle for an extended perod of tme, consult an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center about steps you need to observe. Observe A Rsk D Keep B Battery E Wear C Keep F Follow all safety nstructons and precautons when handlng automotve batteres. of exploson flames or sparks away from battery. Do not smoke. acd s caustc. Do not allow t to come nto contact wth skn, eyes or clothng. In case t does, mmedately flush affected area wth clear water and seek medcal help f necessary. eye protecton. chldren away. the nstructons n ths Operator's Manual. Batteres contan materals that can harm the envronment f dsposed of mproperly. Recyclng of batteres s the preferred method of dsposal. Many states requre sellers of batteres to accept old batteres for recyclng. 294

297 Operaton Engne compartment Wndsheld washer system and headlamp cleanng system* The wndsheld washer reservor s located n the engne compartment. 1 Washer flud reservor Flud for the wndsheld washer system and the headlamp cleanng system s suppled from the wndsheld washer reservor. It has a capacty of approxmately: 3.2 US qt. (3.0 l) n vehcles wthout headlamp cleanng system 7.1 US qt. (6.7 l) n vehcles wth headlamp cleanng system or heated reservor Durng all seasons, add MB Wndsheld Washer Concentrate S to water. Premx the wndsheld washer flud n a sutable contaner. Refll the reservor wth MB Wndsheld Washer Concentrate and water (or commercally avalable premxed wndsheld washer solvent/antfreeze, dependng on ambent temperatures). Always use washer solvent/antfreeze where temperatures may fall below freezng pont. Falure to do so could result n damage to the washer system/reservor. Warnng! Washer solvent/antfreeze s hghly flammable. Do not spll washer solvent/antfreeze on hot engne parts, because t may gnte and burn. You could be serously burned.! Only use washer flud whch s sutable for plastc lenses. Improper washer flud can damage the plastc lenses of the headlamps. For more nformaton, see Wndsheld and headlamp washer system ( page 436). 295

298 Operaton Tres and wheels See an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center for nformaton on tested and recommended rms and tres for summer and wnter operaton. They can also offer advce concernng tre servce and purchase. Warnng! 296 Replace rms or tres wth the same desgnaton, manufacturer and type as shown on the orgnal part. See an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center for further nformaton. If ncorrectly szed rms and tres are mounted: The wheel brakes or suspenson components can be damaged. The operatng clearance of the wheels and the tres may no longer be correct. Warnng! Worn, old tres can cause accdents. If the tre tread s badly worn, or f the tres have sustaned damage, replace them. When replacng rms, only use genune Mercedes-Benz wheel bolts specfed for the partcular rm type. Falure to do so can result n the bolts loosenng and possbly an accdent. Retreaded tres are not tested or recommended by Mercedes-Benz, snce prevous damage cannot always be recognzed on retreads. The operatng safety of the vehcle cannot be assured when such tres are used. See an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center for nformaton on tested and recommended rms and tres for summer and wnter operaton. Important gudelnes Only use sets of tres and rms of the same type and make. Tres must be of the correct sze for the rm. Break n new tres for approxmately 60 mles (100 km) at moderate speeds. Regularly check the tres and rms for damage. Dented or bent rms can cause tre nflaton pressure loss and damage to the tre beads. If vehcle s heavly loaded, check tre nflaton pressure and correct as requred. Do not allow your tres to wear down too far. Adheson propertes on wet roads are sharply reduced at tread depths under 1 / 8 n (3 mm). When replacng ndvdual tres, you should mount new tres on the front wheels frst (on vehcles wth same-szed wheels all around).

299 Operaton Tres and wheels Tre care and mantenance Warnng! Regularly check the tres for damage. Damaged tres can cause tre nflaton pressure loss. As a result, you could lose control of your vehcle. Worn, old tres can cause accdents. If the tre tread s badly worn, or f the tres have sustaned damage, replace them. Regularly check your tre nflaton pressure at least once a month. For more nformaton on checkng tre nflaton pressure see Recommended tre nflaton pressure ( page 305). Tre nspecton Every tme you check your tre nflaton pressure, you should also nspect your tres for the followng: excessve tread wear ( page 298) cord or fabrc showng through the tre s rubber bumps, bulges, cuts, cracks or splts n the tread or sde of the tre Replace the tre f you fnd any of the above condtons. Make sure you also nspect the spare tre perodcally for condton and nflaton. Spare tres wll age and become worn over tme even f never used, and thus should be nspected and replaced when necessary. Lfe of tre The servce lfe of a tre s dependent upon varyng factors ncludng but not lmted to: Drvng style Tre nflaton pressure Dstance drven Warnng! Tres and spare tre should be replaced after sx years, regardless of the remanng tread. 297

300 Operaton Tres and wheels Tread depth Do not allow your tres to wear down too far. Adheson propertes on wet roads are sharply reduced at tread depths under 1 / 8 n (3 mm). Tread wear ndcators (TWI) are requred by law. These ndcators are located n sx places on the tread crcumference and become vsble at a tread depth of approxmately 1 / 16 n (1.6 mm), at whch pont the tre s consdered worn and should be replaced. Recommended mnmum tre tread depth: Summer tres 1 / 8 n (3 mm) Wnter tres 1 / 6 n (4 mm) Warnng! Although the applcable federal motor safety laws consder a tre to be worn when the tread wear ndcators (TWI) become vsble at approxmately 1 / 16 n (1.6 mm), we recommend that you do not allow your tres to wear down to that level. As tread depth approaches 1 / 8 n (3 mm), the adheson propertes on a wet road are sharply reduced. Dependng upon the weather and/or road surface (condtons), the tre tracton vares wdely. 1 TWI (Tread Wear Indcator) The tread wear ndcator appears as a sold band across the tread. Storng tres! Keep unmounted tres n a cool, dry place wth as lttle exposure to lght as possble. Protect tres from contact wth ol, grease and gasolne. Cleanng tres! Never use a round nozzle to power wash tres. The ntense jet of water can result n damage to the tre. Always replace a damaged tre. 298

301 Operaton Tres and wheels Drecton of rotaton Undrectonal tres offer added advantages, such as better hydroplanng performance. To beneft, however, you must make sure the tres rotate n the drecton specfed. An arrow on the sdewall ndcates the ntended drecton of rotaton (spnnng) of the tre. Spare wheels may be mounted aganst the drecton of rotaton (spnnng) even wth a undrectonal tre for temporary use only untl the regular drve wheel has been repared or replaced. Always observe and follow applcable temporary use restrctons and speed lmtatons ndcated on the spare wheel. Loadng the vehcle Two labels on your vehcle show how much weght t may properly carry. The Tre and Loadng Informaton placard (Example A) or the Vehcle Tre Informaton placard (Example B) can be found on the drver's door B-pllar. Ths placard tells you mportant nformaton about the number of people that can be n the vehcle and the total weght that can be carred n the vehcle. It also contans nformaton on the proper sze and recommended tre nflaton pressures for the orgnal equpment tres on your vehcle. The Certfcaton label, also found on the drver s door B-pllar tells you about the gross weght capacty of your vehcle, called the ross Vehcle Weght Ratng (VWR). The VWR ncludes the weght of the vehcle, all occupants, fuel and cargo. The Certfcaton label also tells you about the front and rear axle weght capacty, called the ross Axle Weght Ratng (AWR). The AWR s the total allowable weght that can be carred by a sngle axle (front or rear). Never exceed the VWR or AWR for ether the front axle or rear axle. 299

302 Operaton Tres and wheels Tre and Loadng Informaton Placard (Example A) Warnng! 1 Drver s door B-pllar Followng s a dscusson on how to work wth the nformaton contaned on the two placards wth regards to loadng your vehcle. Do not overload the tres by exceedng the specfed load lmt or vehcle capacty weght as ndcated on the placard on the drver s door B-pllar. Overloadng the tres can overheat them, possbly causng a blowout. Overloadng the tres can also result n handlng or steerng problems, or brake falure. Your vehcle s equpped wth ether the Tre and Loadng Informaton placard (Example A) or the Vehcle Tre Informaton placard (Example B). Data shown on placard examples s for llustraton purposes only. Load lmt data s specfc to each vehcle and may vary from data shown n the llustratons below. Refer to placard on vehcle for actual data specfc to your vehcle. 1 Load lmt nformaton on the Tre and Loadng Informaton placard The placard showng the load lmt nformaton s located on the drver's door B-pllar. If your vehcle s equpped wth the Tre and Loadng Informaton placard (Example A), locate the statement The combned weght of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX klograms or XXX lbs. on ths placard. The combned weght of all occupants, cargo/luggage and traler tongue load (f applcable) should never exceed the weght referenced n that statement. 300

303 Operaton Tres and wheels Placard (Example B) 1 Load lmt nformaton on the Vehcle Tre Informaton placard The placard showng the load lmt nformaton s located on the drver s door B-pllar. If your vehcle s equpped wth the Vehcle Tre Informaton placard (Example B), locate the headng Vehcle Capacty Weght on ths placard. The combned weght of all occupants, cargo/luggage and traler tongue (f applcable) should never exceed the weght lsted next to vehcle capacty weght. Seatng capacty The seatng capacty gves you mportant nformaton on the number of occupants that can be n the vehcle. Observe front and rear seatng capacty. Your vehcle s equpped wth ether placard Example A or placard Example B located on the drver's door B-pllar ( page 300). Data shown on placard examples s for llustraton purposes only. Seatng data s specfc to each vehcle and may vary from data shown n the llustratons below. Refer to placard on vehcle for actual data specfc to your vehcle. Placard (Example A) 1 Seatng capacty Placard (Example B) 1 Seatng capacty 301

304 Operaton Tres and wheels Steps for determnng correct load lmt The followng steps have been developed as requred of all manufacturers under Ttle 49, Code of U.S. Federal Regulatons, Part 575 pursuant to the Natonal Traffc and Motor Vehcle Safety Act of Step 1 (Vehcles equpped wth placard Example A) Locate the statement The combned weght of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs. on your vehcle s placard. Step 1 (Vehcles equpped wth placard Example B) Locate the headng Vehcle Capacty Weght on your vehcle s placard. Step 2 Determne the combned weght of the drver and passengers that wll be rdng n your vehcle. Step 3 Subtract the combned weght of the drver and passengers from XXX klograms or XXX lbs. Step 4 The resultng fgure equals the avalable amount of cargo and luggage load capacty. For example, f the XXX amount equals 1400 lbs. and there wll be fve 150 lbs. passengers n your vehcle, the amount of avalable cargo and luggage load capacty s 650 lbs. ( (5 x150) = 650 lbs.) Step 5 Determne the combned weght of luggage and cargo beng loaded on the vehcle. That weght may not safely exceed the avalable cargo and luggage load capacty calculated n step 4. Step 6 (f applcable) If your vehcle wll be towng a traler, load from your traler wll be transferred to your vehcle. Consult ths manual to determne how ths reduces the avalable cargo and luggage load capacty of your vehcle ( page 304). The followng table shows examples on how to calculate total and cargo load capactes wth varyng seatng confguratons and number and sze of occupants. The followng examples use a load lmt of 1500 lbs. Ths s for llustraton purposes only. Make sure you are usng the actual load lmt for your vehcle stated on the vehcle s placard ( page 300). 302

305 Operaton Tres and wheels Example Combned weght lmt of occupants and cargo from placard Number of occupants (drver and passengers) The hgher the weght of all occupants, the less cargo and luggage load capacty s avalable. For more nformaton, see Traler tongue load ( page 304). Seatng confguraton lbs 5 front: 2 rear: lbs 3 front: 1 rear: 2 Occupants weght Occupant 1: 150 lbs Occupant 2: 180 lbs Occupant 3: 160 lbs Occupant 4: 140 lbs Occupant 5: 120 lbs Occupant 1: 200 lbs Occupant 2: 190 lbs Occupant 3: 150 lbs Combned weght of all occupants Avalable cargo/luggage and traler tongue weght (total load lmt or vehcle capacty weght from placard mnus combned weght of all occupants) 750 lbs 1500 lbs lbs = 750 lbs 540 lbs 1500 lbs lbs = 960 lbs lbs 1 front:1 Occupant 1: 150 lbs 150 lbs 1500 lbs lbs = 1350 lbs 303

306 Operaton Tres and wheels Certfcaton label Even after careful determnaton of the combned weght of all occupants, cargo and the traler tongue load (f applcable) ( page 304) as to not exceed the permssble load lmt, you must make sure that your vehcle never exceeds the ross Vehcle Weght Ratng (VWR) and the ross Axle Weght Ratng (AWR) for ether the front or rear axle. You can obtan the VWR and AWR from the Certfcaton label. The Certfcaton Label can be found on the drver s door B-pllar, see Techncal data ( page 418). ross Vehcle Weght Ratng (VWR): The total weght of the vehcle, all occupants, all cargo, and the traler tongue load ( page 304) must never exceed the VWR. ross Axle Weght Ratng (AWR): The total allowable weght that can be carred by a sngle axle (front or rear). To assure that your vehcle does not exceed the maxmum permssble weght lmts (VWR and AWR for front and rear axle), have the loaded vehcle (ncludng drver, passengers and all cargo and, f applcable, traler fully loaded) weghed on a sutable commercal scale. Traler tongue load The tongue load of any traler s an mportant weght to measure because t affects the load you can carry n your vehcle. If a traler s towed, the tongue load must be added to the weght of all occupants rdng and any cargo you are carryng n the vehcle. The tongue load typcally s ten percent of the traler weght and everythng loaded n t. Your Mercedes-Benz has been desgned prmarly to carry passengers and ther cargo. Mercedes-Benz does not recommend traler towng wth your vehcle. 304

307 Operaton Tres and wheels Recommended tre nflaton pressure Warnng! Follow recommended tre nflaton pressures. Do not undernflate tres. Undernflated tres wear excessvely and/or unevenly, adversely affect handlng and fuel economy, and are more lkely to fal from beng overheated. Do not overnflate tres. Overnflated tres can adversely affect handlng and rde comfort, wear unevenly, ncrease stoppng dstance, and result n sudden deflaton (blowout) because they are more lkely to become punctured or damaged by road debrs, potholes etc. Your vehcle s equpped wth ether the Tre and Loadng Informaton placard (Example A) or the Vehcle Tre Informaton placard (Example B) located on the drver's door B-pllar ( page 300). The tre nflaton pressure should be checked regularly and should only be adjusted on cold tres. The tres can be consdered cold f the vehcle has been parked for at least three hours or drven less than one mle (1.6 km). Follow recommended cold tre nflaton pressures lsted on placard. Keepng the tres properly nflated provdes the best handlng, tread lfe and rdng comfort. In addton to the tre placard on the drver s door B-pllar, also consult the fuel fller flap for any addtonal nformaton pertanng to specal drvng stuatons. For more nformaton, see Important notes on tre nflaton pressure ( page 306). Data shown on placard examples s for llustraton purposes only. Tre data s specfc to each vehcle and may vary from data shown n the llustratons below. Refer to placard on vehcle for actual data specfc to your vehcle. Placard (Example A) 1 Tre and Loadng Informaton placard wth recommended cold tre nflaton pressures Placard (Example A) lsts the recommended cold tre nflaton pressures for maxmum loaded vehcle weght. The tre nflaton pressures lsted apply to the tres nstalled as orgnal equpment. 305

308 Operaton Tres and wheels Placard (Example B) 1 Vehcle Tre Informaton placard wth recommended cold tre nflaton pressures Placard (Example B) lsts the recommended cold tre nflaton pressures for maxmum loaded vehcle weght. The tre nflaton pressures lsted apply to the tres nstalled as orgnal equpment. Placard (Example B) may lst recommended cold tre nflaton pressures for dfferent vehcle loads. Important notes on tre nflaton pressure Warnng! If the tre nflaton pressure repeatedly drops: Check the tres for punctures from foregn objects. Check to see whether ar s leakng from the valves or from around the rm. Tre temperature and tre nflaton pressure are also ncreased whle drvng, dependng on the drvng speed and the tre load. If you wll be drvng your vehcle at hgh speeds of 100 mph (160 km/h) or hgher, where t s legal and condtons allow, consult the placard on the nsde of the fuel fller flap on how to adjust the cold tre nflaton pressure. If you do not adjust the tre nflaton pressure, excessve heat can buld up and result n sudden tre falure. Be sure to readjust the tre nflaton pressure for normal drvng speeds. You should wat untl the tres are cold before adjustng the tre nflaton pressure. Some vehcles may have supplemental tre pressure nformaton for vehcle loads less than the maxmum loaded vehcle condton. If such nformaton s provded, t can be found on the placard located on the nsde of the fuel fller flap. Tre nflaton pressure changes by approxmately 1.5 ps (0.1 bar) per 18 F (10 C) of ar temperature change. Keep ths n mnd when checkng tre nflaton pressure where the temperature s dfferent from the outsde temperature. 306

309 Operaton Tres and wheels Checkng tre nflaton pressure Regularly check your tre nflaton pressure at least once a month. Check and adjust the tre nflaton pressure when the tres are cold. The tres can be consdered cold f the vehcle has been parked for at least three hours or drven less than one mle (1.6 km). If you check the tre nflaton pressure when the tres are warm (the vehcle has been drven for several mles or sttng less than three hours), the readng wll be approxmately 4 ps (0.3 bar) hgher than the cold readng. Ths s normal. Do not let ar out to match the specfed cold tre nflaton pressure. Otherwse, the tre wll be undernflated. Checkng tre nflaton pressure manually Follow the steps below to acheve correct tre nflaton pressure: Remove the cap from the valve on one tre. Frmly press a tre gauge onto the valve. Read tre nflaton pressure on tre gauge and check aganst the recommended tre nflaton pressure on the placard on the drver s door B-pllar ( page 305). If necessary, add ar to acheve the recommended tre nflaton pressure. If you have overflled the tre, release tre nflaton pressure by pushng the metal stem of the valve wth e.g. a tp of a pen. Then recheck the tre nflaton pressure wth the tre gauge. Install the valve cap. Repeat ths procedure for each tre. Checkng tre nflaton pressure electroncally* The tre nflaton pressure montor only functons on wheels that are equpped wth the proper electronc sensors. It montors the tre nflaton pressure, as selected by the drver, n all four tres. A warnng s ssued to alert you to a decrease n tre nflaton pressure n one or more of the tres. You can call up the tre nflaton pressure montorng dsplay usng the control system ( page 143). 307

310 Operaton Tres and wheels After you have reactvated the tre nflaton pressure montor, the current tre nflaton pressures wll only be shown after a few mnutes drvng tme. Durng ths tme, you wll see the followng message n the multfuncton dsplay: TIRE PRES. DISPLAY APPEARS AFTER DRIVIN A FEW MINUTES Possble dfferences between the readngs of a tre nflaton pressure gauge of an ar hose, e.g. gas staton equpment, and the vehcle s control system can occur. The readngs ssued by the control system are more precse. Press button è or ÿ on the multfuncton steerng wheel repeatedly untl the standard dsplay menu appears n the multfuncton dsplay ( page 143). Press button j or k repeatedly untl the current tre nflaton pressures for each tre appear n the multfuncton dsplay. You can select the unt of measure (Bar/Ps) used for the tre nflaton pressure by changng the settng n the control system ( page 164). Warnng! When the tre nflaton pressure montorng system warnng lght s lt, one or more of your tres s sgnfcantly under-nflated. You should stop and check your tres as soon as possble, and nflate them to the proper tre nflaton pressure as ndcated on the vehcle s tre nformaton placard. Drvng on a sgnfcantly under-nflated tre causes the tre to overheat and can lead to tre falure. Under-nflaton also reduces fuel effcency and tre tread lfe, and may affect the vehcle s handlng and stoppng ablty. Each tre, ncludng the spare, should be checked monthly when cold and set to the recommended tre nflaton pressure as specfed n the vehcle placard and owner s manual. Swtch on the gnton ( page 34). 308

311 Operaton Tres and wheels The recommended tre nflaton pressures for your vehcle can be found on the tre placard located on the drver s door B-pllar. The tre nflaton pressures are not lsted n the owner s manual. Warnng! The tre nflaton pressure montor does not ndcate a warnng for wrongly selected tre nflaton pressures. Always adjust tre nflaton pressure accordng to the placard on the drver s door B-pllar or, f avalable, the nsde of the fuel fller flap. The tre nflaton pressure montor s not able to ssue a warnng due to a sudden dramatc loss of tre nflaton pressure (e.g. tre blowout caused by a foregn object). In ths case brng the vehcle to a halt by carefully applyng the brakes and avodng abrupt steerng maneuvers. Operatng rado transmsson equpment (e.g. wreless headsets, two-way rados) n or near the vehcle could cause the tre nflaton pressure montor to malfuncton. Warnng! Follow recommend tre nflaton pressures. Do not overnflate tres. Overnflatng tres can result n sudden deflaton (blowout) because they are more lkely to become punctured or damaged by road debrs, potholes, etc. Do not undernflate tres. Undernflated tres wear unevenly, adversely affect handlng and fuel economy, and are more lkely to fal from beng overheated. Do not overload the tres by exceedng the specfed load lmt or vehcle capacty weght as ndcated on the placard on the drver s door B-pllar. Overloadng the tres can overheat them, possbly causng a blowout. 309

312 Operaton Tres and wheels Reactvatng the tre nflaton pressure montor The tre nflaton pressure montor must be reactvated n the followng stuatons: If you have changed the tre nflaton pressure If you have replaced the wheels or tres If you have nstalled new wheels or tres Usng the tre placard on the drver s door B-pllar or, f avalable, the nsde of the fuel fller flap, make sure the tre nflaton pressure of all four tres s correct. Press button j or k repeatedly untl you see the current tre nflaton pressures for each tre appear n the multfuncton dsplay or the followng message appears n the multfuncton dsplay: TIRE PRES. DISPLAY APPEARS AFTER DRIVIN A FEW MINUTES If you are transportng a deflated tre n the vehcle, do not actvate the tre nflaton pressure montor untl the deflated tre s no longer n the vehcle you have nflated the tre to the correct tre nflaton pressure Press the reset button J on the nstrument cluster ( page 140). The followng message wll appear n the multfuncton dsplay: MONITOR CURRENT TIRE PRESSURES? Press the æ button. The followng message wll appear n the multfuncton dsplay: TIRE PRES. MONITOR REACTIVATED The tre nflaton pressure montor wll now montor the tre nflaton pressure values of all four tres. The followng message wll appear n the multfuncton dsplay feld: TIRE PRES. DISPLAY APPEARS AFTER DRIVIN A FEW MINUTES Ths dsplay appears untl the ndvdual tre nflaton pressure values are matched wth the tres. The ndvdual values are then dsplayed ( page 308). 310

313 Operaton Tres and wheels If you wsh to cancel actvaton: Press the ç button. If one of the followng messages appears n the multfuncton dsplay: TIRE PRES. MONITOR REACTIVATE AFTER CORRECTIN PRESSURE TIRE PRESSURE PLEASE CORRECT Check the tre nflaton pressures and correct them f necessary. Reactvate the tre nflaton pressure montor. Potental problems assocated wth undernflated and overnflated tres Undernflated tre nflaton pressure Undernflated tres can: cause excessve and uneven tre wear adversely affect fuel economy lead to tre falure from beng overheated adversely affect handlng characterstcs Warnng! Follow recommended tre nflaton pressures. Do not undernflate tres. Undernflated tres wear excessvely and/or unevenly, adversely affect handlng and fuel economy, and are more lkely to fal from beng overheated. Overnflated tre nflaton pressure Overnflated tres can: adversely affect handlng characterstcs cause uneven tre wear be more prone to damage from road hazards adversely affect rde comfort ncrease stoppng dstance Warnng! Follow recommended tre nflaton pressures. Do not overnflate tres. Overnflated tres can adversely affect handlng and rde comfort, wear unevenly, ncrease stoppng dstance, and result n sudden deflaton (blowout) because they are more lkely to become punctured or damaged by road debrs, potholes etc. 311

314 Operaton Tres and wheels Tre labelng Besdes tre name (sales desgnaton) and manufacturer name, a number of markngs can be found on a tre. Followng are some explanatons for the markngs on your vehcle's tres: 1 Unform Qualty radng Standards ( page 319) 2 DOT, Tre Identfcaton Number (TIN) ( page 317) 3 Maxmum tre load ( page 318) 4 Maxmum tre nflaton pressure ( page 319) 5 Manufacturer 6 Tre ply materal ( page 321) 7 Tre sze desgnaton, load and speed ratng ( page 312) 8 Load dentfcaton ( page 316) 9 Tre name For llustraton purposes only. Actual data on tres s specfc to each vehcle and may vary from data shown n above llustraton. For more nformaton, see Rms and tres ( page 422). Tre sze desgnaton, load and speed ratng 1 Tre wdth 2 Aspect rato n % 3 Radal tre code 4 Rm dameter 5 Tre load ratng 6 Tre speed ratng For llustraton purposes only. Actual data on tres s specfc to each vehcle and may vary from data shown n above llustraton. 312

315 Operaton Tres and wheels eneral: Dependng on the desgn standards used, the tre sze molded nto the sdewall may have no letter or a letter precedng the tre sze desgnaton. No letter precedng the sze desgnaton (as llustrated above): Passenger car tre based on European desgn standards. Letter P precedng the sze desgnaton: Passenger car tre based on U.S. desgn standards. Letter LT precedng the sze desgnaton: Lght Truck tre based on U.S. desgn standards. Letter T precedng the sze desgnaton: Temporary spare tres whch are hgh pressure compact spares desgned for temporary emergency use only. Tre wdth The tre wdth 1 ( page 312) ndcates the nomnal tre wdth n mm. Aspect rato The aspect rato 2 ( page 312) s the dmensonal relatonshp between tre secton heght and secton wdth and s expressed n percentage. The aspect rato s arrved at by dvdng secton heght by secton wdth. Tre code The tre code 3 ( page 312) ndcates the tre constructon type. The R stands for radal tre type. Letter D means dagonal or bas ply constructon; letter B means belted-bas ply constructon. At the tre manufacturer's opton, any tre wth a speed capablty above 149 mph (240 km/h) can nclude a ZR n the sze desgnaton (for example: 245/40 ZR 18). For addtonal nformaton, see Tre speed ratng ( page 314). Rm dameter The rm dameter 4 ( page 312) s the dameter of the bead seat, not the dameter of the rm edge. Rm dameter s ndcated n nches (n). Tre load ratng The tre load ratng 5 ( page 312) s a numercal code assocated wth the maxmum load a tre can support. For example, a load ratng of 91 corresponds to a maxmum load of 1356 lbs (615 kg) the tre s desgned to support. See also Maxmum tre load ( page 318) where the maxmum load assocated wth the load ndex s ndcated n klograms and lbs. 313

316 Operaton Tres and wheels Warnng The tre load ratng must always be at least half of the AWR ( page 322) of your vehcle. Otherwse, tre falure may be the result whch may cause an accdent and/or serous personal njury to you or others. Always replace rms and tres wth the same desgnaton, manufacturer and type as shown on the orgnal part. Warnng! Do not overload the tres by exceedng the specfed load lmt or vehcle capacty weght as ndcated on the placard located on the drver's door B-pllar. Overloadng the tres can overheat them, possbly causng a blowout. Overloadng the tres can also result n handlng or steerng problems, or brake falure. For addtonal nformaton on tre load ratng, see Load dentfcaton ( page 316). Tre load ratng 5 ( page 312) and Tre speed ratng 6 ( page 312) are also referred to as servce descrpton. Tre speed ratng The tre speed ratng 6 ( page 312) ndcates the approved maxmum speed for the tre. Warnng! Even when permtted by law, never operate a vehcle at speeds greater than the maxmum speed ratng of the tres. Exceedng the maxmum speed for whch tres are rated can lead to sudden tre falure, causng loss of vehcle control and possbly resultng n an accdent and/or personal njury and possble death, for you and for others. Tre load ratng 5 ( page 312) and Tre speed ratng 6 ( page 312) are also referred to as servce descrpton. 314

317 Operaton Tres and wheels Summer tres Index Q R S T H V W Y (Y) ZR Speed ratng up to 100 mph (160 km/h) up to 106 mph (170 km/h) up to 112 mph (180 km/h) up to 118 mph (190 km/h) up to 130 mph (210 km/h) up to 149 mph (240 km/h) up to 168 mph (270 km/h) up to 186 mph (300 km/h) above 186 mph (300 km/h) above 149 mph (240 km/h) At the tre manufacturer's opton, any tre wth a speed capablty above 149 mph (240 km/h) can nclude a ZR n the sze desgnaton (for example: 245/40 ZR18). To determne the maxmum speed capablty of the tre, the servce descrpton for the tre must be referred to. The servce descrpton s comprsed of the tre load ratng 5 ( page 312) and the tre speed ratng 6 ( page 312). If your tre ncludes ZR n the sze desgnaton and no servce descrpton 5 and 6 ( page 312) s gven, the tre manufacturer must be consulted for the maxmum speed capablty. If a servce descrpton 5 and 6 ( page 312) s gven, the speed capablty s lmted by the speed symbol n the servce descrpton. Example: 245/40 ZR18 97Y. In ths example, 97Y s the servce descrpton. The letter Y desgnates the speed ratng and the speed capablty of the tre s lmted to 186 mph (300 km/h). Any tre wth a speed capablty above 186 mph (300 km/h) must nclude a ZR n the sze desgnaton AND the servce descrpton must be placed n parenthess. Example: 275/40 ZR 18 (99Y). The (Y) speed ratng n parenthess desgnates the maxmum speed capablty of the tre as beng above 186 mph (300 km/h). Consult the tre manufacturer for the actual maxmum permssble speed of the tre. 315

318 Operaton Tres and wheels All-season and wnter tres Index Speed ratng Q M+S up to 100 mph (160 km/h) T M+S up to 118 mph (190 km/h) H M+S up to 130 mph (210 km/h) V M+S up to 149 mph (240 km/h) The markng M+S next to the servce descrpton desgnates tres wth mud and snow capabltes. Load dentfcaton 1 Load dentfcaton For llustraton purposes only. Actual data on tres s specfc to each vehcle and may vary from data shown n above llustraton. In addton to tre load ratng, specal load nformaton may be molded nto the tre sdewall followng the letter desgnatng the tre speed ratng 1 ( page 316). No specfcaton gven: absence of any text (lke n above example) ndcates a standard load (SL) tre. XL (Extra Load): desgnates an extra load (or renforced) tre. Lght Load: desgnates a lght load tre. C, D, E: desgnates load range assocated wth the maxmum load a tre can carry at a specfed pressure. 316

319 Operaton Tres and wheels DOT, Tre Identfcaton Number (TIN) U.S. tre regulatons requre each new tre manufacturer or tre retreader to mold a TIN nto or onto a sdewall of each tre produced. The TIN s a unque dentfer whch facltates efforts by tre manufactures to notfy purchasers n recall stuatons or other safety matters concernng tres and gves purchasers the means to easly dentfy such tres. The TIN s comprsed of Manufacturer s dentfcaton mark, Tre sze, Tre type code and Date of manufacture. 1 DOT 2 Manufacturer s dentfcaton mark 3 Tre sze 4 Tre type code (at the opton of the tre manufacturer) 5 Date of manufacture For llustraton purposes only. Actual data on tres s specfc to each vehcle and may vary from data shown n above llustraton. DOT (Department of Transportaton) A tre brandng symbol 1 ( page 317) whch denotes the tre meets requrements of the U.S. Department of Transportaton. Manufacturer s dentfcaton mark The manufacturer s dentfcaton mark 2 ( page 317) denotes the tre manufacturer. New tres have a mark wth two symbols. Retreaded tres have a mark wth four symbols. For more nformaton on retreaded tres, see ( page 296). Tre sze The code 3 ( page 317) ndcates the tre sze. 317

320 Operaton Tres and wheels Tre type code The code 4 ( page 317) may, at the opton of the manufacturer, be used as a descrptve code for dentfyng sgnfcant characterstcs of the tre. Date of manufacture The date of manufacture 5 ( page 317) dentfes the week and year of manufacture. The frst two fgures dentfy the week, startng wth 01 to represent the frst full week of the calendar year. The second two fgures represent the year. For example, 3202 represents the 32nd week of Maxmum tre load 1 Maxmum tre load ratng For llustraton purposes only. Actual data on tres s specfc to each vehcle and may vary from data shown n above llustraton. The maxmum tre load s the maxmum weght the tres are desgned to support. Warnng! Do not overload the tres by exceedng the specfed load lmt or vehcle capacty weght as ndcated on the placard located on the drver s door B-pllar. Overloadng the tres can overheat them, possbly causng a blowout. Overloadng the tres can also result n handlng or steerng problems, or brake falure. For more nformaton on tre load ratng ( page 313). For nformaton on calculatng total and cargo load capactes ( page 302). 318

321 Operaton Tres and wheels Maxmum tre nflaton pressure 1 Maxmum permssble tre nflaton pressure For llustraton purposes only. Actual data on tres s specfc to each vehcle and may vary from data shown n above llustraton. Ths s the maxmum permssble tre nflaton pressure for the tre. Always follow the recommended tre nflaton pressure ( page 305) for proper tre nflaton. Warnng! Never exceed the max. tre nflaton pressure. Follow recommended tre nflaton pressures. Do not undernflate tres. Undernflated tres wear excessvely and/or unevenly, adversely affect handlng and fuel economy, and are more lkely to fal from beng overheated. Do not overnflate tres. Overnflated tres can adversely affect handlng and rde comfort, wear unevenly, ncrease stoppng dstance, and result n sudden deflaton (blowout) because they are more lkely to become punctured or damaged by road debrs, potholes etc. Unform Tre Qualty radng Standards (U.S. vehcles) Tre manufacturers are requred to grade tres based on three performance factors: treadwear, tracton and temperature resstance. 1 Treadwear 2 Tracton 3 Temperature resstance For llustraton purposes only. Actual data on tres s specfc to each vehcle and may vary from data shown n above llustraton. 319

322 Operaton Tres and wheels Qualty grades can be found, where applcable, on the tre sdewall between tread shoulder and maxmum secton wdth. For example: Treadwear Tracton Temperature 200 AA A All passenger car tres must conform to federal safety requrements n addton to these grades. Treadwear The treadwear grade s a comparatve ratng based on the wear rate of the tre when tested under controlled condtons on a specfed government test course. For example, a tre graded 150 would wear one and one-half (1 1 / 2 ) tmes as well on the government course as a tre graded 100. The relatve performance of tres depends upon the actual condtons of ther use, however, and may depart sgnfcantly from the norm due to varatons n drvng habts, servce practces and dfferences n road characterstcs and clmate. Tracton The tracton grades, from hghest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Those grades represent the tre s ablty to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled condtons on specfed government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tre marked C may have poor tracton performance. Warnng! The tracton grade assgned to ths tre s based on straght-ahead brakng tracton tests, and does not nclude acceleraton, cornerng, hydroplanng, or peak tracton characterstcs. 320

323 Operaton Tres and wheels Temperature The temperature grades are A (the hghest), B, and C, representng the tre s resstance to the generaton of heat and ts ablty to dsspate heat when tested under controlled condtons on a specfed ndoor laboratory test wheel. Sustaned hgh temperature can cause the materal of the tre to degenerate and reduce tre lfe, and excessve temperature can lead to sudden tre falure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance whch all passenger car tres must meet under the Federal Motor Vehcle Safety Standard No rades B and A represent hgher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the mnmum requred by law. Warnng! The temperature grade for ths tre s establshed for a tre that s properly nflated and not overloaded. Excessve speed, undernflaton, or excessve loadng, ether separately or n combnaton, can cause excessve heat buld-up and possble tre falure. Tre ply materal 1 Ples n sdewall 2 Ples under tread For llustraton purposes only. Actual data on tres s specfc to each vehcle and may vary from data shown n above llustraton. Ths markng tells you about the type of cord and number of ples n the sdewall and under the tread. 321

324 Operaton Tres and wheels Tre and loadng termnology Accessory weght The combned weght (n excess of those standard tems whch may be replaced) of automatc transmsson, power steerng, power brakes, power wndows, power seats, rado, and heater, to the extent that these tems are avalable as factory-nstalled equpment (whether nstalled or not). Ar pressure The amount of ar nsde the tre pressng outward on each square nch of the tre. Ar pressure s expressed n pounds per square nch (ps), or klopascal (kpa) or bars. Aspect rato Dmensonal relatonshp between tre secton heght and secton wdth expressed n percentage. Bar Another metrc unt for ar pressure. There are pounds per square nch (ps) to 1 bar; there are 100 klopascals (kpa) to 1 bar. Bead The tre bead contans steel wres wrapped by steel cords that hold the tre onto the rm. Cold tre nflaton pressure Tre nflaton pressure when your vehcle has been sttng for at least three hours or drven no more than one mle (1.6 km). Curb weght The weght of a motor vehcle wth standard equpment ncludng the maxmum capacty of fuel, ol, and coolant, and, f so equpped, ar condtonng and addtonal optonal equpment, but wthout passengers and cargo. DOT (Department of Transportaton) A tre brandng symbol whch denotes the tre meets requrements of the U.S. Department of Transportaton. AWR (ross Axle Weght Ratng) The AWR s the maxmum permssble axle weght. The gross vehcle weght on each axle must never exceed the AWR for the front and rear axle ndcated on the Certfcaton label located on the drver's door B-pllar. VW (ross Vehcle Weght) The VW comprses the weght of the vehcle ncludng fuel, tools, spare wheel, nstalled accessores, passengers and cargo and, f applcable, traler tongue load. The WV must never exceed the WVR ndcated on the Certfcaton label located on the drver's door B-pllar. 322

325 Operaton Tres and wheels VWR (ross Vehcle Weght Ratng) Ths s the maxmum permssble vehcle weght of the fully loaded vehcle (weght of the vehcle ncludng all optons, passengers, fuel, and cargo and, f applcable, traler tongue load). It s ndcated on Certfcaton label located on the drver's door B-pllar. Klopascal (kpa) The metrc unt for ar pressure. There are 6.9 kpa to one ps; another metrc unt for ar pressure s bars. There are 100 klopascals (kpa) to one bar. Maxmum load ratng The maxmum load n klograms and pounds that can be carred by the tre. Maxmum loaded vehcle weght The sum of curb weght, accessory weght, vehcle capacty weght and producton optons weght. Maxmum tre nflaton pressure Ths number s the greatest amount of ar pressure that should ever be put n the tre under normal drvng condtons. Normal occupant weght The number of occupants the vehcle s desgned to seat, multpled by 68 klograms (150 lbs). Occupant dstrbuton The dstrbuton of occupants n a vehcle at ther desgnated seatng postons. Producton optons weght The combned weght of those nstalled regular producton optons weghng over 5 lbs (2.3 klograms) n excess of those standard tems whch they replace, not prevously consdered n curb weght or accessory weght, ncludng heavy duty brakes, rde levelers, roof rack, heavy duty battery, and specal trm. PSI (Pounds per square nch) A standard unt of measure for ar pressure -> bar, klopascal (kpa). Recommended tre nflaton pressure Recommended tre nflaton pressure lsted on placard located on drver's door B-pllar for normal drvng condtons. Provdes best handlng, tread lfe and rdng comfort. Rm A metal support for a tre or a tre and tube assembly upon whch the tre beads are seated. Sdewall The porton of a tre between the tread and the bead. 323

326 Operaton Tres and wheels TIN (Tre Identfcaton Number) Unque dentfer whch facltates efforts by tre manufacturers to notfy purchasers n recall stuatons or other safety matters concernng tres and gves purchases the means to easly dentfy such tres. The TIN s comprsed of Manufacturer's dentfcaton mark, Tre sze, Tre type code and Date of manufacture. Tre load ratng Numercal code assocated wth the maxmum load a tre can support. Tre ply composton and materal used Ths ndcates the number of ples or the number of layers of rubber-coated fabrc n the tre tread and sdewall. Tre manufacturers also must ndcate the ply materals n the tre and sdewall, whch nclude steel, nylon, polyester, and others. Tre speed ratng Part of tre desgnaton; ndcates the speed range for whch a tre s approved. Tracton Force exerted by the vehcle on the road va the tres. The amount of grp provded. Tread The porton of a tre that comes nto contact wth the road. Treadwear ndcators Narrow bands, sometmes called wear bars that show across the tread of a tre when only 1 / 6 n (1.6 mm) of tread remans. Unform Tre Qualty radng Standards A tre nformaton system that provdes consumers wth ratngs for a tre's tracton, temperature and treadwear. Ratngs are determned by tre manufacturers usng government testng procedures. The ratngs are molded nto the sdewall of the tre. Vehcle capacty weght Rated cargo and luggage load plus 68 klograms (150 lbs) tmes the vehcle's desgnated seatng capacty. Vehcle maxmum load on the tre Load on an ndvdual tre that s determned by dstrbutng to each axle ts share of the maxmum loaded vehcle weght and dvdng t by two. 324

327 Operaton Tres and wheels Rotatng tres Warnng! Rotate front and rear wheels only f the tres are of the same dmenson. If your vehcle s equpped wth mxed-sze tres (dfferent tre dmensons front vs. rear), tre rotaton s not possble. Tre rotaton can be performed on vehcles wth tres of the same dmenson all around. If your vehcle s equpped wth tres of the same dmenson all around, tres can be rotated, observng a a front-to-rear rotaton pattern that wll mantan the ntended rotaton (spnnng) drecton of the tre ( page 299). In some cases, such as when your vehcle s equpped wth mxed-sze tres (dfferent tre dmenson front vs. rear), tre rotaton s not possble. If applcable to your vehcle's tre confguraton, tres can be rotated accordng to the tre manufacturer's recommended ntervals n the tre manufacturer's warranty pamphlet located n your vehcle lterature portfolo. If none s avalable, tres should be rotated every 3000 to 6000 mles (5000 to km), or sooner f necessary, accordng to the degree of tre wear. The same rotaton (spnnng) drecton must be mantaned ( page 299). Rotate tres before the characterstc tre wear pattern becomes vsble (shoulder wear on front tres and tread center wear on rear tres). Thoroughly clean the mountng face of wheels and brake dsks,.e. the nner sde of the wheels/tres, durng each rotaton. Check for and ensure proper tre nflaton pressure. Warnng! Have the tghtenng torque checked after changng a wheel. Wheels could become loose f not tghtened wth a torque of 110 lb-ft (150 Nm). Only use genune Mercedes-Benz wheel bolts specfed for your vehcle's rms. For nformaton on wheel change, see the Practcal hnts secton ( page 398). 325

328 Operaton Wnter drvng Before the onset of wnter, have your vehcle wnterzed at an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Ths servce ncludes: Check of antcorroson and antfreeze concentraton. Addton of cleanng concentrate to the water of the wndsheld and headlamp cleanng system. Add MB Concentrate S to a premxed wndsheld washer solvent/antfreeze whch s formulated for below freezng temperatures ( page 434). Battery test. Battery capacty drops wth decreasng ambent temperature. A well charged battery helps to make sure that the engne can be started, even at low ambent temperatures. Tre change. Mercedes-Benz recommends M+S rated radal-ply tres wth a mnmum tread depth of approxmately 1 / 6 n (4 mm) on all four wheels for the wnter season. Wnter tres Always use wnter tres at temperatures below 45 F (7 C) and whenever wntry road condtons preval. Use of wnter tres s the only way to acheve the maxmum effectveness of the ABS, ESP and 4MATIC n wnter operaton. For safe handlng, make sure that all mounted wnter tres are of the same make and have the same tread desgn. Warnng! Wnter tres wth a tread depth under 1 / 6 n (4 mm) must be replaced. They are no longer sutable for wnter operaton. Always observe the speed ratng of the wnter tres nstalled on your vehcle. If the maxmum speed for whch your tres are rated s below the speed ratng of your vehcle, you must place a notce to ths effect where t wll be seen by the drver. Such notces are avalable from your tre dealer or from any authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Warnng! If you use your spare tre when wnter tres are ftted on the other wheels, be aware that the dfference n tre characterstcs may very well mpar turnng stablty and that overall drvng stablty may be reduced. Adapt your drvng style accordngly. Have the spare tre replaced wth a wnter tre at the nearest authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. 326

329 Operaton Wnter drvng Block heater (Canada only) The engne s equpped wth a block heater. The electrcal cable may be nstalled at an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Snow chans Snow chans should only be drven on snow-covered roads at speeds not to exceed 30 mph (50 km/h). Remove chans as soon as possble when drvng on roads wthout snow. When drvng wth snow chans, you may wsh to deactvate the ESP ( page 83) before settng the vehcle n moton. Ths wll mprove the vehcle s tracton. Please observe the followng gudelnes when usng snow chans: Use of snow chans s not permssble wth all wheel/tre combnatons. Snow chans should only be used on the rear wheels. Follow the manufacturer's mountng nstructons. Only use snow chans that are approved by Mercedes-Benz. Your authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center wll be glad to advse you on ths subject. Use of snow chans may be prohbted dependng on locaton. Always check local and state laws before nstallng snow chans.! Even on vehcles wth all-wheel-drve use snow chans on rear tres only. Use of snow chans s not permssble wth tre szes: 245/45 R18 100V XL (Extra Load) M+S on 8 1 / 2 x 18 rms 245/45 R18 96H M+S on 8 1 / 2 x 18 rms 245/45 R18 100Y XL (Extra Load) on 8 1 / 2 x 18 rms 245/45 R18 96Y on 8 1 / 2 x 18 rms 265/40 R18 101Y XL (Extra Load) 265/40 R18 97Y 327

330 Operaton Mantenance We strongly recommend that you have your vehcle servced by an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center, n accordance wth the Mantenance Booklet at the tmes called for by the mantenance servce ndcator dsplay. Falure to have the vehcle mantaned n accordance wth the Mantenance Booklet and mantenance servce ndcator at the desgnated tmes /mleage wll result n vehcle damage not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Lmted Warranty. The mantenance servce ndcator wll notfy you when your next mantenance servce s due. Startng approxmately one month before your next mantenance servce s due, one of the followng messages wll appear n the multfuncton dsplay whle you are drvng or when you swtch on the gnton (example servce A): 'A' SERVICE IN XXXXX MILES (KM) 'A' SERVICE IN XXX DAYS 'A' SERVICE IN X DAY 'A' SERVICE DUE NOW The type of mantenance servce due s ndcated n the multfuncton dsplay: 9 Basc servce (A) Extended servce (B) Clearng the mantenance servce ndcator The mantenance servce ndcator s automatcally cleared after 30 seconds when you swtch on the gnton or when reachng the mantenance servce threshold whle drvng. You can also clear t yourself. Vehcles equpped wth FSS (Flexble Servce System) only (Canada vehcles): The nterval between servces depends on your drvng habts. A gentle drvng style, moderate engne speeds and the avodance of short-dstance trps wll lengthen the nterval between servces. Press the reset button J n the nstrument cluster ( page 140). 328

331 Operaton Mantenance Mantenance servce term exceeded If you have exceeded the suggested mantenance servce term, you wll see the followng message n the multfuncton dsplay: 'A' SERVICE EXCEEDED BY XXXX MILES (KM) 'A' SERVICE EXCEEDED BY XXX DAYS 'A' SERVICE EXCEEDED BY X DAY In addton, a sgnal sounds when the message appears. Any authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center wll reset the mantenance servce ndcator followng a completed mantenance servce. Callng up the mantenance servce ndcator Swtch on gnton. The standard dsplay of the control system appears ( page 148). Press button k or j on the multfuncton steerng wheel untl the mantenance servce ndcator wth the servce symbol 9 or and the servce deadlne appears n the multfuncton dsplay. If the battery s dsconnected, the days of dsconnecton wll not be ncluded n the count shown by the mantenance servce ndcator. To arrve at the true mantenance servce deadlne, you wll need to subtract these days from the days shown n the mantenance servce ndcator. Do not confuse the mantenance servce ndcator wth the engne ol level ndcator :. Resettng the mantenance servce ndcator In the event that the mantenance servce on your vehcle s not carred out by an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center, you can have the mantenance servce ndcator reset. The automotve mantenance faclty carryng out the mantenance servce wll fnd the nformaton for resettng the mantenance servce ndcator n the mantenance-relevant nformaton for your vehcle. Such nformaton s avalable from ether your authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center or drectly from Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC. If the mantenance servce ndcator was nadvertently reset, have an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center correct t. Only reset f the proper mantenance servce has been performed. Resettng the system wthout performng the proper servce as called for by the mantenance servce ndcator wll result n engne damage and/or other vehcle damage not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Lmted Warranty. 329

332 Operaton Vehcle care Cleanng and care of vehcle Warnng! In operaton, even whle parked, your vehcle s subjected to varyng external nfluences whch, f gone unchecked, can attack the pantwork as well as the underbody and cause lastng damage. 330 Many cleanng products can be hazardous. Some are posonous, others are flammable. Always follow the nstructons on the partcular contaner. Always open your vehcle s doors or wndows when cleanng the nsde. Never use fluds or solvents that are not desgned for cleanng your vehcle. Such damage s caused not only by extreme and varyng clmatc condtons, but also by: Ar polluton Road salt Tar ravel and stone chppng To avod pant damage, you should mmedately remove: rease and ol Fuel Coolant Brake flud Brd droppngs Insects Tree resns, etc. Frequent washng reduces and/or elmnates the aggressveness and potency of the above adverse nfluences. More frequent washngs are necessary to deal wth unfavorable condtons: near the ocean n ndustral areas (smoke, exhaust emssons) durng wnter operaton You should check your vehcle from tme to tme for stone chppng or other damage. Any damage should be repared as soon as possble to prevent corroson. In dong so, do not neglect the underbody of the vehcle. A prerequste for a thorough check s a washng of the underbody followed by a thorough nspecton. Damaged areas need to be re-undercoated.your vehcle has been treated at the factory wth a wax-base rustproofng n the body cavtes whch wll last for the lfetme of the vehcle. Post-producton treatment s nether necessary nor recommended by Mercedes-Benz because of the possblty of ncompatblty between materals used n the producton process and others appled later.

333 Operaton Vehcle care We have selected car-care products and compled recommendatons whch are specally matched to our vehcles and whch always reflect the latest technology. You can obtan Mercedes-Benz approved car-care products at an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Scratches, corrosve deposts, corroson or damage due to neglgent or ncorrect care cannot always be removed or repared wth the car-care products recommended here. In such cases t s best to seek ad at an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. The followng topcs deal wth the cleanng and care of your vehcle and gve mportant how-to nformaton as well as references to Mercedes-Benz approved car-care products. Power-wash When usng a power-wash for cleanng the vehcle, always observe the manufacturer s operatng nstructons. Vehcles wth KEYLESS-O*: If a door handle s ht by a strong jet of water, and a SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* s n close proxmty,.e. wthn approx. 3 ft. (approx. 1 m), the vehcle could be nadvertently locked or unlocked.! Never use a round nozzle to power-wash tres. The ntense jet of water can result n damage to the tre. Always replace a damaged tre. Always keep the jet of water movng across the surface. Do not am drectly at electrcal parts, electrcal connectors, seals, or other rubber parts. Tar stans Quckly remove tar stans before they dry and become more dffcult to remove. A tar remover s recommended. Pantwork, panted body components Mercedes-Benz approved Pant Care should be appled when water drops on the pant surface do not bead up, normally every three to fve months, dependng on clmate and washng detergent used. Mercedes-Benz approved Pant Cleaner should be appled f the pant surface shows sgns of embedded drt (.e. loss of gloss). Do not apply any of these products or wax f your vehcle s parked n the sun or f the hood s stll hot. Use the approprate MB-Touch-Up Stck for quck and provsonal repars of mnor pant damage (.e. chps from stones, vehcle doors, etc.). 331

334 Operaton Vehcle care Engne cleanng Pror to cleanng the engne compartment make sure to protect electrcal components and connectors from the ntruson of water and cleanng agents. Corroson protecton, such as MB Antcorroson Wax should be appled to the engne compartment after every engne cleanng. Before applyng, all control lnkage bushngs and jonts should be lubrcated. The poly-v-belt and all pulleys should be protected from any wax. Vehcle washng Do not use hot water or wash your vehcle n drect sunlght. Only use a mld car wash detergent, such as Mercedes-Benz approved Car Shampoo. Thoroughly spray the vehcle wth a dffused jet of water. Drect only a very weak spray towards the ventlaton ntake. Use plenty of water and rnse the sponge and chamos frequently. Rnse wth clear water and thoroughly dry wth a chamos. Do not allow cleanng agents to dry on the fnsh. Due to the wdth of the vehcle, fold n exteror rear vew mrrors pror to runnng the vehcle through an automatc car wash to prevent damage to the mrrors. In the wnter, thoroughly remove all traces of road salt as soon as possble. When washng the underbody, do not forget to clean the nner sdes of the wheels. Vehcles wth KEYLESS-O*: If a door handle s ht by a strong jet of water, and a SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* s n close proxmty,.e. wthn approx. 3 ft. (approx. 1 m), the vehcle could be nadvertently locked or unlocked. Ornamental moldngs For regular cleanng and care of very drty chrome-plated parts, use a chrome cleaner. Headlamps, tal lamps, sde markers, turn sgnal lenses Use a mld car wash detergent, such as Mercedes-Benz approved Car Shampoo, wth plenty of water. To prevent scratches, never apply strong force and use only a soft, non-scratchy cloth when cleanng the lenses. Do not attempt to wpe drty lenses wth a dry cloth or sponge. 332

335 Operaton Vehcle care Cleanng the Dstronc* system sensor cover 1 Dstronc system sensor cover Use a mld car wash detergent, such as Mercedes-Benz approved Car Shampoo, wth plenty of water to clean sensor cover 1. To prevent scratches, never apply strong force and use only a soft, non-scratchy cloth when cleanng the sensor cover. Do not attempt to wpe drty sensors wth a dry cloth or sponge. Cleanng the Parktronc* system sensors 1 Parktronc system sensors Clean the sensors 1 on the bumpers usng a mld car wash detergent, such as Mercedes-Benz approved Car Shampoo, wth plenty of water and a soft, non-scratchy cloth. When usng a steam cleaner or power washer, am nozzle only brefly from a mnmum dstance of 12 n (30 cm) at sensors 1. Do not apply strong pressure to the sensor cover, applyng strong pressure may damage the sensor cover. To prevent scratches, never apply strong force and only use a soft, non-scratchy cloth when cleanng the sensor. Do not attempt to wpe drty sensors wth a dry cloth or sponge. Wper blades! The wndsheld wpers must be n a vertcal poston before foldng them away from the wndsheld. They could otherwse damage the hood. Turn on the wpers and place t n a vertcal poston. For nformaton on placng the wpers to a vertcal poston, see Replacng wper blades ( page 396). 333

336 Operaton Vehcle care Warnng! For safety reasons, swtch off wpers and remove SmartKey from starter swtch (vehcles wth KEYLESS-O*: Make sure the vehcle's on-board electroncs have status 0) before cleanng the wper blades. Otherwse, the wper motor could suddenly turn on and cause njury. Clean the wper blade nserts wth a clean cloth and detergent soluton.! Fold the wndsheld wper arms back onto the wndsheld before turnng the SmartKey n the starter swtch. Hold on to the wper when foldng the wper arm back. If released, the force of the mpact from the tensonng sprng could crack the wndsheld. Wndow cleanng! The wndsheld wpers must be n a vertcal poston before foldng them away from the wndsheld. They could otherwse damage the hood. Turn on the wpers and place t n a vertcal poston. For nformaton how to place the wpers n a vertcal poston, see Replacng wper blades ( page 396). Warnng! For safety reasons, swtch off wpers and remove SmartKey from starter swtch (vehcles wth KEYLESS-O*: Make sure the vehcle's on-board electroncs have status 0) before cleanng the wper blades. Otherwse, the wper motor could suddenly turn on and cause njury. Use a wndow cleanng soluton on all glass surfaces. An automotve glass cleaner s recommended.! Fold the wndsheld wper arms back onto the wndsheld before turnng the SmartKey n the starter swtch. Hold on to the wper when foldng the wper arm back. If released, the force of the mpact from the tensonng sprng could crack the wndsheld. 334

337 Operaton Vehcle care Lght alloy wheels Mercedes-Benz approved Wheel Care should be used for regular cleanng of the lght alloy wheels. If possble, clean wheels once a week wth Mercedes-Benz approved Wheel Care, usng a soft brstle brush and a strong spray of water. Follow the nstructons on contaner. Only use acd-free cleanng materals. Acd may cause corroson or damage the clear coat. Instrument cluster Use a gentle dshwashng detergent or mld detergent for delcate fabrcs as a washng soluton. Wpe wth a cloth mostened n lukewarm soluton. Do not use scourng agents. Steerng wheel and gear selector lever Wpe wth a damp cloth and dry thoroughly or clean wth Mercedes-Benz approved Leather Care. Cup holder Use a gentle dshwashng detergent or mld detergent for delcate fabrcs as a washng soluton. Wpe wth a cloth mostened n lukewarm soluton. Do not use scourng agents. Hard plastc trm tems Pour Mercedes-Benz approved Interor Care onto soft lnt-free cloth and apply wth lght pressure. Headlner and shelf below rear wndow Clean wth soft brstle brush, or use a dry-shampoo cleaner n case of excessve drt. Seat belts The webbng must not be treated wth chemcal cleanng agents. Only use clear, lukewarm water and soap. Do not dry the webbng at temperatures above 176 F (80 C) or n drect sunlght. Warnng! Do not bleach or dye seat belts as ths may severely weaken them. In a crash they may not be able to provde adequate protecton. 335

338 Operaton Vehcle care Upholstery Usng aftermarket seat covers or wearng clothng that have the tendency to gve off colorng (e.g. when wet, etc.) may cause the upholstery to become permanently dscolored. By lnng the seats wth a proper ntermedate cover, contact-dscoloraton wll be prevented. Leather upholstery Wpe leather upholstery wth a damp cloth and dry thoroughly or clean wth Mercedes-Benz approved Leather Care. Exercse partcular care when cleanng perforated leather as ts undersde should not become wet. Nubuck leather upholstery (S 55 AM) The nubuck leather upholstery s treated wth a protectve coatng. Wpe nubuck leather upholstery wth damp mcrofber cloth to remove dust and other lght stans. Carefully dab nubuck leather upholstery wth a dry mcrofber cloth to remove ol stans.! Do not use Mercedes-Benz approved Leather Care or any solvents to clean nubuck leather upholstery. Avod hard scrubbng on nubuck leather upholstery. Plastc and rubber parts Do not use ol or wax on these parts. Wood trms Dampen cloth usng water and use damp cloth to clean wood trms n your vehcle. Do not use solvents lke tar remover or wheel cleaner nor polshes or waxes as these may be abrasve. 336

339 Practcal hnts What to do f? Where wll I fnd...? Unlockng/lockng n an emergency Openng/closng n an emergency Replacng SmartKey batteres Replacng bulbs Replacng wper blades Flat tre Battery Jump startng Towng the vehcle Fuses 337

340 Practcal hnts What to do f? Lamps n nstrument cluster eneral nformaton: If any of the followng lamps n the nstrument cluster fals to come on durng the bulb self-check when swtchng on the gnton, have the respectve bulb checked and replaced f necessary. Problem Possble cause Suggested soluton - The yellow ABS malfuncton ndcator lamp comes on whle drvng. The ABS has detected a malfuncton and has swtched off. The BAS and the ESP are also swtched off (see messages n multfuncton dsplay). The brake system s stll functonng normally but wthout the ABS avalable. If the ABS control unt s malfunctonng, other systems such as Parktronc*, Dstronc*, and the automatc transmsson may also be malfunctonng. The chargng voltage has fallen below 10 volts and the ABS has swtched off. The battery may not be charged suffcently. Contnue drvng wth added cauton. Wheels may lock durng hard brakng, reducng steerng capablty. Read and observe messages n the multfuncton dsplay ( page 347). Have the system checked at an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. Falure to follow these nstructons ncreases the rsk of an accdent. Swtch off electrcal consumers that are currently not needed, e.g. seat heatng*. If necessary, have the generator (alternator) and battery checked. When the voltage s above ths value agan, the ABS s operatonal agan. 338

341 Practcal hnts What to do f? Problem Possble cause Suggested soluton ; (USA only) You are drvng wth the parkng brake set. Release the parkng brake ( page 48). 3 (Canada only) The red brake warnng lamp comes on whle drvng and you hear a warnng sound. The red brake warnng lamp comes on whle drvng. There s nsuffcent brake flud n the reservor. Rsk of accdent! Carefully stop the vehcle and notfy an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Do not add brake flud! Ths wll not solve the problem. Warnng! Drvng wth the brake warnng lamp llumnated can result n an accdent. Have your brake system checked mmedately f the brake warnng lamp stays on. Do not add brake flud before checkng the brake system. Overfllng the brake flud reservor can result n spllng brake flud on hot engne parts and the brake flud catchng fre. You can be serously burned.! If you fnd that the brake flud n the brake flud reservor has fallen to the mnmum mark or below, have the brake system checked for brake pad thckness and leaks. 339

342 Practcal hnts What to do f? Problem Possble cause Suggested soluton? There s a malfuncton n: (USA only) ± (Canada only) The yellow engne malfuncton ndcator lamp comes on whle drvng. The fuel management system The gnton system The emsson control system Systems whch affect emssons Such malfunctons may result n excessve emssons values and may swtch the engne to ts lmp-home (emergency operaton) mode. Have the vehcle checked as soon as possble by an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. An on-board dagnostc connector s used by the servce staton to lnk the vehcle to the shop dagnostcs system. It allows the accurate dentfcaton of system malfunctons through the readout of dagnostc trouble codes. It s located n the front left area of the footwell next to the parkng brake pedal. Your fuel tank s empty. After refuellng, start, turn off, and restart the engne three or four tmes n successon. The lmp-home mode s canceled. You do not need to have your vehcle checked. 340

343 Practcal hnts What to do f? Problem Possble cause Suggested soluton? (USA only) ± (Canada only) The yellow engne malfuncton ndcator lamp comes on whle drvng. The yellow fuel tank reserve warnng lamp comes on whle drvng. A loss of pressure has been detected n the fuel system. The fuel cap may not be closed properly or the fuel system may be leaky. The fuel level has gone below the reserve mark. Check the fuel cap ( page 283). If t s not closed properly: Close the fuel cap. If t s closed properly: Have the fuel system checked by an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Refuel at the next gas staton ( page 283). 341

344 Practcal hnts What to do f? Problem Possble cause Suggested soluton l l v Only vehcles wth Dstronc*: The red dstance warnng lamp comes on whle drvng. Only vehcles wth Dstronc*: The red dstance warnng lamp comes on whle drvng and you hear a warnng sound. The yellow ESP warnng lamp flashes whle drvng. You are too close to the vehcle n front of you to mantan selected speed. You are ganng too rapdly on the vehcle ahead of you. The dstance warnng system has recognzed a statonary obstacle on your probable lne of travel. The ESP or tracton control has come nto operaton because of detected tracton loss n at least one tre. Dstronc* s deactvated. Apply the brakes mmedately to ncrease the followng dstance. Apply the brakes mmedately. Carefully observe the traffc stuaton. You may need to brake or maneuver to avod httng an obstacle. When drvng off, apply as lttle throttle as possble. Whle drvng, ease up on the accelerator. Adapt your speed and drvng to the prevalng road and weather condtons. Do not deactvate the ESP. Exceptons: ( page 83). Falure to follow these nstructons ncreases the rsk of an accdent. 342

345 Practcal hnts What to do f? Problem Possble cause Suggested soluton v The yellow ESP warnng lamp The ESP s deactvated. Rsk of accdent! comes on whle drvng. Swtch the ESP back on ( page 84). < The red seat belt telltale llumnates brefly after startng the engne. The drver or the front passenger has not fastened hs or her seat belt. Adapt your speed and drvng to the prevalng road and weather condtons. If the ESP cannot be swtched back on, have the system checked at an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. Fasten your seat belt. The warnng lamp goes out. 343

346 Practcal hnts What to do f? Problem Possble cause Suggested soluton H The yellow warnng lamp for the tre nflaton pressure montor comes on. The tre nflaton pressure montor detects a loss of pressure n at least one tre. Brng the vehcle to a halt, avodng abrupt steerng and brakng maneuvers. Observe the traffc stuaton around you. Take note of the messages n the multfuncton dsplay. The warnng lamp goes out once the tre nflaton pressure montor has been reactvated after the tre nflaton pressures have been corrected. Warnng! When the tre nflaton pressure montorng system warnng lght s lt, one or more of your tres s sgnfcantly under-nflated. You should stop and check your tres as soon as possble, and nflate them to the proper pressure as ndcated on the vehcle s tre nformaton placard. Drvng on a sgnfcantly under-nflated tre causes the tre to overheat and can lead to tre falure. Under-nflaton also reduces fuel effcency and tre tread lfe, and may affect the vehcle s handlng and stoppng ablty. Each tre, ncludng the spare, should be checked monthly when cold and set to the recommended nflaton pressure as specfed n the vehcle placard and owner s manual. The recommended tre nflaton pressures for your vehcle can be found on the tre placard on the drver's door B-pllar or, f avalable, the nsde of the fuel fller flap, not n the owner s manual. 344

347 Practcal hnts What to do f? Problem Possble cause Suggested soluton 1 The red SRS ndcator lamp comes on whle drvng. There s a malfuncton n the restrant systems. The ar bags or emergency tensonng devces (ETDs) could deploy unexpectedly or fal to actvate n an accdent. Drve wth added cauton to the nearest authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Warnng! In the event a malfuncton of the SRS s ndcated as outlned above, the SRS may not be operatonal. For your safety, we strongly recommend that you vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center mmedately to have the system checked; otherwse the SRS may not be actvated when needed n an accdent, whch could result n serous or fatal njury, or t mght deploy unexpectedly and unnecessarly whch could result n an accdent and/or njury to you or to others. 345

348 Practcal hnts What to do f? Lamp n center console Lamp Problem Possble cause Suggested soluton 5 8 The ndcator lamp comes on. The ndcator lamp comes on f there s no BabySmart TM chld seat nstalled on the front passenger seat. The ndcator lamp does not come on wth a BabySmart TM chld seat properly nstalled on the front passenger seat. 1 BabySmart TM s a trademark of Semens Automotve Corp. A BabySmart TM1 chld seat s nstalled on the front passenger seat. Therefore the passenger front ar bag s swtched off. The system s malfunctonng. Have the system checked as soon as possble by an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. The system s malfunctonng. Make sure there s nothng between seat cushon and chld seat and check nstallaton of the chld seat. If the front passenger front ar bag off ndcator lamp remans out, have the system checked as soon as possble by an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Do not use the BabySmart TM restrant to transport chldren on the front passenger seat untl the system has been repared. 346

349 Practcal hnts What to do f? Vehcle status messages n the multfuncton dsplay Warnng and malfuncton messages appear n the multfuncton dsplay located n the nstrument cluster. Certan warnng and malfuncton messages are accompaned by an audble sgnal. Address these messages accordngly and follow the addtonal nstructons gven n ths Operator s Manual. Selectng the vehcle status message memory menu n the control system ( page 143) dsplays both cleared and uncleared messages. Hgh-prorty messages appear n the multfuncton dsplay n red color. Certan messages of hgh prorty cannot be cleared from the multfuncton dsplay usng the reset button J ( page 140) or button j, k, ÿ, or è on the multfuncton steerng wheel ( page 144). Other messages of hgh prorty and messages of less mmedate prorty can be cleared from the multfuncton dsplay usng the reset button J or button j, k, ÿ, or è on the multfuncton steerng wheel. They are then stored n the vehcle status message memory ( page 159). Remember that clearng a message wll only make the message dsappear. Clearng a message wll not correct the condton that caused the message to appear. Warnng! All categores of messages contan mportant nformaton whch should be taken note of and, where a malfuncton s ndcated, addressed as soon as possble at an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Falure to repar condton noted may cause damage not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Lmted Warranty, or result n property damage or personal njury. Warnng! No messages wll be dsplayed f ether the nstrument cluster or the multfuncton dsplay s noperatve. Contact your nearest authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. 347

350 Practcal hnts What to do f? Swtchng on the gnton causes all nstrument cluster lamps (except hgh beam headlamp ndcator lamp and turn sgnal ndcator lamps unless actvated) as well as the multfuncton dsplay to come on. Make sure the lamps and multfuncton dsplay are n workng order before startng your journey. On the pages that follow, you wll fnd a complaton of the most mportant warnng and malfuncton messages that may appear n the malfuncton dsplay. For your convenence the messages are dvded nto two sectons: Text messages ( page 349) Symbol messages ( page 354) 348

351 Practcal hnts What to do f? Text messages Dsplay Possble cause Possble soluton ABC ACTIVE BODY CONTROL The capablty of the ABC system s restrcted. Do not exceed a speed of 50 mph (80 km/h). DRIVE CAREFULLY! Ths can mpar the handlng. Vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz center as soon as possble. The vehcle s losng ol. Stop your vehcle as soon as t s safe to do so. ACTIVE BODY CONTROL STOP, CAR TOO LOW DISPLAY DEFECTIVE VISIT WORKSHOP The vehcle s parked on an extremely uneven surface. Press the vehcle level control button to select level 2 ( page 232). ABC s malfunctonng. Stop and press the vehcle level control button to select a hgher vehcle level ( page 232). The dsplay for ABC or the ABC system tself s malfunctonng. Do not turn steerng wheel too far to avod damagng the front fenders. Lsten for scrapng noses. Do not exceed a speed of 50 mph (80 km/h). Vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz center as soon as possble. Vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. 349

352 Practcal hnts What to do f? Dsplay Possble cause Possble soluton ABC ACTIVE BODY CONTROL The capablty of the ABC system s restrcted. Do not exceed a speed of 50 mph (80 km/h). VISIT WORKSHOP Vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz center as soon as possble. ABS AIR CLEANER CHANE CARTRIDE VISIT WORKSHOP MALFUNCTION VISIT WORKSHOP DISPLAY DEFECTIVE VISIT WORKSHOP The ABS has detected a malfuncton and has swtched off. The ESP and the BAS are also deactvated. The brake system s stll functonng normally but wthout the ABS avalable. The ABS or the ABS dsplay s malfunctonng. Contnue drvng wth added cauton. Wheels may lock durng hard brakng, reducng steerng capablty. Have the system checked at an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. Falure to follow these nstructons ncreases the rsk of an accdent. Contnue drvng wth added cauton. Wheels may lock durng hard brakng, reducng steerng capablty. Have the system checked at an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. Falure to follow these nstructons ncreases the rsk of an accdent. The ar flter s clogged. Have the ar flter checked by an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. 350

353 Practcal hnts What to do f? Dsplay Possble cause Possble soluton DISTRONIC EXTERNAL MALFUNCTION REACTIVATE Dstronc* s swtched off and s temporarly unavalable. Try actvatng Dstronc* agan later. DISTRONIC CURRENTLY UNAVAILABLE SEE OPERATORS MANUAL DISTRONIC DRIVE TO WORKSHOP ESP MALFUNCTION VISIT WORKSHOP DISPLAY DEFECTIVE VISIT WORKSHOP Dstronc* s swtched off because the Dstronc* cover n the radator grlle s drty. Dstronc* s malfunctonng or the dsplay s malfunctonng. The ESP has detected a malfuncton and swtched off. The ABS may stll be operatonal. The ESP or the ESP dsplay s malfunctonng. Clean the Dstronc* cover n the radator grlle ( page 333). Restart the vehcle. Vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. Contnue drvng wth added cauton. Have the system checked at an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. Falure to follow these nstructons ncreases the rsk of an accdent. Contnue drvng wth added cauton. Have the system checked at an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. Falure to follow these nstructons ncreases the rsk of an accdent. 351

354 Practcal hnts What to do f? Dsplay Possble cause Possble soluton ESP UNAVAILABLE SEE OPERATORS MANUAL! When synchronzng the ESP, make sure you can turn the steerng wheel n both drectons as far as t wll go wthout the wheel httng any objects, e.g. aroad curb. The ESP was deactvated the power supply has been nterrupted. The ABS s stll operatonal. Synchronze the ESP. Wth the vehcle statonary and the engne runnng, turn the steerng wheel completely to the left and then to the rght to synchronze the ESP. If the ESP message does not go out: Contnue drvng wth added cauton. Have the system checked at an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. Falure to follow these nstructons ncreases the rsk of an accdent. 352

355 Practcal hnts What to do f? Dsplay Possble cause Possble soluton MOVE SELECTOR LEVER TO PARK PRE-SAFE INACTIVE SEE OPERATORS MANUAL You have tred to turn off the engne wth the KEYLESS-O* start/stop button ( page 35) wth the gear selector lever not n P. If BAS or ESP malfuncton messages are dsplayed smultaneously, PRE-SAFE has been deactvated as a result of these malfunctons. All other occupant safety systems, such as the ar bags, are stll avalable. PRE-SAFE tself has faled. All other occupant safety systems, such as the ar bags, are stll avalable. Place the gear selector lever n poston P. Vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. Vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. 353

356 Practcal hnts What to do f? Symbol messages Dsplay Possble cause Possble AIRMATIC STOP, CAR TOO LOW AIRMATIC DRIVE CAREFULLY! The vehcle s parked on an extremely uneven surface. The vehcle level control s malfunctonng. The capablty of the Armatc system s restrcted. Press the vehcle level control button to select the rased vehcle level ( page 230). Stop and press the vehcle level control button to select a hgher vehcle level ( page 230). Do not turn steerng wheel too far to avod damagng the front fenders. Lsten for scrapng noses. Do not exceed a speed of 50 mph (80 km/h). Vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz center as soon as possble. Do not exceed a speed of 50 mph (80 km/h). Vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz center as soon as possble. 354

357 Practcal hnts What to do f? Dsplay Possble cause Possble DISPLAY DEFECTIVE VISIT WORKSHOP AIRMATIC LEVELIN CANCELLED The dsplay for Armatc or the Armatc system tself s malfunctonng. You have exceeded a speed of 75 mph (120 km/h). or You have mantaned a speed of between 50 mph (80 km/h) and 75 mph (120 km/h) for more than 5 mnutes. Vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. Press the vehcle level control button to adjust the vehcle level ( page 230). 355

358 Practcal hnts What to do f? Dsplay Possble cause Possble soluton # BATTERY CHARE VISIT WORKSHOP The battery s no longer chargng. Possble causes: Stop mmedately and check the poly-v-belt. alternator malfunctonng If t s broken: ; (USA only)! (Canada only) RELEASE PARKIN BRAKE broken poly-v-belt Do not forget that the brake system requres electrcal energy and may be operatng wth restrcted capablty. Consderably greater brake pedal force s requred and the stoppng dstance s If t s ntact: longer. You are drvng wth the parkng brake engaged. Do not contnue to drve. Otherwse the engne wll overheat due to an noperatve water pump whch may result n damage to the engne. Notfy an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Drve mmedately to the nearest authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Adjust drvng to be consstent wth reduced brakng responsveness. Release the parkng brake ( page 48). 356

359 Practcal hnts What to do f? Dsplay Possble cause Possble soluton 2 BRAKE PAD WEAR VISIT WORKSHOP The brake pads have reached ther wear lmt. Have the brake pads replaced as soon as possble. ; (USA only) 3 (Canada only) BRAKE FLUID VISIT WORKSHOP There s nsuffcent brake flud n the reservor. Rsk of accdent! Stop the vehcle and notfy an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Do not add brake flud! Ths wll not solve the problem. Falure to follow these nstructons ncreases the rsk of accdent. Warnng! Drvng wth ths message dsplayed can result n an accdent. Have your brake system checked mmedately. Don t add brake flud before checkng the brake system. Overfllng the brake flud reservor can result n spllng brake flud on hot engne parts and the brake flud catchng fre. You can be serously burned.! If you fnd that the brake flud n the brake flud reservor has fallen to the mnmum mark or below, have the brake system checked for brake pad thckness and leaks.! Brake pad thckness must be vsually checked by a qualfed techncan at the ntervals specfed n the Mantenance Booklet. 357

360 Practcal hnts What to do f? Dsplay Possble cause Possble soluton? VISIT WORKSHOP There may be a malfuncton n the: Vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. Fuel njecton system B COOLANT CHECK LEVEL! Ignton system Exhaust system Fuel system The coolant level s too low. Add coolant ( page 292). If you have to add coolant frequently, have the coolng system checked by an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Warnng! Do not spll antfreeze on hot engne parts. Antfreeze contans ethylene glycol whch may burn f t comes nto contact wth hot engne parts. You can be serously burned.! Do not gnore the low engne coolant level warnng. Extended drvng wth the message and symbol dsplayed may cause serous engne damage not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Lmted Warranty. Do not drve wthout a suffcent amount of coolant n the coolng system. The engne wll overheat, causng major engne damage. 358

361 Practcal hnts What to do f? Dsplay Possble cause Possble soluton Ï COOLANT The coolant s too hot. Stop the vehcle and turn off the engne. STOP, ENINE OFF Only start the engne agan after the message dsappears. You could otherwse damage the engne. Warnng! Drvng when your engne s badly overheated can cause some fluds whch may have leaked nto the engne compartment to catch fre. You could be serously burned. Steam from an overheated engne can cause serous burns and can occur just by openng the engne hood. Stay away from the engne f you see or hear steam comng from t. Turn off the engne, get out of the vehcle and do not stand near the vehcle untl the engne has cooled down. Durng severe operatng condtons, e.g. stop-and-go traffc, the coolant temperature may rse close to 248 F (120 C).! The engne should not be operated wth the coolant temperature above 248 F (120 C). Dong so may cause serous engne damage whch s not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Lmted Warranty. 359

362 Practcal hnts What to do f? Dsplay Possble cause Possble soluton Ï COOLANT STOP, ENINE OFF The poly-v-belt could be broken. Stop mmedately and check the poly-v-belt. If t s broken: Do not contnue to drve. Otherwse the engne wll overheat due to an noperatve water pump whch may result n damage to the engne. Notfy an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. If t s ntact: Restart the engne only after the message dsappears from the multfuncton dsplay. Dong so could result n serous engne damage that s not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Lmted Warranty. Observe the coolant temperature gauge ( page 141). Drve mmedately to the nearest authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Adjust drvng to be consstent wth reduced brakng responsveness. 360

363 Practcal hnts What to do f? Dsplay Possble cause Possble soluton Ï COOLANT The coolng fan for the coolant s malfunctonng. Observe the coolant temperature dsplay. VISIT WORKSHOP Have the fan replaced as soon as possble. Î CRUISE CONTROL DRIVE TO WORKSHOP DISPLAY DEFECTIVE VISIT WORKSHOP ± DISPLAY DEFECTIVE VISIT WORKSHOP Cruse control or Dstronc* s malfunctonng. The nstrument cluster dsplay s malfunctonng. Certan electronc systems are unable to relay nformaton to the control system. The followng systems may have faled: Coolant temperature dsplay Tachometer Cruse control dsplay J DOOR OPEN You are attemptng to drve wth one or more doors open. Have cruse control or Dstronc* checked by an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Contnue drvng wth added cauton. Vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. Have the electronc systems checked by an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Close the doors. 361

364 Practcal hnts What to do f? Dsplay Possble cause Possble soluton : USA only: ADD 1.0 QT. ENINE OIL AT FILLIN STATION The engne ol level s too low. Add engne ol ( page 291) and check the engne ol level ( page 288). Canada only: ADD 1.0 LITER ENINE OIL AT FILLIN STATION ENINE OIL LEVEL STOP, ENINE OFF! ENINE OIL LEVEL REDUCE OIL LEVEL There s no ol n the engne. You have added too much engne ol. There s a rsk of damagng the engne or the catalytc converter. There s a danger of engne damage. Carefully brng the vehcle to a halt as soon as possble. Turn off the engne. Add engne ol ( page 291) and check the engne ol level ( page 288). Have excess ol sphoned or draned off. Observe all legal requrements wth respect to ts dsposal. 362

365 Practcal hnts What to do f? Dsplay Possble cause Possble soluton : ENINE OIL VISIT WORKSHOP It may be that there s water n the engne ol. Have the engne ol level checked ( page 288). ENINE OIL LEVEL VISIT WORKSHOP The engne ol has dropped to a crtcal level. Check the engne ol level ( page 288) and add engne ol as requred ( page 291). ENINE OIL SENSOR VISIT WORKSHOP The measurng system s malfunctonng. If you must add engne ol frequently, have the engne checked for possble leaks. Have the measurng system checked by an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. When the message ADD 1.0 QT. ENINE OIL AT FILLIN STATION (Canada: 1 Lter) appears whle the engne s runnng and at operatng temperature, the engne ol level has dropped to approxmately the mnmum level. When ths occurs, the warnng wll frst come on ntermttently and then stay on f the ol level drops further. Vsually check for ol leaks. If no obvous ol leaks are noted, drve to the nearest servce staton where the engne ol should be topped to the requred level wth an approved ol specfed n the Factory Approved Servce Products pamphlet.! The engne ol level warnngs should not be gnored. Extended drvng wth the symbol dsplayed could result n serous engne damage that s not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Lmted Warranty. 363

366 Practcal hnts What to do f? Dsplay Possble cause Possble soluton _ ENTRY POSITION DO NOT DRIVE Seat, exteror mrrors and steerng wheel have not yet moved to ther preset drvng postons. Wat untl the seat, exteror mrrors and steerng wheel have moved to ther drvng postons. The message wll dsappear. Y HOOD OPEN! You are drvng wth the hood open. Close the hood ( page 287). I REMOVE KEY! You have forgotten to remove the Remove the SmartKey from the gnton. SmartKey. REPLACE KEY! DRIVE TO WORKSHOP AUTOMATIC LIHT ON REMOVE KEY! KEY CHECK BATTERY KEY NOT RECONIZED The SmartKey s malfunctonng. Vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. SmartKey n starter swtch poston 1 or 2. The battery n the KEYLESS-O* key s dscharged. SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* s not recognzed whle the engne s runnng because the SmartKey s not n the vehcle there s strong rado-frequency nterference Remove the SmartKey from the starter swtch. Replace the battery ( page 387). Stop the vehcle as soon as t s safe to do so. Search for the SmartKey. Otherwse the vehcle cannot be centrally locked nor can the engne be started agan after t has been stopped. 364

367 Practcal hnts What to do f? Dsplay Possble cause Possble soluton F KEY NOT RECONIZED KEY STILL IN VEHICLE KEY DRIVE TO WORKSHOP. 3RD BRAKE LIHT CHECK LIHT STOP LIHT VISIT WORKSHOP BRAKE LIHT LEFT CHECK LIHT SUBSTITUTE LAMP ON! BRAKE LIHT RIHT CHECK LIHT SUBSTITUTE LAMP ON! DISPLAY DEFECTIVE VISIT WORKSHOP The SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* s momentarly not recognzed. A SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* left n the vehcle was recognzed whle lockng the vehcle from the outsde. The KEYLESS-O* system s malfunctonng. The hgh mounted brake lamp s malfunctonng. Brake lamp llumnaton s delayed or lamp s permanently on. The left brake lamp s malfunctonng. A substtute bulb s beng used. The rght brake lamp s malfunctonng. A substtute bulb s beng used. The dsplay for the lamps or the system s malfunctonng. Change the poston of the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* n the vehcle. Operate the vehcle wth the SmartKey n the starter swtch f necessary. Take the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* out of the vehcle. Vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. Vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. Vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. Vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. Vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. Vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. 365

368 Practcal hnts What to do f? Dsplay Possble cause Possble soluton. FRONT FOLAMP, LEFT CHECK LIHT The left front fog lamp s malfunctonng. Vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. FRONT FOLAMP, RIHT CHECK LIHT HIH BEAM, LEFT CHECK LIHT HIH BEAM, RIHT CHECK LIHT LICENSE PLATE L, L CHECK LIHT LICENSE PLATE L, R CHECK LIHT LIHT SENSOR DRIVE TO WORKSHOP The rght front fog lamp s malfunctonng. The left hgh beam lamp s malfunctonng. The rght hgh beam lamp s malfunctonng. The left lcense plate lamp s malfunctonng. The rght lcense plate lamp s malfunctonng. The lamp sensor s malfunctonng. The headlamps swtch on automatcally. Vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. Replace the bulb as soon as possble. Replace the bulb as soon as possble. Replace the bulb as soon as possble. Replace the bulb as soon as possble. In the control system, set lamp operaton to manual ( page 163). Swtch on headlamps usng the exteror lamp swtch. Vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. 366

369 Practcal hnts What to do f? Dsplay Possble cause Possble soluton. LOW BEAM, LEFT The left low beam lamp s malfunctonng. Halogen headlamp: CHECK LIHT Replace the bulb as soon as possble. B-Xenon* headlamp: Vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. LOW BEAM, RIHT The rght low beam lamp s malfunctonng. Halogen headlamp: CHECK LIHT Replace the bulb as soon as possble. B-Xenon* headlamp: Vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. MARKER LIHT, FL CHECK LIHT MARKER LIHT, FR CHECK LIHT REAR FOLIHT CHECK LIHT REVERSE LIHT, LEFT CHECK LIHT REVERSE LIHT, RIHT CHECK LIHT The front left sde marker lamp s malfunctonng. Replace the bulb as soon as possble. The front rght sde marker lamp s malfunctonng. Replace the bulb as soon as possble. The rear fog lamp s malfunctonng. Replace the bulb as soon as possble. The left reverse lamp s malfunctonng. Replace the bulb as soon as possble. The rght reverse lamp s malfunctonng. Replace the bulb as soon as possble. 367

370 Practcal hnts What to do f? Dsplay Possble cause Possble soluton. STANDIN LIHT, L CHECK LIHT The left front parkng lamp s malfunctonng. Replace the bulb as soon as possble. STANDIN LIHT, R CHECK LIHT STANDIN LIHT, L CHECK LIHT SUBSTITUTE LAMP ON! STANDIN LIHT, R CHECK LIHT SUBSTITUTE LAMP ON! TAIL LIHT, LEFT CHECK LIHT SUBSTITUTE LAMP ON! TAIL LIHT, RIHT CHECK LIHT SUBSTITUTE LAMP ON! TURN OFF LIHTS The rght front parkng sgnal lamp s malfunctonng. The left rear parkng sgnal lamp s malfunctonng. A substtute bulb s beng used. The rght rear parkng sgnal lamp s malfunctonng. A substtute bulb s beng used. The left tal lamp s malfunctonng. A substtute bulb s beng used. The rght tal lamp s malfunctonng. A substtute bulb s beng used. Lamps have been turned on although the SmartKey n the gnton s n poston 0. Replace the bulb as soon as possble. Replace the bulb as soon as possble. Replace the bulb as soon as possble. Replace the bulb as soon as possble. Replace the bulb as soon as possble. Turn the exteror lamp swtch to M ( page 50). 368

371 Practcal hnts What to do f? Dsplay Possble cause Possble soluton. FRONT TURN SINAL, L CHECK LIHT The left front turn sgnal lamp s malfunctonng. Replace the bulb as soon as possble. FRONT TURN SINAL, R CHECK LIHT REAR TURN SINAL, L CHECK LIHT SUBSTITUTE LAMP ON! REAR TURN SINAL, R CHECK LIHT SUBSTITUTE LAMP ON! MIRROR TURN SI., L CHECK LIHT MIRROR TURN SI., R CHECK LIHT The rght front turn sgnal lamp s malfunctonng. The left rear turn sgnal lamp s malfunctonng. A substtute bulb s beng used. The rght rear turn sgnal lamp s malfunctonng. A substtute bulb s beng used. The left turn sgnal n the sde mrror s malfunctonng. Ths message wll only appear f all lght emttng dodes have stopped workng. The rght turn sgnal n the sde mrror s malfunctonng. Ths message wll only appear f all lght emttng dodes have stopped workng. Replace the bulb as soon as possble. Replace the bulb as soon as possble. Replace the bulb as soon as possble. Vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. Vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. 369

372 Practcal hnts What to do f? Dsplay Possble cause Possble soluton < SEAT BELT SYSTEM DRIVE TO WORKSHOP The seat belt system s malfunctonng. Vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center as soon as possble. K J L t CLOSE SUNROOF! CLOSE SUNROOF! TELE AID DRIVE TO WORKSHOP TELE AID BATTERY DRIVE TO WORKSHOP FUNCTION UNAVAILABLE You have opened the drver s door wth the SmartKey removed from the starter swtch and the tlt/sldng sunroof open. You have opened the drver s door wth the SmartKey removed from the starter swtch and the tlt/sldng sunroof open. One or more man functons of the Tele Ad system are malfunctonng. The emergency power battery for the Tele Ad system s malfunctonng. If the vehcle battery s also dscharged, Tele Ad wll not be operatonal. Ths dsplay appears f button t or s on the multfuncton steerng wheel s pressed and the vehcle s not equpped wth a telephone. Close the tlt/sldng sunroof ( page 211). Close the tlt/sldng sunroof ( page 211). Have the Tele Ad system checked by an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Have the Tele Ad system checked by an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. 370

373 Practcal hnts What to do f? Dsplay Possble cause Possble soluton A TANK OPEN! CHECK FILLER CAP! A loss of pressure has been detected n the fuel system. The fuel cap may not be closed properly or the fuel system may be leaky. Ê TRUNK OPEN Ths message wll appear whenever the trunk ld s open. W WASHER FLUID CHECK LEVEL! The flud level has dropped to about 1 / 3 of total reservor capacty. Check the fuel cap ( page 283). If t s not closed properly: Close the fuel cap. If t s closed properly: Have the fuel system checked by an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Close the trunk ld. Add washer flud ( page 295). 371

374 Practcal hnts What to do f? Tre nflaton pressure montor messages Dsplay Possble cause Possble soluton H TIRE PRES. CAUTION, TIRE PRES. TIRE PRES. CHECK TIRES! TIRE PRESSURE PLEASE CORRECT The pressure has fallen sgnfcantly n one or more tres. The pressure s too low n one or more tres. One or more tres are deflatng. Carefully brng the vehcle to a halt, avodng abrupt steerng and brakng maneuvers. Observe the traffc stuaton around you. Change the damaged wheel ( page 398). Have the damaged wheel repared or replaced at an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Check and correct tre nflaton pressure as requred ( page 307). Warnng! Do not drve wth a flat tre. A flat tre affects the ablty to steer or brake the vehcle. You may lose control of the vehcle. Contnued drvng wth a flat tre wll cause excessve heat buld-up and possbly a fre. 372

375 Practcal hnts What to do f? Dsplay Possble cause Possble soluton H TIRE PRES., LF CAUTION, TIRE PRES. TIRE PRES., LF CHECK TIRES! The left front tre s deflatng. Brng the vehcle to a halt, avodng abrupt brakng maneuvers. Observe the traffc stuaton around you. The left front tre nflaton pressure s low. Change the wheel ( page 398). Have the damaged wheel repared or replaced at an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Carefully brng the vehcle to a halt. Check and correct the tre nflaton pressure ( page 307). If necessary, change the wheel ( page 398). Have the damaged wheel repared or replaced at an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Warnng! Do not drve wth a flat tre. A flat tre affects the ablty to steer or brake the vehcle. You may lose control of the vehcle. Contnued drvng wth a flat tre wll cause excessve heat buld-up and possbly a fre. 373

376 Practcal hnts What to do f? Dsplay Possble cause Possble soluton H TIRE PRES., RF CAUTION, TIRE PRES. TIRE PRES., RF CHECK TIRES! The rght front tre s deflatng. Brng the vehcle to a halt, avodng abrupt brakng maneuvers. Observe the traffc stuaton around you. The rght front tre nflaton pressure s low. Change the wheel ( page 398). Have the damaged wheel repared or replaced at an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Carefully brng the vehcle to a halt. Check and correct the tre nflaton pressure ( page 307). If necessary, change the wheel ( page 398). Have the damaged wheel repared or replaced at an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Warnng! Do not drve wth a flat tre. A flat tre affects the ablty to steer or brake the vehcle. You may lose control of the vehcle. Contnued drvng wth a flat tre wll cause excessve heat buld-up and possbly a fre. 374

377 Practcal hnts What to do f? Dsplay Possble cause Possble soluton H TIRE PRES., LR CAUTION, TIRE PRES. TIRE PRES., LR CHECK TIRES! The left rear tre s deflatng. Brng the vehcle to a halt, avodng abrupt brakng maneuvers. Observe the traffc stuaton around you. The left rear tre nflaton pressure s low. Change the wheel ( page 398). Have the damaged wheel repared or replaced at an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Carefully brng the vehcle to a halt. Check and correct the tre nflaton pressure ( page 307). If necessary, change the wheel ( page 398). Have the damaged wheel repared or replaced at an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Warnng! Do not drve wth a flat tre. A flat tre affects the ablty to steer or brake the vehcle. You may lose control of the vehcle. Contnued drvng wth a flat tre wll cause excessve heat buld-up and possbly a fre. 375

378 Practcal hnts What to do f? Dsplay Possble cause Possble soluton H TIRE PRES., RR CAUTION, TIRE PRES. TIRE PRES., RR CHECK TIRES! The rght rear tre s deflatng. Brng the vehcle to a halt, avodng abrupt brakng maneuvers. Observe the traffc stuaton around you. The rght rear tre nflaton pressure s low. Change the wheel ( page 398). Have the damaged wheel repared or replaced at an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Carefully brng the vehcle to a halt. Check and correct the tre nflaton pressure ( page 307). If necessary, change the wheel ( page 398). Have the damaged wheel repared or replaced at an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Warnng! Do not drve wth a flat tre. A flat tre affects the ablty to steer or brake the vehcle. You may lose control of the vehcle. Contnued drvng wth a flat tre wll cause excessve heat buld-up and possbly a fre. 376

379 Practcal hnts What to do f? Dsplay Possble cause Possble soluton TIRE PRES. MONITOR REACTIVE AFTER CORRECTIN PRESSURE TIRE PRES. MONITOR REACTIVATED There was a tre nflaton pressure warnng message. The yellow warnng lamp for the tre nflaton pressure montor comes on and you have not reactvated the system snce the last tre nflaton pressure check. The tre nflaton pressure montor s usng the current pressure values as the bass for montorng. Actvate the tre nflaton pressure montor after correctng the tre nflaton pressure values ( page 307). Warnng! Do not drve wth a flat tre. A flat tre affects the ablty to steer or brake the vehcle. You may lose control of the vehcle. Contnued drvng wth a flat tre wll cause excessve heat buld-up and possbly a fre. 377

380 Practcal hnts What to do f? Dsplay Possble cause Possble soluton TIRE PRES. MONITOR CURRENTLY UNAVAILABLE TIRE PRES. MONITOR NOT OPERATIONAL DRIVE TO WORKSHOP The tre nflaton pressure montor* s unable to montor the tre nflaton pressure due to: the presence of several when sensors n the vehcle excessve wheel sensor temperatures a nearby rado nterference source unrecognzed wheel sensors nstalled The tre nflaton pressure montor or a wheel sensor s malfunctonng. A wheel wthout proper sensor was nstalled. Remove any extra wheel sensors from the vehcle. As soon as the causes of the malfuncton have been removed, the tre nflaton pressure montor automatcally becomes actve agan. Have the tre nflaton pressure montor checked by an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Have the wheels checked. Warnng! Do not drve wth a flat tre. A flat tre affects the ablty to steer or brake the vehcle. You may lose control of the vehcle. Contnued drvng wth a flat tre wll cause excessve heat buld-up and possbly a fre. 378

381 Where wll I fnd...? Frst ad kt The frst ad kt s located n the storage compartments under the front passenger seat. 1 Ld 2 Buttons Removng the frst ad kt Press buttons 2 together and fold ld 1 down. Remove frst ad kt. Storng the frst ad kt Place frst ad kt n the storage compartments. Close ld 1 untl both buttons 2 of lock engage. Check expraton dates and contents for completeness at least once a year and replace mssng/expred tems. Practcal hnts Where wll I fnd...? Vehcle jack, vehcle tool kt, luggage bowl, spare wheel The spare wheel, the vehcle tools, and the luggage bowl are stored n the compartment underneath the trunk floor. 1 Jack 2 Storage tray wth vehcle tool kt 3 Luggage bowl 4 Spare wheel Lft up trunk floor cover and engage trunk floor handle n upper edge of trunk. You can now remove the tools and accessores. 379

382 Practcal hnts Where wll I fnd...? The vehcle tool kt ncludes:! To prevent damage, always dsengage trunk floor handle from trunk ld and lower trunk floor before closng the trunk ld. One nterchangeable slot/phllps screwdrver One towng eye bolt One wheel bolt wrench wth socket wrench One algnment bolt One par of gloves One fuse extractor One fuse chart for the man fuse box Spare fuses Vehcle jack To prepare the vehcle jack for use Remove the vehcle jack from the spare wheel well under the trunk floor. Push the crank handle up. Turn the crank handle clockwse untl t engages (operatonal poston). Storng the vehcle jack n the trunk Retract the vehcle jack arm to the base of the vehcle jack. Push the crank handle up. Turn the crank handle counterclockwse to the end of the stop (storage poston). 380

383 Practcal hnts Where wll I fnd...? Warnng! The jack s desgned exclusvely for jackng up the vehcle at the jack take-up brackets bult nto both sdes of the vehcle. To help avod personal njury, use the jack only to lft the vehcle durng a wheel change. Never get beneath the vehcle whle t s supported by the jack. Keep hands and feet away from the area under the lfted vehcle. Always frmly set parkng brake and block wheels before rasng vehcle wth jack. Do not dsengage parkng brake whle the vehcle s rased. Be certan that the jack s always vertcal (plumb lne) when n use, especally on hlls. Always try to use the jack on level surface. Make sure the jack arm s fully seated n the jack take-up bracket. Always lower the vehcle onto suffcent capacty jackstands before workng under the vehcle. Spare wheel Removng the spare wheel Take out the vehcle tool kt tray 2. Loosen the luggage bowl 3. To do so, turn the luggage bowl counterclockwse. Remove the spare wheel 4. Storng the spare wheel Place spare wheel 4n wheel well. Secure the spare wheel. To do so, turn the luggage bowl 3 clockwse to ts stop. Place vehcle tool kt tray 2 n luggage bowl. Spare wheel S 430, S 500 and S 600 (except Sport Package*) The spare wheel rm s mounted wth a full szed tre of the same type as on the vehcle, and t s fully functonal. However, that spare wheel rm s weght optmzed and has a lmted servce lfe of mles (20000 km) use before a standard wheel rm must replace t. In case of flat tre, you may temporarly use the spare wheel. Do not operate vehcle wth more than one spare wheel mounted. Warnng! Never operate the vehcle wth more than one spare wheel mounted. The spare wheel rm s for temporary use only. Use for over a total of mles (20000 km) (aggregate of all uses) may cause wheel rm falure leadng to an accdent and possble njures. The spare wheel should only be used temporarly and replaced wth a regular road wheel as quckly as possble. For more nformaton, see Rms and tres ( page 422). 381

384 Practcal hnts Where wll I fnd...? Spare wheel S 55 AM and Sport Package* In case of a flat tre, you may temporarly use the spare wheel when observng the followng restrctons: Do not exceed a vehcle speed of 50 mph (80 km/h). Drve to the nearest tre repar faclty to have the flat tre repared or replaced as approprate. Do not operate vehcle wth more than one spare wheel mounted. Warnng! The dmensons of the spare wheel are dfferent from those of the road wheels. As a result, the vehcle handlng characterstcs change when drvng wth a mounted spare wheel. Adapt your drvng style accordngly. Never operate the vehcle wth more than one spare wheel mounted. The spare wheel s for temporary use only. When drvng wth spare wheel mounted, ensure proper tre nflaton pressure and do not exceed vehcle speed of 50 mph (80 km). The spare wheel rm s for temporary use only. Use for over a total of mles (20000 km) (aggregate of all uses) may cause wheel rm falure leadng to an accdent and possble njures. The spare wheel should only be used temporarly and replaced wth a regular road wheel as quckly as possble. For more nformaton, see Rms and tres ( page 422). 382

385 Unlockng/lockng n an emergency Unlockng the vehcle Removng the mechancal key Practcal hnts Unlockng/lockng n an emergency Unlockng the drver s door If you are unable to unlock the vehcle wth the SmartKey or KEYLESS-O*, open the drver s door and the trunk usng the mechancal key. Unlockng the drver s door and/or the trunk wth the mechancal key wll trgger the ant-theft alarm system. To cancel the alarm, nsert the SmartKey or SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* n the starter swtch. 1 Mechancal key lockng tab 2 Mechancal key Move lockng tab 1 n drecton of arrow. Slde the mechancal key 2 out of the housng. 1 Unlockng Insert the mechancal key nto the drver s door lock untl t stops. Turn the mechancal key counterclockwse to poston 1. The drver s door s unlocked. 383

386 Practcal hnts Unlockng/lockng n an emergency Unlockng the trunk A mnmum heght clearance of 6 ft. (1.85 m) s requred to open the trunk ld. The trunk ld lock s located next to the handle above the rear lcense plate recess. Turn the mechancal key counterclockwse to poston 1. The trunk unlocks and opens.! The trunk ld swngs open upwards automatcally. Always make sure that there s suffcent overhead clearance. 1 Unlockng and openng 384 Insert the mechancal key nto the trunk ld lock untl t stops. Lockng the vehcle If you are unable to lock the vehcle wth the SmartKey or the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O*, do the followng: Close the passenger doors and the trunk ld. Press the central lockng swtch n the center console ( page 113). Check to see whether the lockng knobs on the passenger doors have moved down. If necessary push them down manually. Except for the drver's door, the vehcle should now be locked. 1 Unlockng Remove the mechancal key out of the SmartKey ( page 383). Insert the mechancal key nto the drver s door lock untl t stops. Turn the mechancal key clockwse to poston 1. The drver s door s locked.

387 Practcal hnts Unlockng/lockng n an emergency Fuel fller flap In case the central lockng system does not release the fuel fller flap, you can open t manually. 1 Release knob Open the trunk. Remove the trm nsde the trunk on the rght-hand sde. Pull release knob 1 n the drecton of arrow. The fuel fller flap can be opened. 385

388 Practcal hnts Openng/closng n an emergency Tlt/sldng sunroof You can open or close the tlt/sldng sunroof manually should an electrcal malfuncton occur. The tlt/sldng sunroof drve s located behnd the lens of the nteror overhead lght. Pry off lens 1 usng a flat blade srewdrver ( page 379). Swtch on gnton ( page 34). Take crank the crank from the operator s manual pouch. Insert crank 2 through hole. Turn crank 2 clockwse to: slde sunroof closed rase roof at the rear Turn crank 2 counterclockwse to: slde sunroof open lower roof at the rear Turn crank 2 slowly and smoothly. 2 Crank The tlt/sldng sunroof must be synchronzed after beng operated manually ( page 213). 1 Lens 386

389 Replacng SmartKey batteres If the batteres n the SmartKey or the SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* are dscharged, the vehcle can no longer be locked or unlocked. It s recommended to have the batteres replaced at an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Warnng! Batteres contan posonous and corrosve substances. Therefore keep the batteres out of reach of chldren. If a battery s swallowed, seek medcal help mmedately. Batteres contan materals that can harm the envronment f dsposed of mproperly. Recyclng of batteres s the preferred method of dsposal. Many states requre sellers of batteres to accept old batteres for recyclng. SmartKey When nsertng the batteres, make sure they are clean and free of lnt. When changng batteres, always replace both batteres. The requred replacement batteres are avalable at any authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Remove mechancal key out of the SmartKey ( page 383). Practcal hnts Replacng SmartKey batteres 1 Mechancal key 2 Battery compartment Replacement batteres: Lthum, type CR 2025 or equvalent. Insert the mechancal key 1 n sde openng and push gray slde. The battery compartment 2 s unlatched. Pull battery compartment 2 out of the housng n drecton of arrow. Remove the batteres. 387

390 Practcal hnts Replacng SmartKey batteres 3 Battery 4 Contact sprng Usng a lnt-free cloth, nsert new batteres 3 under the contact sprng 4 wth the plus (+) sde facng up. Return battery compartment 2 nto housng untl t locks nto place. Slde mechancal key 1 back nto the SmartKey. Check the operaton of the SmartKey. SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O* 1 Battery 2 Tlt battery up 3 Mechancal key When nsertng the battery, make sure they are clean and free of lnt. The requred replacement battery s avalable at any authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Remove mechancal key out of the SmartKey ( page 383). Replacement battery: Lthum, type CR 2025 or equvalent. Insert the mechancal key 3 n sde openng and push gray slde. The battery compartment s unlatched. Pull the battery compartment out of the SmartKey housng. Usng mechancal key 3, apply pressure to poston 2. Battery 1 tlts up slghtly. Pull out battery 1 n drecton of arrow. Usng a lnt-free cloth, nsert the new battery wth the plus (+) sde facng up. Return battery compartment nto housng untl t locks nto place. Slde mechancal key 1 back nto the SmartKey. Check the operaton of KEYLESS-O*. 388

391 Replacng bulbs Safe vehcle operaton depends on proper exteror lghtng and sgnalng. It s therefore essental that all bulbs and lamp assembles are n good workng order at all tmes. Correct headlamp adjustment s extremely mportant. Have headlamps checked and readjusted at regular ntervals and when a bulb has been replaced. See an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center for headlamp adjustment. If the headlamps or front fog lamps are fogged up on the nsde as a result of hgh humdty, drvng the vehcle a dstance wth the lghts on should clear up the foggng. Practcal hnts Replacng bulbs Substtute bulbs wll be brought nto use when the followng lamps malfuncton: Brake lamps Rear parkng lamps Rear turn sgnal lamps Tal lamps Observe the messages n the multfuncton dsplay ( page 365). 389

392 Practcal hnts Replacng bulbs Bulbs Front lamps Rear lamps Lamp 1 Addtonal turn sgnal lamp 2 Halogen headlamp: Low beam B-Xenon* headlamp: Low and hgh beam 1 Type LED H7-55 W D2S-35 W 3 Turn sgnal lamp 2357 A 4 Fog lamp H7-55 W 5 Parkng and standng W5W lamp 6 Sde marker lamp W5W 7 Halogen headlamp: H7-55 W Hgh beam/hgh beam flasher lamp B-Xenon* headlamp: H7-55 W Hgh beam flasher 1 Vehcles wth B-Xenon headlamps*: Low beam and hgh beam use the same D2S-35W lamp. Do not replace the B-Xenon bulbs yourself. See an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Lamp Type 8 Brake lamp LED 9 Turn sgnal lamp PY 21 W a Tal and standng lamp, P21/4W sde marker b Backup lamp P21W c Lcense plate lamp C5W d Tal lamp, rear fog lamp P21/4W (drver's sde only) e Hgh mounted brake LED lamp 390

393 Practcal hnts Replacng bulbs Notes on bulb replacement Only use 12 volt bulbs of the same type and wth the specfed watt ratng. Warnng! Keep bulbs out of reach of chldren. Bulbs and bulb sockets can be very hot. Allow the lamp to cool down before changng a bulb. Halogen lamps contan pressurzed gas. A bulb can explode f you: touch or move t when hot drop the bulb scratch the bulb Wear eye and hand protecton. Because of hgh voltage n Xenon lamps, t s dangerous to replace the bulb or repar the lamp and ts components. We recommend that you have such work done by a qualfed techncan. Swtch lghts off before changng a bulb to prevent short crcuts. Always use a clean lnt-free cloth when handlng bulbs. Your hands should be dry and free of ol and grease. If the newly nstalled bulb does not come on, vst an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Have the LEDs and bulbs for the followng lamps replaced by an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Addtonal turn sgnal lamps n the exteror rear vew mrrors B-Xenon lamps* Hgh mounted brake lamp Brake lamps Rear sde marker lamps Rear parkng lamps Have the headlamp adjustment checked regularly. 391

394 Practcal hnts Replacng bulbs Replacng bulbs for front lamps Before you start to replace a bulb for a front lamp, do the followng frst: Turn the exteror lamp swtch to M ( page 50). Open the hood ( page 286) (except for sde marker lamps). 1 Headlamp cover for fog lamp 2 Headlamp cover for hgh beam halogen headlamp bulb, parkng and standng lamp 3 Headlamp cover for B-Xenon* (low and hgh beam) or halogen (low beam) headlamp bulb 4 Bulb socket for fog lamp 5 Bulb socket for parkng and standng lamp 6 Electrcal connector for hgh beam halogen headlamp bulb 7 Electrcal connector for low beam headlamp bulb 8 Bulb socket for turn sgnal lamp Replacng low beam bulbs B-Xenon* headlamp Warnng! Do not remove the cover for the B-Xenon headlamp. Because of hgh voltage n Xenon lamps, t s dangerous to replace the bulb or repar the lamp and ts components. We recommend that you have such work done by a qualfed techncan. 392

395 Practcal hnts Replacng bulbs Halogen headlamp Press the tab on cover 3 and remove cover. Pull connector 7 off of the lamp. Release the retanng sprngs and take out the bulb. Insert the new bulb n the socket so that the base s n the recess on the lower left. Attach the retanng sprngs. Insert connector 7 nto the bulb. Press cover 3 onto the housng untl the tab engages. Replacng halogen hgh beam bulbs Press the tab on cover 2 and remove cover. Pull connector 6 off of the bulb. Apply pressure on the bulb contacts from above untl the bulb releases from the retanng sprngs. Remove bulb. Insert the new bulb n the socket wth the markng facng upward. Press the bulb upward on the contacts untl t engages n the retanng sprngs. Insert connector 6 onto the bulb. Press cover 2 onto the housng untl the tab engages. Front turn sgnal lamp bulb Turn bulb socket 8 counterclockwse and pull out. ently push bulb nto socket, turn counterclockwse and remove. Insert new bulb n socket, push n and twst clockwse. Renstall bulb socket n lamp and twst clockwse untl t engages. 393

396 Practcal hnts Replacng bulbs Parkng and standng lamp bulb Press the tab on cover 2 and remove cover. Pull out the bulb socket 5 wth the bulb. Pull the bulb out of the bulb socket 5. Insert a new bulb n the bulb socket 5. Renstall the bulb socket 5. Press cover 2 onto the housng untl the tab engages. Sde marker lamp bulb Carefully slde lamp towards rear. Remove front end frst. Twst bulb socket counterclockwse and pull out. Pull bulb out of the bulb socket. Insert new bulb n socket. Renstall bulb socket, push n and twst clockwse. To renstall lamp, set rear end n bumper and let front end snap nto place. Replacng bulbs for rear lamps Before you start to replace a bulb for a rear lamp, do the followng frst: Turn the exteror lamp swtch to M ( page 50). Open the trunk ( page 103). 394

397 Practcal hnts Replacng bulbs Tal lamp unt Turn the catch, and move the trm to the sde. Lcense plate lamp Turn bulb socket counterclockwse and pull out. ently twst bulb counterclockwse and pull out of bulb holder. Insert new bulb nto the holder and turn t clockwse. Renstall bulb socket. 1 Black socket: Backup lamp 2 Whte socket: Turn sgnal lamp 3 Red socket: Tal, standng and parkng lamp 4 Red socket: Drver s sde: tal, parkng and rear fog lamp Passenger s sde: tal and parkng lamp The bulb socket should audbly clck. Replace trm and secure wth lock. 1 Screws Loosen both screws 1. Remove the lcense plate lamp. Replace the bulb. Renstall the lcense plate lamp. Retghten screws

398 Practcal hnts Replacng wper blades! To avod damage to the hood, the wper arms should only be folded forward when n the vertcal poston. Removng wper blades Turn SmartKey n starter swtch poston 1. Turn combnaton swtch to wper settng II ( page 52). Fold the wper arm forward untl t snaps nto place. Wth wper arm n vertcal poston, turn SmartKey n starter swtch to poston 0. Wper blades n vertcal poston Warnng! For safety reasons, swtch off wpers and remove SmartKey from starter swtch (vehcles wth KEYLESS-O*: Make sure the vehcle's on-board electroncs have status 0) before replacng a wper blade. Otherwse, the wper motor could suddenly turn on and cause njury. Turn the wper blade at a rght angle to wper arm (arrow 1). Slde the wper blade sdeways out of the retaner n the drecton of arrow

399 Practcal hnts Replacng wper blades Installng wper blades Slde the wper blade onto wper arm untl t locks n place Rotate the wper blade nto poston parallel to wper arm. Fold the wper arm backward to rest on the wndsheld. Make sure you hold onto the wper when foldng the wper arm back.! Never open the hood when the wper arm s folded forward. Hold on to the wper when foldng the wper arm back. If released, the force of the mpact from the tensonng sprng could crack the wndsheld. Do not allow the wper arms to contact the wndsheld glass wthout a wper blade nserted. Make certan that the wper blades are properly nstalled. Improperly nstalled wper blades may cause wndsheld damage. For your convenence, we recommend that you have ths work carred out by an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. 397

400 Practcal hnts Flat tre Preparng the vehcle Park the vehcle as far as possble from movng traffc on a hard surface. Turn on the hazard warnng flashers. Turn the steerng wheel so that the front wheels are n a straght ahead poston. Set the parkng brake. Move the gear selector lever to P. Vehcles wth SmartKey: Turn off the engne ( page 57). Remove the SmartKey from the starter swtch. Vehcles wth SmartKey wth KEYLESS-O*: Turn off the engne by pressng the KEYLESS-O* button on the gear selector lever once ( page 57). Open the drver s door (ths puts the starter swtch n poston 0, same as wth the SmartKey removed from the starter swtch). The drver s door then can be closed agan. Open the door only when condtons are safe to do so. Have any passenger ext the vehcle at a safe dstance from the roadway. Mountng the spare wheel Warnng! Never operate the vehcle wth more than one spare wheel mounted. The spare wheel rm s for temporary use only. Use for over a total of mles ( km) (aggregate of all uses) may cause wheel rm falure leadng to an accdent and possble njures. The spare wheel should only be used temporarly and replaced wth a regular road wheel as quckly as possble. S55AM and Sport Package* only: The spare wheel s for temporary use only. When drvng wth spare wheel mounted, ensure proper tre nflaton pressure and do not exceed vehcle speed of 50 mph (80 km/h). 398

401 Practcal hnts Flat tre Place chocks behnd the downhll sdes The dmensons of the spare wheel are dfferent from those of the road wheels. As a of both wheels of the axle not beng worked on. result, the vehcle handlng characterstcs change when drvng wth a mounted spare wheel. Adapt your drvng style accordngly. Warnng! Preparng the vehcle Take vehcle tool kt tray and vehcle jack out of trunk. Take the spare wheel out of wheel well ( page 379). Lftng the vehcle Prevent the vehcle from rollng away by blockng wheels wth wheel chocks (not ncluded) or other szable objects. When changng wheel on a level surface: Place one chock n front of and one behnd the wheel that s dagonally opposte to the wheel beng changed. When changng wheel on a hll: The jack s desgned exclusvely for jackng up the vehcle at the jack tubes bult both sdes of the vehcle. To help avod personal njury, use the jack only to lft the vehcle durng a wheel change. Never get beneath the vehcle whle t s supported by the jack. Keep hands and feet away from the area under the lfted vehcle. Always frmly set parkng brake and block wheels before rasng vehcle wth jack. Do not dsengage parkng brake whle the vehcle s rased. Be certan that the jack s always vertcal (plumb lne) when n use, especally on hlls. Always try to use the jack on level surface. Make sure the jack arm s fully nserted n the jack tube. Always lower the vehcle onto suffcent capacty jackstands before workng under the vehcle. Take the two-pece wheel wrench out of the vehcle tool kt tray. Assemble wheel wrench. On wheel to be changed, loosen but do not yet remove the wheel bolts (approxmately one full turn wth wrench). The tube openngs are located drectly behnd the front wheel housngs and n front of the rear wheel housngs. 399

402 Practcal hnts Flat tre Keepng jack n ths poston, turn crank 3 clockwse untl the jack base meets the ground. Make sure the jack s vertcal (plumb lne). Contnue to turn the crank untl the tre s a maxmum of 1.2 n (3 cm) from the ground. 1 Jack support tube cover Move cover 1 toward rear by pressng at pont ndcated by arrow. Remove cover 1 carefully to avod damage to the lockng tabs. 1 Jack support tube hole 2 Jack arm 3 Crank Insert jack arm 2 fully nto tube hole 1 up to the stop. Warnng! Insert the jack arm fully nto the jack support tube hole up to the stop. Otherwse the vehcle may fall from the jack and cause personal njury or damage to the vehcle. Warnng! The jack s ntended only for lftng the vehcle brefly for wheel changes. It s not suted for performng mantenance work under the vehcle. Never start the engne when the vehcle s rased. Never le down under the rased vehcle. 400

403 Practcal hnts Flat tre Removng the wheel 1 Algnment bolt Unscrew upper-most wheel bolt and remove. Replace ths wheel bolt wth algnment bolt 1 suppled n the tool kt. Remove the remanng bolts.! Do not place wheel bolts n sand or drt. Ths could result n damage to the bolt and wheel hub threads. Remove the wheel. Mountng the new wheel Clean contact surfaces of wheel and wheel hub.! To avod pant damage, place wheel flat aganst hub and hold t there whle nstallng frst wheel bolt. Warnng! Always replace wheel bolts that are damaged or rusted. Never apply ol or grease to wheel bolts. Damaged wheel hub threads should be repared mmedately. Do not contnue to drve under these crcumstances! Contact an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center or call Roadsde Assstance. Incorrect wheel bolts or mproperly tghtened wheel bolts can cause the wheel to come off. Ths could cause an accdent. Make sure you are usng the correct wheel bolts. ude the spare wheel onto the algnment bolt and push t on. Insert wheel bolts and tghten them slghtly. Unscrew the algnment bolt, nstall last wheel bolt and tghten slghtly. Warnng! Use only genune equpment Mercedes-Benz wheel bolts. Other wheel bolts may come loose. Do not tghten the wheel bolts when the vehcle s rased. Otherwse the vehcle could tp over. 401

404 Practcal hnts Flat tre Lowerng the vehcle Lower vehcle by turnng crank counterclockwse untl vehcle s restng fully on ts own weght. Remove the jack. 1-5 Wheel bolts Tghten the fve wheel bolts evenly, followng the dagonal sequence llustrated (1 to 5), untl all bolts are tght. Observe a tghtenng torque of 110 lb-ft (150 Nm). Warnng! Have the tghtenng torque checked after changng a wheel. The wheels could come loose f they are not tghtened to a torque of 110 lb-ft (150 Nm). Before storng the jack n the trunk, t should be fully collapsed, wth handle folded n. Place the wheel bolt wrench, algnment bolt and jack back n the vehcle tool kt n the trunk and close the coverng ld. Replacng jack support tube cover Slde tongue of cover under the upper edge of the tube openng. Applyng even pressure, press cover untl t snaps nto place. Be careful not to damage the lockng tabs or clamp the plastc retanng strap.! You can also screw the faulty wheel down nto the spare wheel well n the trunk. Do not actvate the tre nflaton pressure montor* untl the depressurzed tre s no longer n the vehcle. 402

405 Practcal hnts Battery Battery Warnng! Warnng! Warnng! Falure to follow these nstructons can result n severe njury or death. Never lean over batteres whle connectng, you mght get njured. Battery flud contans sulfurc acd. Do not allow ths flud to come n contact wth eyes, skn or clothng. In case t does, mmedately flush affected area wth water and seek medcal help f necessary. A battery wll also produce hydrogen gas, whch s flammable and explosve. Keep flames or sparks away from battery, avod mproper connecton of jumper cables, smokng, etc. Do not place metal objects on the battery as ths could result n a short crcut. Use leak-proof battery only to avod the rsk of acd burns n the event of an accdent.! Never loosen or detach battery termnal clamps whle the engne s runnng or the SmartKey s n the starter swtch. Otherwse the alternator and other electronc components could be severely damaged. Have the battery checked regularly by an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Refer to Mantenance Booklet for mantenance ntervals or contact an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center for further nformaton. Wth a dsconnected battery you wll no longer be able to turn the SmartKey n the starter swtch and pressng the KEYLESS-O* start/stop button ( page 35) on the gear selector lever wll have no effect the gear selector lever wll reman locked n poston P The battery s located on the rght sde of the trunk under the battery cover. 1 Battery cover 403

406 Practcal hnts Battery Pull on the outer, rght-hand sde of cover 1 and remove t n the drecton of the arrow. 2 Postve termnal 3 Negatve termnal Dsconnectng the battery Turn off all electrcal consumers. Open the trunk ld ( page 103). Remove the battery cover 1. Use a 10 mm open-end wrench to dsconnect the battery negatve lead 3. Remove cover from the postve termnal 2. Dsconnect the battery postve lead 2. Removng the battery Remove the screw securng the battery. Remove the battery support and bracket. Take out the battery. Chargng and renstallng the battery Charge battery n accordance wth the nstructons of the battery charger manufacturer. Renstall the charged battery. Follow the prevously descrbed steps n reverse order. Warnng! Never charge a battery whle stll nstalled n the vehcle. ases may escape durng chargng and cause explosons that may result n pant damage, corroson or personal njury. 404

407 Practcal hnts Battery Reconnectng the battery Turn off all electrcal consumers. Connect the postve lead and fasten ts cover 2. Connect negatve lead 3.! Never nvert the termnal connectons.! The battery, ts fller caps and the vent tube must always be securely nstalled when the vehcle s n operaton. The followng procedures must be carred out followng any nterrupton of battery power (e.g. due to reconnectng): Set the clock (see COMAND operator s manual). Synchronze the ESP ( page 352). Synchronze sde wndows ( page 209). Synchronze tlt/sldng sunroof ( page 213). Batteres contan materals that can harm the envronment f dsposed of mproperly. Large 12-volt storage batteres contan lead. Recyclng of batteres s the preferred method of dsposal. Many states requre sellers of batteres to accept old batteres for recyclng. 405

408 Practcal hnts Jump startng Warnng! Falure to follow these drectons wll cause damage to the electronc components, and can lead to a battery exploson and severe njury or death. Never lean over batteres whle connectng or jump startng, you mght get njured. Battery flud contans sulfurc acd. Do not allow ths flud to come n contact wth eyes, skn or clothng. In case t does, mmedately flush affected area wth water, and seek medcal help f necessary. A battery wll also produce hydrogen gas, whch s flammable and very explosve. Keep flames or sparks away from battery, avod mproper connecton of jumper cables, smokng, etc. Attemptng to jump start a frozen battery can result n t explodng, causng personal njury. Read all nstructons before proceedng. If the battery s dscharged, the engne can be started wth jumper cables and the battery of another vehcle. Observe the followng: Jump startng should only be performed when the engne and catalytc converter are cold. Do not start the engne f the battery s frozen. Let the battery thaw out frst. Only use 12 volt battery to jump start your vehcle. Jump startng wth a more powerful battery could damage the vehcle s electrcal system, whch wll not be covered by the Mercedes-Benz Lmted Warranty. Only use jumper cables wth suffcent cross-secton and nsulated termnal clamps. Always make sure that the jumper cables are not on or near pulleys, fans or other parts that move when an engne s started or runnng.! Avod repeated and lengthy startng attempts. Do not attempt to start the engne usng a battery quck charge unt. If engne does not run after several unsuccessful startng attempts, have t checked at the nearest authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Excessve unburned fuel generated by repeated faled startng attempts may damage the catalytc converter and may present a fre rsk. Make sure the jumper cables do not have loose or mssng nsulaton. Make sure the cable clamps do not touch any other metal part whle the other end s stll attached to a battery.! Do not tow-start the vehcle. 406

409 Practcal hnts Jump startng The battery s located on the rght sde of the trunk under the battery cover ( page 403). Make sure the two vehcles do not touch. Turn off all electrcal consumers. Apply parkng brake. Shft gear selector lever to poston P. Open the trunk ld. Remove battery cover ( page 403). Warnng! Remove red cover from postve termnal 1. Keep flames or sparks away from battery. Do not smoke. Observe all safety nstructons and precautons when handlng automotve batteres ( page 403). 1 Postve termnal of dscharged battery 2 Negatve termnal of dscharged battery 3 Postve termnal of charged battery 4 Negatve termnal of charged battery Connect postve termnals 1 and 3 of the batteres wth the jumper cable. Clamp cable to charged battery 3 frst.! Never nvert the termnal connectons. Start engne of the vehcle wth the charged battery and run at dle speed. Connect negatve termnals 2 and 4 of the batteres wth the jumper cable. Clamp cable to charged battery 4 frst. Start the engne of the dsabled vehcle. Now you can agan turn on the electrcal consumers. Do not turn on the lghts under any crcumstances. Remove the jumper cables frst from negatve termnals 2 and 4 and then from postve termnals 1 and 3. You can now turn on the lghts. Have the battery checked at the nearest authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. 407

410 Practcal hnts Towng the vehcle Mercedes-Benz recommends that the vehcle be transported wth all wheels off the ground usng flatbed or approprate wheel lft/dolly equpment. Ths method s preferable to other types of towng.! Use flatbed or wheel lft/dolly equpment wth SmartKey n starter swtch turned to poston 0. Do not tow wth slng-type equpment. Towng wth slng-type equpment over bumpy roads wll damage radator and supports. To prevent damage durng transport, do not te down vehcle by ts chasss or suspenson parts. Swtch off the tow-away alarm ( page 89) and the automatc central lockng ( page 112). Do not tow-start the vehcle. When crcumstances do not permt the recommended towng methods, the vehcle may be towed wth all wheels on the ground or front wheels rased (except vehcles wth 4MATIC) only so far as necessary to have the vehcle moved to a safe locaton where the recommended towng methods can be employed.! Vehcles wth 4MATIC: Do not tow wth one axle rased. Dong so could damage the transfer case, whch s not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Lmted Warranty. All wheels must be on or off the ground. Observe nstructons for towng the vehcle wth all wheels on the ground.! If the vehcle s towed wth the front axle rased (not permssble for vehcles wth 4MATIC), the engne must be shut off (SmartKey n starter swtch poston 0 or 1). Otherwse the ESP wll mmedately be engaged and wll apply the rear wheel brakes. When towng the vehcle wth all wheels on the ground, the selector lever must be n poston N and the SmartKey must be n starter swtch poston 2. When towng the vehcle wth all wheels on the ground or the front axle rased, the vehcle may be towed only for dstances up to 30 mles (50 km) and at a speed not to exceed 30 mph (50 km/h). 408

411 Practcal hnts Towng the vehcle! To be certan to avod a possblty of damage to the drve tran, however, we recommend the drve shaft be dsconnected at the rear axle drve flange (vehcles wth 4MATIC: dsconnected at the front and rear axle drve flanges) for any towng beyond a short tow to a nearby garage. Warnng! If crcumstances requre towng the vehcle wth all wheels on the ground, always tow wth a tow bar f: the engne wll not run there s a malfuncton n the power supply or n the vehcle s electrcal system as that wll be necessary to adequately control the towed vehcle. Pror to towng the vehcle wth all wheels on the ground, make sure the SmartKey s n starter swtch poston 2. If the SmartKey s left n starter swtch poston 0 for an extended perod of tme, t can no longer be turned n the swtch. In ths case, the steerng s locked. To unlock, remove SmartKey from starter swtch and rensert. Warnng! Wth the engne not runnng, there s no power assstance for the brake and steerng systems. In ths case, t s mportant to keep n mnd that a consderably hgher degree of effort s necessary to brake and steer the vehcle. Adapt your drvng accordngly. The gear selector lever wll reman locked n poston P and the SmartKey wll not turn n the starter swtch f the battery s dsconnected or dscharged. See nformaton on the battery ( page 403) or on jump startng ( page 406). To sgnal turns whle beng towed wth the hazard warnng flasher n use, turn SmartKey n starter swtch to poston 2 and actvate the combnaton swtch for the left or rght turn sgnal n the usual manner only the selected turn sgnal wll operate. Upon cancelng the turn sgnal, the hazard warnng flasher wll operate agan. 409

412 Practcal hnts Towng the vehcle! When towng the vehcle wth all wheels on the ground, please note the followng: Wth the automatc central lockng actvated and the SmartKey n starter swtch poston 2, or KEYLESS-O* start/stop button ( page 35) n poston 2, the vehcle doors lock f the left front wheel as well as the rght rear wheel are turnng at vehcle speeds of approxmately 9 mph (15 km/h) or more. Swtch off the tow-away alarm ( page 89). To prevent the vehcle doors from lockng, deactvate the automatc central lockng ( page 112). Towng of the vehcle should only be done usng the properly nstalled towng eye bolt. Never attach tow cable, tow rope or tow rod to vehcle chasss, frame or suspenson parts. Installng towng eye bolt 1 Cover on rght sde of front bumper 2 Cover on rght sde of rear bumper Removng cover Press mark on cover n drecton of arrow. Lft cover off to reveal threaded hole for towng eye bolt. Installng towng eye bolt Take towng eye bolt and wheel wrench out of trunk ( page 379). Screw towng eye bolt clockwse nto ts stop and tghten wth wheel wrench. Removng towng eye bolt Loosen towng eye bolt counterclockwse wth wheel wrench. Unscrew towng eye bolt. Store towng eye bolt and wheel wrench n trunk. Installng cover Ft cover and snap nto place. 410

413 Fuses Fuses are desgned to protect the electrcal crcuts n your vehcle from a short crcut. If a fuse s blown, the component(s) and systems controlled by that fuse wll stop workng. The followng ads are avalable to help you replace fuses ( page 411): Fuse chart Spare fuses Specal fuse extractor Warnng! Only use fuses approved by Mercedes-Benz and whch have the specfed amperage. Usng other fuses may cause an overload and lead to a fre, or cause damage to electrcal components and/or systems. Your vehcle s electrcal fuses are located n varous fuse boxes:! Never attempt to repar or brdge a blown fuse. Have the cause determned and remeded by an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. In the dashboard on the passenger sde ( page 412) In the rear passenger compartment under the rght rear seat ( page 412) In the engne compartment on the drver s sde ( page 413) In the engne compartment on the passenger sde ( page 413) Ads for replacng fuses Practcal hnts Fuses Fuse chart A chart explanng fuse allocaton and fuse amperages can be found n the vehcle tool kt n the trunk ( page 379). Spare fuses Spare Fuses are found n the vehcle tool kt n the trunk ( page 379). Fuse extractor The fuse extractor s found n the vehcle tool kt n the trunk ( page 379). 411

414 Practcal hnts Fuses Fuse boxes n passenger compartment There are two fuse boxes. One fuse box s located n the dashboard on the front passenger sde. An addtonal fuse box s located under the rght rear seat. Fuse box n dashboard 1 Recess n the cover 2 Cover Openng Open the front passenger door. Insert flat, blunt object as a lever n recess 1 on the edge of cover 2. Loosen cover 2 from the dashboard usng lever. Usng your hands, pull cover 2 n the drecton of the arrow and remove. Closng Hook cover 2 nto the openng at the front.! Do not use sharp objects such as a screw drver to open the fuse box cover 2 n the dashboard, as ths could damage t. Press cover 2 back on untl t engages. Fuse box n the rear passenger compartment 1 Cover Openng Pull cover 1 away from fuse box n drecton of arrow. Remove cover rearward. Closng Press cover back on untl t engages. 412

415 Practcal hnts Fuses Fuse boxes n engne compartment There are fuse boxes located n the engne compartment on the drver s and front passenger sde n front of the frewall (dvdng wall between engne compartment and passenger compartment). 1 Fuse box cover, drver s sde 2 Slde 1 Fuse box cover, passenger sde 2 Slde Openng Push both sldes 2 to the Πsymbol. Remove cover 1. Closng Replace cover 1 and press t down by hand. Push both sldes 2 to the symbol.! The cover must ft properly and the slde must be postoned at the symbol, as mosture or drt may mpar the functonalty of the fuses. 413

416 414

417 Techncal data Parts servce Warranty coverage Identfcaton labels Layout of poly-v-belt drve Engne Rms and tres Electrcal system Man dmensons and weghts Fuels, coolants, lubrcants, etc. 415

418 Techncal data Parts servce The Techncal data secton provdes the necessary techncal data for your vehcle. All authorzed Mercedes-Benz Centers mantan a stock of genune Mercedes-Benz parts requred for mantenance and repar work. In addton, strategcally located parts dstrbuton centers provde quck and relable parts servce. More than dfferent parts for Mercedes-Benz models are avalable. enune Mercedes-Benz parts are subjected to strngent qualty nspectons. Each part has been specfcally developed, manufactured or selected for and adapted to Mercedes-Benz vehcles. Therefore, genune Mercedes-Benz parts should be nstalled.! The use of non-genune Mercedes-Benz parts and accessores not authorzed by Mercedes-Benz could damage the vehcle, whch s not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Lmted Warranty, or could compromse the vehcle s durablty or safety. 416

419 Warranty coverage Your vehcle s covered under the terms of the warrantes prnted n the Servce and Warranty Informaton booklet. Your authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center wll exchange or repar any defectve parts orgnally nstalled on the vehcle n accordance wth the terms of the followng warrantes: New Vehcle Lmted Warranty Emsson System Warranty Emsson Performance Warranty Calforna, Mane, Massachusetts, and Vermont Emsson Control Systems Warranty Replacement parts and accessores are covered by the Mercedes-Benz Parts and Accessores warrantes, copes of whch are avalable at any authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center. Techncal data Warranty coverage Loss of Servce and Warranty Informaton Booklet Should you lose your Servce and Warranty Informaton booklet, have an authorzed Mercedes-Benz Center arrange for a replacement. It wll be maled to you. 417

420 Techncal data Identfcaton labels 1 Certfcaton label (below drver s door latch) 2 Vehcle Identfcaton Number (VIN) (below rght rear passenger seat) 3 Engne number (engraved on engne) 4 VIN, vsble (lower edge of wndsheld) 5 Emsson control nformaton label, ncludes both federal and Calforna certfcaton exhaust emsson standards 6 Vacuum lne routng dagram label When orderng parts, please specfy vehcle dentfcaton and engne numbers. 418

421 Layout of poly-v-belt drve S 430/S 500 (all models) S55AM S600 Techncal data Layout of poly-v-belt drve 1 Automatc belt tensoner 2 ABC tandem pump (pump for power-steerng assstance and ABC chasss) 3 Ar condtonng compressor 4 Crankshaft 5 Coolant pump 6 enerator (alternator) 7 Idler pulley The S 55 AM has two poly-v-belts (belt one shown n purple/belt two shown n black). 1 Idler pulley 2 Automatc belt tensoner 3 ABC tandem pump (pump for power-steerng assstance and ABC chasss) 4 Ar condtonng compressor 5 Crankshaft 6 Coolant pump 7 enerator (alternator) 8 Idler pulley 9 Automatc belt tensoner a Supercharger 1 Automatc belt tensoner 2 ABC tandem pump (pump for power-steerng assstance and ABC chasss) 3 Ar condtonng compressor 4 Crankshaft 5 Coolant pump 6 enerator (alternator) 7 Idler pulley 8 Idler pulley 9 Idler pulley 419